GS_EP_EXP_105_03

Exploration & Production

GENERAL SPECIFICATION

GS EP EXP 105

Precommissioning execution

03

09/05

New test sheets (ELEC,INST,TEL,PIP)

02

09/03

Change of Group name and logo

01

04/03

Rev. 00 with subsea specification

00

01/01

First issue

Rev.

Date

Notes

This document is the property of Total. It must not be stored, reproduced or disclosed to others without written authorisation from the Company.


-2-

General Specification

10/05

GS EP EXP 105

03

Contents

1. Scope ....................................................................................................................... 4 2. Reference documents............................................................................................. 4 3. Precommissioning activities.................................................................................. 5 3.1

Preamble ...........................................................................................................................5

3.2

General requirements ........................................................................................................6

3.3

Scope of work ....................................................................................................................7

4. Electrical precommissioning ............................................................................... 13 4.1

Introduction ......................................................................................................................13

4.2

Precommissioning checks ...............................................................................................13

4.3

Precommissioning tests...................................................................................................15

5. Instrument precommissioning............................................................................. 31 5.1

Introduction ......................................................................................................................31

5.2


5.3


5.4

Test Sheets master forms................................................................................................37

6. Telecommunications precommissioning............................................................ 37 6.1

Introduction ......................................................................................................................37

6.2


6.3


7. Mechanical precommissioning ............................................................................ 40 7.1

Introduction ......................................................................................................................40

7.2


7.3


8. Sub-sea precommissioning ................................................................................. 58 8.1

Introduction ......................................................................................................................58

8.2

Pre-commissioning check records...................................................................................59


Page 2/2


-3-


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

03

Appendix 1

Piping and vessels Flushing ,Cleaning and Chemical Cleaning specifications

Appendix 2

Electrical “Check List” master forms

Appendix 3

Electrical “Test Sheet” master forms

Appendix 4

Instrument “Check List” master forms

Appendix 5

Instrument “Test Sheet” master forms

Appendix 6

Telecom “Check List” master forms

Appendix 7

Telecom “Test Sheet” Masters forms

Appendix 8

Mechanical “Check List” master forms

Appendix 9

Mechanical “Test Sheet” master forms

Appendix 10 Subsea “Check List” master forms Appendix 11 Subsea “Test Sheet” master forms


Page 3/3


-4-


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

03

1. Scope 2. Reference documents The reference documents listed below form an integral part of this General Specification. Unless otherwise stipulated, the applicable version of these documents, including relevant appendices and supplements, is the latest revision published at the EFFECTIVE DATE of the CONTRACT. Standards Reference

Title

IEC 60034

Rotating Electrical machines

IEC 60060

High-voltage test techniques

IEC 60071

Insulation co-ordination

IEC 60076

Power Transformers

IEC 60156

Insulating liquids – Determination of the break down voltage at power frequency. Test method.

IEC 60364-4-41

Electrical installation of building - Protection for safety - Protection against electric shock

IEC 60502-2

Power cables with extruded insulation for rated voltage from 1 kV up to 30 kV.

IEC 60599

Mineral oil – impregnated electrical equipment in service. Guide to the interpretation of dissolved and free gases

IEC 62271

High voltage switchgear and controlgear

IEC 60694

Common specification For HV switchgears and controlgear standards

Professional Documents Reference

Title

API standard 598 API 527 Regulations Reference

Title

Not applicable


Page 4/4


-5-


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

03

Codes Reference

Title

ANSI B 147.1 Other documents Reference

Title

Not applicable

Total General Specifications Reference

Title

GS EP EXP 101 Rev4

Precommissioning and Commissioning Specification

GS EP EXP 103 Rev4

Precommissioning and Commissioning Technical Preparation

GS EP EXP 107 Rev3

Commissioning execution

GS EP SPS 001 Rev1

Design philosophy and requirements for subsea stations

GS EP PLR 401 Rev2

Installation of submarine pipelines

GS EP PLR 407 Rev1

Load-out of submarine cables, umbilicals and flexible pipes

GS EP PLR 408 Rev1

Transportation of submarine cables, umbilicals and flexible pipes

GS EP PLR 409 Rev1

Installation of submarine cables, umbilicals and flexible pipes

GS EP PLR 501 Rev2

Hydrostatic testing of pipelines

GS EP PLR 502 Rev1

Precommissioning of submarine gas pipelines

GS EP SPS 023 Rev2

Cleaning and Flushing of hydraulic systems

3. Precommissioning activities 3.1 Preamble The present specification GS EP EXP 105 provides the basic information, procedures and support documents required to carry out on site precommissioning activities in a planned, safe, and efficient manner. However the enclosed documentation is not intended to be fully comprehensive, hence it shall be used in conjunction with appropriate technical specifications and MANUFACTURERs' instructions. The GS EP EXP 105 “Precommissioning execution” will also be read in conjunction with the: • GS EP EXP 101 “Precommissioning and Commissioning Specification”, which gives, in particular, the definition, rationale, and key principles of precommissioning, thus allowing an easier approach to anyone having to execute these activities.


Page 5/5


-6-


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

03

• GS EP EXP 103 “Precommissioning and Commissioning Technical Preparation”, which covers all tasks to be completed prior to the actual start on site of precommissioning and commissioning execution. The omission from this specification of any item essential for the correct achievement of precommissioning shall be brought to the attention of the COMPANY by the CONTRACTOR, and any deviation the CONTRACTOR may wish to make to this specification shall be submitted to the COMPANY for approval, which shall have to be received in writing before any deviation is implemented.

3.2 General requirements 3.2.1 References The CONTRACTOR shall comply with Project and/or COMPANY specifications referenced in the contractual documentation. 3.2.2 Standards and Codes The Standards and Codes applicable to precommissioning shall be those referenced in the Project or COMPANY specifications. 3.2.3 Provision of equipment All facilities, services, tools, test equipment and consumables required to carry out and complete the precommissioning are within the CONTRACTOR's scope of supply unless stated otherwise in the contractual documentation. In particular, all workshop and portable calibration facilities shall be provided by CONTRACTOR. Calibration certificates shall be made available by the CONTRACTOR for all items of test equipment, and specifications for the maintenance and calibration of test equipment shall be adhered to. 3.2.4 Safety The CONTRACTOR shall only use competent and experienced personnel to carry out the precommissioning in each discipline. Before commencement of any precommissioning test, it must be established that the equipment is de-energized and all necessary safety precautions have been taken. Before commencing pressure testing of pipework and valves, cleaning, blowing of piping or vessels, the concerned area shall be suitably cordoned off and warning notices posted. During the completion of construction and precommissioning activities the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for implementing the Safety Procedures and Work Permit System applied on Site. The CONTRACTOR shall comply with all Safety regulations of the country, and all Safety requirements of the contract. The CONTRACTOR will be responsible for its internal safety organisation and control. 3.2.5 Organisation 3.2.5.1 The CONTRACTOR shall organise, precommissioning activities by subsystem.

prepare,

carry

out,

and

report

the


Page 6/6


-7-


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

03

A subsystem is a subdivision of the installation, being either process or utility, including the various equipment required for that subsystem to operate, which performs a given operational function (see document GS EP EXP 103 for more details regarding systems and subsystems delimitation rules). 3.2.5.2 The CONTRACTOR shall carry out the precommissioning activities in accordance with a subsystems precommissioning sequence. This sequence will have been established prior to the beginning of precommissioning operations (see document GS EP EXP 103 for more details). 3.2.5.3 Unless stated otherwise in the Contractual documentation, the transfer of responsibility from the CONTRACTOR to commissioning, will take place on a subsystem basis, commissioning designating here the Party in charge of the commissioning activities of that subsystem. It is a transfer of the responsibility for operation, maintenance and safety of the related equipment, the accepting Party being thereafter responsible for all consequences resulting from miss-operation. On the other hand, it does not relieve the CONTRACTOR and the other parties from their contractual obligations. The transfer for a given subsystem will be formalised by the signature by the CONTRACTOR and the commissioning of the "Ready for Commissioning Certificate" and of the mutually agreed "Ready for Commissioning Punch List" of that subsystem. The transfer for a given subsystem will take place when the subsystem has reached the "Ready for Commissioning" status, i.e. when: • All precommissioning operations on that subsystem are complete, with the possible exception of a reasonable number of punch list items • No punch list item affects the operation, safety, and/or the commissioning activities of the subsystem • The subsystem area is clean, free from debris, tools, and extraneous material which would impede operation or cause an unsafe condition • The painting, insulation, fire proofing are complete enough so that there is no excessive amount of scaffolding left, nor an excessive number of painters, insulators still working, in the subsystem area • The Precommissioning Dossier has been COMPANY/Commissioning and approved (see § 3.3.9).

compiled,

submitted

to

3.3 Scope of work 3.3.1 Equipment to precommission The CONTRACTOR shall thoroughly perform the precommissioning of all subsystems and equipment, or pieces of equipment, either purchased as individual items, or as part of a VENDOR'S package, or as part of a COMPANY supplied item, of all facilities defined in the contract. This scope of work consists of: • Conformity checks of equipment items


Page 7/7


-8-


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

03

• Static/de-energized tests of equipment items • Specific operations, such as the pipes and vessels flushing and cleaning. The scope of work shall be performed in accordance with the procedures, and by using the support documents, given in: • Chapter 4 (electrical precommissioning) • Chapter 5 (Instrument precommissioning) • Chapter 6 (telecommunications precommissioning) • Chapter 7(mechanical precommissioning) • Chapter 8 (sub-sea precommissioning) of the present specification. 3.3.2 Precommissioning technical preparation The CONTRACTOR shall perform the precommissioning technical preparation activities, including especially: • The issuing of the precommissioning planning and progress calculation method. Both shall be submitted to COMPANY for approval • The preparation of the checks lists (refer to paragraph 3.3.3) and of the Test Sheets (refer to paragraph 3.3.4) • The preparation of the Precommissioning Dossiers (refer to paragraph 3.3.9). A typical dossier will be prepared as an example and submitted to COMPANY for approval • The updating of the Status Index (refer to paragraph 3.3.5) according to last issues of documents • The gathering of required Engineering and VENDORS documentation • The preparation of tools, test equipment, consumables, and all facilities and services required for precommissioning activities. 3.3.3 Conformity checks 3.3.3.1 Check Lists The CONTRACTOR shall perform conformity checks of equipment items as per Check Lists available in the present specification. The Check Lists define the exact scope of work that shall be systematically performed on every equipment item, and they also constitute the support documents used to record the checks. The Check Lists provided in the specification are typical for each type of equipment item, and numbered accordingly. The Check Lists are regrouped by discipline and included in the chapter relating to the concerned discipline. Where checks lists have an associated continuation sheet, these define all the tag numbers or cable numbers relating to the Check List items detailed on sheet 1 Check List. Any requirement for additional checks such as insulation and continuity tests shall be recorded on this continuation sheet. These tests relate mainly to cables and trace heat tape.


Page 8/8


-9-


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

03

In the event that Check Lists are omitted for any item of equipment, the CONTRACTOR shall inform the COMPANY, review the requirements and issue a new Check List for COMPANY's approval. 3.3.3.2 Preparation All Check Lists, grouped by subsystem, shall be prepared by the CONTRACTOR at the precommissioning preparation phase, by: • Indicating the subsystem number and description • Recording the tag numbers of the items of equipment corresponding to the type of the Check List in the appropriate columns. If required, several continuation sheets will be used until every item of equipment of the relevant type belonging to that subsystem is listed • Marking the number of continuation sheets. 3.3.3.3 Execution The Check Lists shall be used as working documents by the CONTRACTOR's Engineer performing the checks. While the Engineer physically checks an item of equipment, he will initial each check of the list when it is satisfactory, and he will do so for every item of equipment listed on the Check List. Any check which is not satisfactory shall be treated in the following manner: • If possible, the defect shall be immediately corrected by CONTRACTOR. The Engineer who has identified the defect shall ensure that it is properly corrected. • If CONTRACTOR cannot correct the defect immediately, CONTRACTOR shall report it to the COMPANY, include it in the Punch List, and take all necessary actions to have this item cleared. • If the remedial work does not fall in the CONTRACTOR's Scope (for example; defect on equipment free issued by COMPANY), CONTRACTOR shall report it to the COMPANY and include it in the Punch List. COMPANY will take action to have this item cleared, with assistance from the CONTRACTOR, as required. Once all checks of the Check List have been performed on all items of equipment listed on the Check List, the Check List will be transmitted to the CONTRACTOR Supervisor in charge of the concerned discipline, who will date and sign in the appropriate boxes. The Check Lists will not be signed by the CONTRACTOR nor filed in the precommissioning dossier until all checks have been performed satisfactorily. A spare sign box is provided at the bottom of each check sheet to be used at the discretion of COMPANY or CONTRACTOR. 3.3.4 Static tests 3.3.4.1 Test Sheets The CONTRACTOR shall perform static/de-energized tests of items of equipment in accordance with the test procedures given in the present specification. The results of the tests shall be reported on Test Sheets, the master forms of which, typical for each type of component requiring testing and numbered accordingly, are available in the


Page 9/9


- 10 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

03

present specification, regrouped by discipline and included in the chapter relating to the concerned discipline. In the event that Test Sheets are omitted for any item of equipment, the CONTRACTOR shall inform the COMPANY, review the requirements, and issue a new Test Sheet for COMPANY's approval. 3.3.4.2 Preparation All Test Sheets, grouped by subsystem, shall be prepared by the CONTRACTOR at the precommissioning preparation phase, by filling-in the heading of the Test Sheets. There shall be one Test Sheet for each item of equipment to be tested. 3.3.4.3 Execution Prior to any test being carried out, it shall be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to verify that all construction work is completed and all connections properly made and that the associated checks have been successfully completed according to the Check List. The CONTRACTOR shall ensure that the work site is clean with adequate access and that all test equipment and tooling is available to properly carry out the test. CONTRACTOR shall ensure that testing is performed in a safe and secure manner. For any test to be witnessed by COMPANY, Commissioning, Certifying Authorities, or other, the CONTRACTOR shall give adequate notice to the Parties concerned. The tests will then be carried out by the CONTRACTOR in accordance with the specification technical procedures and reported on the Test Sheets. If a test cannot be completed, or does not give satisfactory results because of any defect, the CONTRACTOR shall treat the defect in the same manner as that defined in Section 3.3.3.3 (Check Lists). The defect shall be indicated on the Test Sheet and reported on the Punch List if it cannot be corrected immediately. The test shall be repeated until successfully completed. A spare sign box is provided at the bottom of each Test Sheet to be used at the discretion of COMPANY or CONTRACTOR. 3.3.4.4 Specific Operations Specific precommissioning operations, such as cleaning of vessels and piping, or filling of batteries with electrolyte, shall be performed exactly as Tests, in accordance with procedures included in the present specification, and reported on adequate Test Sheets. 3.3.5 Status Index The Status Index is the list of all equipment subject to one or several precommissioning operations. This list, arranged per subsystem, discipline and type of equipment, is created from the various Engineering and VENDORS equipment lists (instrument list, cables list, piping list, etc.). The Status Index indicates for each item of equipment (pressure gauges, electrical cables, pumps, etc.) the corresponding precommissioning tasks, i.e. checks, and tests when applicable,


Page 10/10


- 11 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

03

by showing the reference number of the task report document, i.e. Check Lists and Test Sheets numbers. The Status Index is therefore a summary of the precommissioning scope of work. The CONTRACTOR shall keep the Status Index updated during the precommissioning activities, by recording the completion dates of each Check List and Test Sheet. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain and operate the necessary computer equipment and personnel to process continuously the Status Index database. 3.3.6 Case of packages 3.3.6.1 General rule Unless stated otherwise in the Contract, the packages shall be precommissioned by the CONTRACTOR in accordance with the same procedures as those applied on field equipment, i.e. every item of equipment of the packages shall be checked for conformity with the relevant Check Lists, and every item of the equipment of the packages that can be subject to a precommissioning test shall be tested, and the tests reported on relevant Test Sheets. Sub-sea production system equipment (SPS) can be considered as packaged equipment and will be fully pre-commissioned at the VENDOR’S premises prior to transportation. The relevant check and test records will be completed and included in the pre-commissioning dossier at this time. See chapter 8 for further details. Sub-sea control system equipment, the SCU, SPCU and HPU will be completely precommissioned and commissioned after installation on the offshore platform or vessel. Sub-sea umbilical and flowlines equipment (UFL) can also be considered as packaged equipment and will be pre-commissioned at the VENDORS premises prior to transportation offshore. The relevant check and test records will be completed and included in the precommissioning dossier at this time. Further pre-commissioning will take place offshore for the UFL equipment. See chapter 8 for further details. In no case shall equipment warranty be invalidated. Therefore, VENDORS instructions shall be followed by the CONTRACTOR, and VENDORS representatives shall be mobilised by the CONTRACTOR, upon COMPANY's approval, for assistance during critical precommissioning activities, unless it is formally stated by the VENDORS that such an assistance is not required. 3.3.6.2 Exceptions A reduced precommissioning scope of work will be performed by the CONTRACTOR on the packages, which will have been thoroughly tested, prior to the precommissioning phase on site, at the MANUFACTURER’s. The only packages to which the reduced scope applies are specifically listed as such in the contract. The reduced scope shall be the following: • A single package Check List shall be performed, instead of various equipment Check Lists. This Check List, named C-ZX-01, is available in chapter 8, Mechanical Precommissioning, of the specification. • The precommissioning Tests will be limited to: - Electrical: insulation and continuity Tests


Page 11/11


- 12 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

03

- Instrument: calibration, and cables continuity tests between the item of equipment and the marshalling cabinet in the Technical or Control Room, of all equipment related to safety: alarm and shutdown devices, safety valves - Mechanical/Piping: alignment of all equipment and flushing of all piping reinstated on site by the CONTRACTOR. 3.3.7 Punch Lists While the precommissioning checks and tests are being performed, all discrepancies, damaged or missing equipment, malfunctions, missing documents, etc., shall be recorded by the CONTRACTOR in the subsystem punch lists, if the situation was not able to be corrected immediately. These lists shall be kept updated during the precommissioning operations, so as to have a precise status of each subsystem at the Ready for Commissioning stage (by which time there should be few punch list items yet to clear, and of minor importance). There will be one punch list by subsystem, subdivided by discipline. The CONTRACTOR shall comply to the Punch List Co-ordination Procedure issued by commissioning or COMPANY. 3.3.8 Drawings up-dating During the precommissioning phase it shall be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to keep the following drawings up-dated: • P&ID's • Electrical and instrument TSLD's • One line diagrams • Connection diagrams • Interlocks logic diagrams so as to obtain at the completion of the precommissioning of each subsystem a set of (markedup) "as precommissioned" drawings, taking into account all modifications implemented on site or deviations from construction drawings. In the same way, the CONTRACTOR shall amend any document as required by a modification carried out during the precommissioning e.g. equipment data sheets in case of set points modifications, etc. 3.3.9 Precommissioning dossier The CONTRACTOR shall compile all documentation pertaining to the precommissioning operations in a specific "Precommissioning Dossier", arranged by subsystem, which shall contain all the information required to demonstrate to the commissioning and COMPANY that the subsystem has reached the "Ready for Commissioning" status. Its contents will be the following: • Ready for Commissioning Certificate • Punch list • System Description and marked-up drawings


Page 12/12


- 13 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

03

• Status Index • Check Lists • Test Sheets

by discipline

• As-built drawings • VENDOR'S reports • Specific procedures and tests • List of modifications.

4. Electrical precommissioning 4.1 Introduction The precommissioning of electrical equipment shall be carried out in accordance with the rules given in chapter 3 of this specification. The present chapter provides additional information and support documents, specific to the Electrical Discipline: • Electrical Check Lists specificities • Check Lists Master Forms • Precommissioning Tests Procedures • Test Sheets Master Forms.

4.2 Precommissioning checks 4.2.1 Check lists index Type of equipment

Check list reference

Nb of sheet

List

C-PX-00

1

Generator

C-PX-01

1

Power Transformer

C-PX-02

1

HV switchboard/MCC

C-PX-04

1

LV switchboard/MCC

C-PX-05

1

Bus duct

C-PX-07

1

HV cables

C-PX-08

1

LV Power cables and control cables

C-PX-09

1

Multicore Instrument cables

C-PX-10

1

HV motor

C-PX-12

1

LV motor

C-PX-13

1

DC motor

C-PX-14

1


Page 13/13


- 14 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

Type of equipment

03

Check list reference

Nb of sheet

LV distribution board/Control panel/Console

C-PX-15

1

Charger/Inverter

C-PX-16

1

Batteries

C-PX-17

1

Lighting circuits

C-PX-18

1

Power Socket outlets

C-PX-19

1

Electrical heater

C-PX-20

1

Neutral earth resistor

C-PX-21

1

Trace heating

C-PX-22

1

Control station

C-PX-23

1

Local Isolator

C-PX-24

1

Navigation aids

C-PX-25

1

Earthing system

C-PX-26

1

Miscellaneous electrical equipment

C-PX-27

1

Cable racking

C-PX-30

1

Junction box/Marshalling box

C-PX-31

1

4.2.2 Procedures 4.2.2.1 General case CONTRACTOR will carry out equipment checks, and fill-in relevant Check Lists forms, as per the rules given in chapter 3, paragraph 3.3.3, except in the following cases, where specific rules apply. 4.2.2.2 Exceptions Case of packages with simplified precommissioning scope of work: refer to chapter 3, paragraph 3.3.6.2. 4.2.2.3 Case of CP-X-10 - Multicore instrument cables 4.2.2.3.1 Field cables Field cables are clearly allocated to one system or sub-system. 4.2.2.3.2 Multicore cables For Multicore cables two cases must be considered: • Case 1: Multicore cables allocated to a system or sub-system They will be part of the corresponding system or sub-system. This is often the case for packages. It is also the case for some systems, for example gas detection system.


Page 14/14


- 15 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

03

In this case Multicore (Multipairs) cables shall be treated in the same way as field cables. • Case 2: Multicore cables with cores allocated to two or more systems These cables will be gathered in a Multicore cable system (including the Junction boxes). The Status Index of this system will clearly indicate the system corresponding to the different cores (pairs). 4.2.2.4 Case of C-PX-31 – Junction box /Marshalling box The same rule as defined for multicore cables shall apply. Junction boxes shall be checked after final assembly, meaning when all checks and tests of the cables connected to them are completed. 4.2.2.5 Electrical checks Record check results as required on the relevant check-list forms. 4.2.3 Check lists master forms Refer to Appendix 2.

4.3 Precommissioning tests 4.3.1 Test Sheets index Type of equipment

Test Sheet reference

Nb of sheet

List of test sheet forms

T-PX-00

1

General purpose Test Sheet

T-PX-

1

Generator

T-PX-01

1

HV transformer

T-PX-02

1

Auxiliary LV transformer

T-PX-03

1

HV switchboard/ MCC

T-PX-04

1

LV switchboard / MCC

T-PX-05

1

Bus duct

T-PX-07

1

HV cables

T-PX-08

1

LV power cables

T-PX-09

1

Multicore cables HV motor

T-PX-10 T-PX-12

1 1

LV motor

T-PX-13

1

DC motor

T-PX-14

1

Distribution boards/ Control panel/Console

T-PX-15

1

Charger/Inverter

T-PX-16

1


Page 15/15


- 16 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

Type of equipment

03


Nb of sheet

Batteries

T-PX-17

1

Lighting circuits and convenience sockets outlets circuits

T-PX-18

1

Power Socket outlets

T-PX-19

1

Heaters

T-PX-20

1

Neutral earth resistors

T-PX-21

1

Trace heating

T-PX-22

1

Control station

T-PX-23

1

Navigation aids

T-PX-25

1

Earthing system

T-PX-26

1

4.3.2 Test procedures 4.3.2.1 Test voltages and frequency The project procedures and Test Sheets shall take into account the project voltages and frequency. The power frequency dielectric test voltages shall be based on the following IEC recommendations and shall be adjusted to take into account the fact that some equipment has already been subjected to factory tests. In no case the test voltage shall exceed the value indicated in the equipment VENDOR maintenance manual. • IEC 60034 for Rotating Electrical machines • IEC 60060 – High Voltage test techniques • IEC 60071 - Insulation co-ordination • IEC 60076 for Electrical Transformers • IEC 60502-2 for HV cables • IEC 62271 and IEC 60694 for HV and LV switchgears

4.3.2.2 Test methods 4.3.2.2.1 Insulation Resistance (IR) tests IR testing shall be carried out by applying a D.C. voltage from an insulation tester at voltage levels given in this specification. 4.3.2.2.2 High voltage tests Before high voltage tests are executed, insulation resistance tests shall be carried out. High voltage testing shall be carried out by D.C. voltage at a level above the operating voltage.


Page 16/16


- 17 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

03

High-voltage testing of electrical equipment, except LV cables, shall have been carried out at the Manufacturer's works with A.C. at voltage levels in accordance with the IEC. Repeated high voltage tests may introduce weak points in the insulation of windings, and therefore such tests shall not be applied at site to generators, motors or transformers. The HV tests at full voltage shall not be repeated two times. If however for special reasons these tests are considered to be remade a second time, they shall be carried out only after consultation with the Manufacturer and with a test voltage of 80 % of the initial full test voltage. 4.3.2.2.3 Polarisation Index (PI) The polarisation Index is the ratio between the insulation resistance measured after a time period of 10 minutes over the initial insulation resistance (PI = R 10 min / R 1 min). The minimum acceptable Polarisation Index shall be 2.5. The PI obtained gives an indication of the condition of the winding insulation with regard to its dryness and cleanness. PI will be lower for a dirty, wet or chemically contaminated winding insulation. 4.3.2.2.4 Test procedures Prior of any test, relevant Project Specifications and MANUFACTURER's Test Procedures shall be adhered to. The CONTRACTOR shall carry out tests as laid down on the Test Sheet. If the obtained IR or PI values fall below the minimum values, then the equipment should not be energised or subjected to high voltage testing. Appropriate action should be taken, e.g. drying, to normalise the figures. In case of 'flash-over' during high voltage testing appropriate measures shall be taken (e.g. cleaning, drying, repair) to eliminate the cause. Re-testing shall be performed after repair. In the event that any of the tests fails to meet the specification requirements, it will be necessary for the CONTRACTOR to list any discrepancies and to present them to the COMPANY Engineer. The Test Sheet will be completed, signed and dated, and presented to the COMPANY Engineer for approval. Copies of the Test Sheet will be issued to the Certifying Authority if required. The original shall be inserted in the Ready for Commissioning dossier.

4.3.2.3 Generators - Test Sheet T-PX-01 The CONTRACTOR shall carry out the insulation resistance tests on the generator windings, the exciter windings, the generator space heater, the bearing pedestal insulation (if practical), and record the data obtained. The following Megohmmeter shall be used: •

5000 V for HV windings

•

1000V for LV windings

•

500 V for other parts of the generator (space heater, bearing, etc…).


Page 17/17


- 18 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

03

The minimum acceptable insulation resistance value shall be: ¾

HV generator windings - 150 Megohms

¾

LV generator windings - 100 Megohms

¾ Exciter windings - 10 Megohms • Anti-condensation heaters - 10 Megohms • Bearing Insulation - 1 Megohm. If the pedestal bearings or sleeve bearing housings are completely insulated from the generator frame, the insulation may be checked with the machine coupled and running at the commissioning stage. In the other cases refer to manufacturer procedure. 4.3.2.4 Power transformers - Test Sheet T-PX-02 Neutral earthing resistors shall be disconnected from the neutral point before starting tests. They shall be tested separately in accordance with section 4.3.2.21. HV earthing transformers shall be tested in accordance with the requirements of HV Transformers Test Sheet and Neutral Earthing Resistors Test Sheet (section 4.3.2.4) 4.3.2.4.1 Insulation resistance tests Insulation résistance shall be measured between: •

Primary windings and secondary windings connected to earth

•

Secondary windings and primary windings connected to earth.

A 5000 V Megohmmeter shall be used for testing the HVwindings, andHV/LV windings insulation. A 1000 V Megohmmeter shall be used for the LV windings. The minimum acceptable insulation resistance values shall be: •

HV windings - 150 Megohms

•

LV windings - 100 Megohms

•

Primary / secondary – 150 Megohms

• . CONTRACTOR shall carry out an insulation resistance test on auxiliary wiring, if any, with a 500 V Megohmmeter. Minimum acceptable value is 10 Me ohms 4.3.2.4.2 Oil breakdown tests A sample of the transformer tank insulating oil shall be drawn off from the tank and tested in accordance with the requirements of: ¾ IEC 60599 Mineral oil – impregnated electrical equipment in service. Guide to the interpretation of dissolved and free gases


Page 18/18


- 19 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

03

¾ IEC 60156 Insulating liquids – Determination of the break down voltage at power frequency. Test method. ". 4.3.2.5 LV transformer - Test Sheet T-PX-03 Insulation résistance shall be measured between the primary windings and earth, the secondary windings and earth and between primary and secondary windings. A 1000 V Megohmmeter shall be used for the tests and the minimum acceptable insulation resistance values shall be 100 Megohms.

4.3.2.6 HV switchboard - Test Sheet T-PX-04 Precautions should be taken to prevent circuit breakers and selectors being operated without the knowledge of the Test Engineer. 4.3.2.6.1 HV Tests: Before testing, the switchgear framework shall be connected to earth and control circuits, including Static type protection relays shall be protected according manufacturer instructions. Voltage transformers shall be isolated and tested separately. On control circuits, all earth connections as shown on the wiring diagrams shall be disconnected before the application of the test voltage and reconnected when the test is completed. All incoming and outgoing isolating switches shall be open. High voltage test of the main circuit shall be carried out on each phase with the remaining two phases connected to earth (voltage transformers and load disconnected). For the test, the reference pole of the testing supply is connected to the same earth as the frame of the equipment under test. Test voltage for the duration of one minute shall be as indicated in IEC 60694. .

4.3.2.6.2 Insulation Resistance Tests: The insulation resistance shall be measured before the HV test is carried out and measured again after the HV test is completed to ensure that the initial resistance has not been altered appreciably. The connections used for the insulation resistance tests shall be similar to the ones used on the high voltage test. Insulation resistance test shall be performed on busbars alone, busbars and circuit breakers, voltage transformers, anti-condensation heaters and signalling, control and breakers rearming motor wiring. A 5000 V Megohmmeter shall be used for testing the HV bus bar, and a 500 V Megohmmeter shall be used for auxiliary wiring (heater, control, signalling, rearming motors).


Page 19/19


- 20 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

03

The minimum acceptable insulation values shall be: ¾ HV switchgear – 200 Megohms ¾ Control and Auxiliary wiring Circuits - 10 Megohms. 4.3.2.6.3 Voltage Transformer (VT) and current transformer (CT) Insulation resistance measurement shall be performed on each voltage transformer. A 5000 V Megohmmeter shall be used for primary wirings testing (secondary wiring earthed), and a 500 V Megohmmeter shall be used for secondary wirings (primary wiring earthed). Minimum acceptable insulation values shall be: ¾ Primary wirings - 150 Megohms ¾ Secondary wirings - 10 Megohms. • If current transformers are installed, a polarity test with the use of battery flick test shall be performed.

4.3.2.7 LV switchboard - Test Sheet T-PX-05 Precautions should be taken to prevent the circuit breakers and selectors being operated without the knowledge of the Test Engineer. 4.3.2.7.1 HV test Before testing, the switchgear framework shall be connected to earth and control circuits, including Static type protection relays shall be protected according manufacturer instructions. Voltage transformers shall be isolated and tested separately. On control circuits, all earth connections as shown on the wiring diagrams shall be disconnected before the application of the test voltage and reconnected when the test is completed. All incoming and outgoing isolating switches shall be open. HV test of the main power circuit shall be carried out on each phase with the remaining two phases connected to earth. For the test, the reference pole of the testing supply is connected to the same earth as the frame of the equipment under test. Test voltage for the duration of one minute shall be as indicated in IEC 60694 4.3.2.7.2 Insulation resistance tests: The insulation resistance of the switchgear should be measured before the HV test is carried out and again after the HV test is completed to ensure that the initial resistance has not been altered appreciably. The connection used for the insulation resistance tests shall be similar to the ones used on the high voltage testing. A 1000 V Megohmmeter (500 V for control circuits) shall be used for testing and the minimum insulation resistance value shall be: ¾

LV switchgear - 100 Megohms

¾ Signalling, Control circuits - 10 Megohms. ¾ Anti condensation heating circuit -10 Megohms.


Page 20/20


- 21 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

03

4.3.2.7.3 Voltage Transformer (if any) and current transformer Insulation resistance measurement shall be performed on each voltage transformer. A 500 V Megohmmeter shall be used. Minimum acceptable insulation value shall be 10 Megohms. • If current transformers are installed, a polarity test with the use of battery flick test shall be performed. 4.3.2.8 Bus duct - Test Sheet T-PX-07 An HV test as described in 5.3.2.5.1 and in 5.3.2.4.1 shall be performed. Bus duct shall be disconnected at both ends (i.e. transformer and switchboard). The insulation resistance test shall be carried out using a 5000 V Megohmmeter for HV bus duct and 1000 V for LV. The test shall be carried out between each phase with the other two phases and frame bonded together and earthed (three tests). Minimum acceptable value shall be 200 Megohms for HV and 100 Megohms for LV. If space heater is installed, a 500 V Megohmmeter shall be used for testing its insulation resistance, the minimum value shall be 10 Megohms. Bus bar and space heater continuity shall be check with ohmmeter 4.3.2.9 HV cables - Test Sheet T-PX-08 The CONTRACTOR shall carry out all the tests with the cable ends glanded and terminated but not connected. One sheet will be used for each cable (Trefoil configuration is considered as one cable). On completion of all tests, HV terminations shall be tightened to torque setting specified by Vendor documentation and recorded on the test sheet. Note: Where cables are terminated using "Elastimold" type terminations, an "Elastimold" "dead end plug" must be fitted during IR (Insulation resistance) and HV tests. 4.3.2.9.1 HV test The HV test shall be carried out by the CONTRACTOR on all HV cables. It shall be applied as follows: ¾ Single Core Cables: between the conductor and the armour, the armour being solidly connected to earth. ¾ Three Core Cables: between each conductor and the remaining conductors and armour, which shall be connected together and to earth (three tests per cable), and, between conductors (three tests per cable). In case of HV cable with screen, these HV tests shall be performed with the screen connected to the armour. The test voltage shall be gradually increased to test value and maintained for fifteen minutes. The leakage current measured should not exceed one milliamp. Voltage shall be held at each increment to allow the capacitive charging current to stabilise. 4.3.2.9.2 Insulation test (before and after HV test) The insulation resistance tests should be carried out using a 5000 V Megohmmeter, the test configuration being as for the HV test. The insulation resistance should be at least 150 Megohms.


Page 21/21


- 22 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

03

4.3.2.10 LV power cables - Test Sheet T-PX-09 The CONTRACTOR shall carry out all the tests with the cable ends glanded and prepared but not connected. Core and armour continuity checking shall be performed. The insulation resistance tests will be carried out using a 1000 V Megger for LV power cables. The minimum acceptable value shall be: • LV cables above 240V - 50 Megohms • 240 V and below - 10 Megohms. • LV lighting and trace heating cables shall not be considered in this chapter.

4.3.2.11 Multicore cables - Test Sheet T-PX-10 This Test Sheet is to be used for all Instrument, Fire and Gas and Telecommunications multicore cables, with the exception of special purpose cables for data highways/data links with the Supervisory Computer/Distributed Control Systems (DCS), which shall be tested by the Commissioning Engineer and/or the VENDOR. Test Sheet and Check List shall be completed by Sub-System as detailed by the Status Index. Test and Check Sheet shall be numbered consecutively where more than one sheet is required. For example: • C-PX-10 sht 1 to 4 • T-PX-10 sht 1 to 6. The CONTRACTOR shall carry out and record all data for the insulation resistance with the cable ends glanded and prepared but not connected. On completion of the tests the cable shall be connected. For the allocation of the different cores in the different system the procedure defined for Check List C-PX-10 will be followed (see 4.2.2). Control station multicore cables shall not be considered in this chapter. 4.3.2.11.1 Insulation test Insulation resistance tests shall be carried out using a 500 V Megohmmeter and the minimum recorded value shall be 10 Megohms. 4.3.2.11.2 Continuity checking Continuity tests shall be carried out for each core. Continuity tests shall cover the whole cable circuit as indicated on the trouble-shooting diagrams, from the initial point (generally control room marshalling cabinets) to the final element on the field, e.g. I/P converter, transmitter, solenoid, etc., irrespective of the multicore sub-system limits. 4.3.2.12 HV motor - Test Sheet T-PX-12 The HV test shall only be carried out at the request of the COMPANY Engineer and under his supervision. The CONTRACTOR shall carry out the insulation resistance tests on the motor windings, motor heater, and bearing pedestal insulation and record the data obtained. Each winding will be


Page 22/22


- 23 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

03

tested to earth using a 5000 V Megohmmeter with the remaining windings, and frame connected together and to earth. The insulation resistance of the motor heater will be tested using a 500 V Megohmmeter. If the pedestal bearings or sleeve bearing housings are completely insulated from the motor frame, the insulation may be checked with the machine coupled and running at the commissioning stage. In the other cases refer to manufacturer procedure. The minimum acceptable insulation values shall be : • Stator Windings: 150 Megohms • Anti-condensation Heater: 10 Megohms • Bearing Insulation: 1 Megohm. 4.3.2.13 LV motor - Test Sheet T-PX-13 The CONTRACTOR shall carry out the insulation resistance tests on the motor windings, and space heater. The windings shall be tested using a 1000 V Megohmmeter. The heater shall be tested using a 500 V Megohmmeter. The minimum acceptable insulation value shall be : • Motor Winding: 100 Megohms • Heater : 10 Megohms 4.3.2.14 DC motors - Test Sheet T-PX-14 The CONTRACTOR shall carry out the insulation resistance tests on the motor windings, and the motor heater.. The motor field and armature windings shall be tested using a 1000 V Megohmmeter , each winding shall be tested with the remaining windings, and frame connected together and earthed. (In some instances it may be impractical to test/earth each phase winding separately). Motor heater shall be tested under 500 V only. The minimum acceptable insulation value shall be : • Shunt Field: 10 Megohms • Armature: 10 Megohms • Series Field/Compounding: 10 Megohms • Heater Winding: 10 Megohms. Brushes: The spring tension on the dc motor commutator brushes shall be checked in accordance with the MANUFACTURER’s recommendations.


Page 23/23


- 24 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

03

4.3.2.15 Distribution boards/Control panels / Consoles - Test Sheet T-PX-15 The CONTRACTOR shall carry out the insulation resistance tests on all distribution board, control panel or console, main circuits and also any control wiring. All incoming and outgoing isolating switches shall be open The insulation resistance test on the main circuit shall be carried out between phase and earth and phase to phase using a 1000 V Megohmmeter. The minimum acceptable resistance value shall be 50 Megohms. 4.3.2.16 The control wiring and apparatus (voltmeter etc...) shall be tested using a 500 V Megohmmeter Minimum resistance value shall be 10 Me ohms.Charger/Inverter - Test Sheet T-PX-16 All tests required by the MANUFACTURER’s documentation shall only be carried out by the CONTRACTOR in accordance with the MANUFACTURER’s standard test procedures and under the supervision of the MANUFACTURER’s representative. . The Test Sheet shall be used as a front sheet to record test results. 4.3.2.17 Batteries - Test Sheet T-PX-17 All tests required by the MANUFACTURER’s documentation shall only be carried out by the CONTRACTOR in accordance with the MANUFACTURER’s standard test procedures and under the supervision of the SUPPLIER’s representative. Test Sheet shall be numbered consecutively where more than one sheet is required 4.3.2.18 Lighting circuits and convenience sockets outlets circuits - Test Sheet T-PX-18 Tests on the lighting installation shall be carried out by the CONTRACTOR on one circuit basis (cables and luminaires, cables and sockets). The circuit insulation resistance test shall be carried out using a 500 V Megohmmeter, insulation resistance being measured between each phase and earth. Important: Do not use megohmmeter across phases The minimum acceptable insulation resistance value for the circuit will be 10 Megohms . 4.3.2.19 Socket outlets - Test Sheet T-PX-19 For power socket outlets the individual sockets shall be tested using a 1000 V Megohmmeter and the insulation resistance recorded. The minimum acceptable value shall be 100 Megohms. 4.3.2.20 Heaters - Test Sheet T-PX-20 - Associated Check List C-PX-20 The CONTRACTOR shall carry out the insulation resistance tests on heater using a 1000 V Megohmmeter, measuring each phase to the other ones connected to earth The minimum acceptable value shall be 100 Megohm.


Page 24/24


- 25 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

03

4.3.2.21 Neutral earth resistors - Test Sheet T-PX-21 The NER terminals shall be disconnected from the transformer or generator neutral point and from earth Surge diverters shall be tested in accordance with the MANUFACTURER’s recommendations. A 1000 V Megohmmeter should be used for testing the resistor elements. The minimum acceptable insulation resistance values shall be: ¾ HV Distribution - 150 Megohms ¾ LV and Lighting and Small Power Distribution - 100 Megohms. HV earthing transformers shall be tested in accordance with the requirements of HV Transformers Test Sheet (section 4.3.2.4) and Neutral Earthing Resistors Test Sheet. In all cases, test voltages shall be in accordance with the MANUFACTURER’s recommendations . 4.3.2.22 Trace heating - Test Sheet T-PX-22 Tests on the Trace Heating installation shall be carried out by the CONTRACTOR on a circuit basis (Supply cable, tape, junction boxes).. All tests required shall only be carried out by the CONTRACTOR under the supervision of the MANUFACTURER’s representative. Before the insulation is applied to the pipe, the tape shall be tested for continuity and an insulation resistance test shall be carried out using a 500 V Megohmmeter(minimum acceptable value - 10 Megohms regardless of length). After the pipe insulation has been installed, the continuity and insulation resistance test shall be repeated to ensure the tape has not been damaged. In hazardous areas the resistance to earth in megohms must not be less than: 750 (Where L = Length of the Heater in Metres) L

4.3.2.23 Control stations - Test Sheet T-PX-23 Tests on the control stations including its multicore cable shall be carried out by the CONTRACTOR. The circuit insulation resistance test shall be carried out using a 500 V Megohmmeter, insulation resistance being measured between each phase and earth. . The minimum acceptable value will be 50 Megohms. The on/off tests of the control station shall be carried out with the continuity test from the MCC .


Page 25/25


- 26 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

03

4.3.2.24 Navigation aids - Test Sheet T-PX-25 All tests required by the MANUFACTURER’s documentation shall only be carried out by the CONTRACTOR in accordance with the MANUFACTURER’s standard test procedures and under the supervision of the MANUFACTURER’s representative. Batteries shall be tested in accordance with 5.3.2.15 The Test Sheet shall be used as a front sheet to record tests results. All cables in the system shall be tested in accordance with 4.3.2.10 and Test Sheet T-PX-09 shall be completed. Batteries shall be tested in accordance with 4.3.2.17 and Test Sheet T-PX-17 shall be completed. 4.3.2.25 Earthing systems - Test Sheet T-PX-26 4.3.2.25.1 Continuity of protective conductors A continuity test shall be made in order to check the continuity of the protective conductors, including the equipotential bonding. 4.3.2.25.2 For main protective conductor, test results shall be obtained from cable test sheet T-PX-09 (see section 4.3.2.10.Equipment earth return path impedance test 4.3.2.25.3 Definitions To comply with IEC 60364-4-41, “touch” voltages shall not exceed 50 volts AC rms. The earth impedance loop shall be lower than the RA calculated: RA x Id < UL RA = The earthing resistance of all exposed conductive parts connected by a protective conductor to an earth electrode Id

= Fault current for the first dead fault between a phase conductor

UL = Conventional touch voltage. Example: Distribution system

Id (mA)

UL (V)

RA (ohms)

LV

300

50

167

HV

30000

50

1.67

4.3.2.25.4 Method All power supplies to the systems under test shall be isolated before commencing the tests. All testing shall be carried out in accordance with the attached detail drawings using an AC current injection test set. The injected current shall be equal to 1.5 times the design current of the circuit under test except that the current shall not exceed 25 A.


Page 26/26


- 27 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

03

The loop impedance value measured is equal to: E=

test set generator voltage test set generator current

This measurement is applicable for: •

Verification of trip condition upon 2nd fault phase to earth in IT system.

•

Verification of trip condition upon earth fault in TN system (circuits without ELCB).

It shall be performed for each switchboard/MCC on the longest cable run on onshore plants

4.3.2.25.5 Motor fed from LV motor control centre (see Example 1) • Connect injection test set between MCC Phase Busbar “R” and switchboard earth, manually close contactor “B” and determine loop impedance E1 by shorting motor terminal “R” phase to motor earth conductor. • Short across high impedance earthing resistor “F” and close circuit breaker “E” to determine loop impedance E2. • Total earth return path impedance = E1 + E2. (This is a conservative value since the phase conductor resistances are also included). 4.3.2.25.6 Lighting circuit fed from distribution board (See Example 2) • Connect injection set between Phase “T” Busbar and Distribution Board Earth. Manually close Breaker “A” and determine loop impedance E3 by shorting the end light fitting Terminal “T” to the Earth Conductor. • Short across high impedance earthing Resistor “F” and manually close circuit breaker “E” to determine Loop Impedance E4. • Total Earth Return Path Impedance = E3 + E4. (This is a conservative value since the phase conductor resistances are also included). Note: Earth return path impedance tests on small power circuits shall be at the direction and the discretion of the COMPANY Engineer. With the level of protection provided, it is only considered necessary to test one circuit per distribution board providing results are satisfactory. 4.3.2.25.7 HV Motor fed from HV switchboard (See Example 3) • Connect injection test set between switchboard Phase Busbar “R” and switchboard earth, close breaker/contactor A and determine loop impedance E6 by shorting motor terminal “R” phase to motor earth conductor. • Connect injection test set between switchboard Phase Busbar “R” and switchboard earth, close earthing transformer contactor B and determine loop impedance E5 by shorting earthing transformer terminal “R” phase to transformer earth conductor. • Total earth return path impedance = E5 + E6.


Page 27/27


- 28 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

03

Example 1: Typical return path impedance loop 440 V 3 phase motor circuit


Page 28/28


- 29 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

03

Example 2: Typical return impedance loop small power circuit


Page 29/29


- 30 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

03

Example 3: Earth return impedance path loop 6.6 kV motor circuit 4.3.3 Test Sheets master forms Refer to Appendix 3.


Page 30/30


- 31 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

03

5. Instrument precommissioning 5.1 Introduction The precommissioning of instrument equipment shall be carried out in accordance with the rules given in chapter 3 of this specification. The present chapter provides additional information and support documents, specific to the Instrument Discipline: • Instruments Check Lists particularities • Check Lists Master Forms • Precommissioning Tests Procedures • Test Sheets Master Forms.

5.2 Precommissioning checks 5.2.1 Check Lists index The instrument precommissioning checks are mainly covered by 21 types of Check Lists, as follows, assuming some additional Lists can be issued for some specific equipment: Type of equipment

Check List reference

Temperature element (T/C or RTD)

C-JX-00

Rotameter

C-JX-00

Pitot element

C-JX-00

Annubar

C-JX-00

Thermowell

C-JX-03

Local Temperature Indicator

C-JX-05

Level Indicator

C-JX-05

Level gauge (sight glass)

C-JX-05

Local Pressure Indicator

C-JX-05

Pressure differential - Pressure switch

C-JX-08

Pressure differential - Pressure transmitter

C-JX-08

Temperature/Differential temperature switch

C-JX-08

Temperature/Differential Temperature Transmitter

C-JX-08

Flow Switch

C-JX-08

Level Switch

C-JX-08

Level transmitter - Controller

C-JX-08

Solenoid valve

C-JX-08


Page 31/31


- 32 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

Type of equipment

03


Limit Switch

C-JX-08

Density transmitter

C-JX-08

Signal selector

C-JX-08

Hand Switch

C-JX-08

Analyser

C-JX-08

I/P Converter

C-JX-08

Probe/Proximitor/Monitor (Displacement Vibration Key Phasor)

C-JX-08

Orifice Plate

C-JX-11

Turbine meter

C-JX-13

Vortex meter

C-JX-14

Bursting disc

C-JX-20

Relief Valve

C-JX-21

Actuated valve (ESDV-BDV-XV)

C-JX-23 or 24

Modulating Control valve

C-JX-27 or 28

Instrument panel / Annonciator

C-JX-30

Actuated Valve Control Station

C-JX-31

Gas detectors

C-JX-42

Fire detectors

C-JX-43

Fusible loop

C-JX-45

Frangible bulbs / Pneumatic detection & Deluge System

C-JX-46

Indoor cabinet / Panel

C-JX-48

Cabinet / Panel earthing C-JX-49 Note: All instrumentation cables checks are covered by the electrical Check List C-PX-10 and junction boxes/marshalling boxes by the electrical Check List C-PX-31 (refer to chapter 4, paragraph 4.2.2). 5.2.2 Procedures 5.2.2.1 General case CONTRACTOR will carry out equipment checks, and fill-in relevant Check Lists as per the rules given in chapter 3, paragraph 3.3.3, except in the following cases, where specific rules apply.


Page 32/32


- 33 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

03

5.2.2.2 Exceptions a) In order to limit the amount of precommissioning support documentation, the following Check List: C-JX-42- 43 – 45 : (Gas – Fire detectors) shall be processed as follows: • The Check List will be used as a front sheet and as a procedure, the equipment subject to checks being listed by tag numbers on the specific Continuation Sheet also referenced C-JX-42.- 43 - 45 • The tags listing will be done on a sub-system basis. • Signatures and other required information will be reported, for each piece of equipment, on the Continuation Sheet(s). b) Case of packages with simplified precommissioning scope of work: refer to chapter 3, paragraph 3.3.6.2. 5.2.2.3 Case of C-JX-00 and 08 The Check List referenced C-JX-00 and 08 will be used for many types of equipment (see § 5.2.1). The type of equipment subject to checks shall be indicated on the Check List during the preparation phase. Checks related to various types of equipment shall not be reported on the same Check List. 5.2.2.4 Case of C-JX-11 and C-JX-20 Precommissioning checks will be carried out once the tests have been completed, and after final installation of the concerned item. However, orifice plates, covered by Check List C-JX-11, and bursting discs, covered by Check List C-JX-20, will be inspected for conformity and damage prior to their installation. The Check List will be completed after their final installation. 5.2.2.5 Cabinet Earthing – C-JX-49 As per GS EP ELE 031, instrument earthing is identified as three different systems but they shall be interconnected inside each cabinet. Moreover earthing interconnection shall also be achieved at junction boxes and instruments (screen and armour). Exception is made with intrinsically safe earth (I.S.), where screen shall be earthed at only one side (at the cabinet location) These tests will be carried out by cabinet/panel individually when all field instrument cables are connected to cabinets (through junction boxes). When disconnected from the main earth network, have to be established: - IPE and IE continuity since interconnections are ensured through junction boxes and instruments - Segregation of the IS earth when applicable

5.2.3 Check Lists master forms Refer to Appendix 4.


Page 33/33


- 34 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

03

5.3 Precommissioning tests 5.3.1 Test Sheets index Type of equipment


General purpose

T-JX-00

Control Valve (Modulating)

T-JX-01

Actuated Valve (ESD, Blowdown and Shut-Off)

T-JX-02

Relief Valve

T-JX-03

Instrument (Analog Output)

T-JX-04

Instrument (Switched Output)

T-JX-05

Instrument Tube/Pipe (Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Impulse)

T-JX-06

Flow element (orifice plate)

T-JX-07

5.3.2 Test Procedures Note: Tests of instrument cables are covered by Electrical Test Sheets T-PX-10 (refer to chapter 4, paragraph 4.3.2.11). 5.3.2.1 General Test Sheet form - T-JX-00 The general Test Sheet form (no reference) shall be used by the CONTRACTOR to report any required test on instrumentation equipment not covered by the previous Test Sheets. 5.3.2.2 Control valve (modulating) - T-JX-01 The VENDOR Calibration Manual Number, Calibration/Test Procedure Number and Data Sheet Number are all to be completed by the CONTRACTOR and are self explanatory. Project Specification for Local Instrument Calibration and Testing, indicates the basic requirements of this Test Sheet. The Air Failure, Signal Failure, and Valve Signal Range shall be obtained from the Data Sheet and checked against the valve data plate. As a general rule, control Valves shall NOT be stroke checked by the CONTRACTOR throughout the range prior to installation, except in specific cases where transportation or storage conditions might have corrupted the equipment. The decision to carry out this test will be made by the COMPANY. The testing of valves shall be made in accordance with the Technical Specification for valves. However, as the method of test will vary for valve type, size and service, the Contractor will submit the test procedure to the COMPANY for approval. The CONTRACTOR shall complete the results on the Test Sheet and note any adjustments made in the remarks section. The CONTRACTOR shall advise the COMPANY of any remedial work required prior to it being started. Prior to operation the valve seat shall be checked for cleanliness. All auxiliary equipment mounted with the valve shall be calibrated/function checked and all test results recorded on Test Sheets. After stroke checking, opening and closing times of the valve are to be confirmed and noted on the Test Sheet.


Page 34/34


- 35 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

03

A commissioning representative must be informed of the testing of the valves. For VENDOR package valves, stroke checks shall be carried out in situ by the CONTRACTOR and the results noted as above. The COMPANY shall be advised of faults on VENDOR package valves prior to any remedial work being started. In all cases seat leakage tests shall have completed and witnessed at the VENDORS premises. If not they shall be carried out by the CONTRACTOR upon a specific request by the company. Instruments serial number and model number shall be recorded on each Test Sheet and the relevant data sheet be copied and attached to each Test Sheet. 5.3.2.3 Actuated valve (ESD, Blowdown, Shut-off) - T-JX-02 As a general rule, actuated Valves shall NOT be stroke checked by the CONTRACTOR prior to installation, except in specific cases where transportation or storage conditions might have corrupted the equipment. The decision to carry out this test will be made by the COMPANY. In such cases, it is accepted valve operation from the valve control station is not part of the Precommissioning scope of work. However special attention shall be paid to overpressure protection, especially when the protection device is mounted on external equipment (e.g. accumulator). The testing of valves shall be made in accordance with the Technical Specification for valves. However, as the method of test will vary for valve type, size and service, the Contractor will submit the test procedure to the COMPANY for approval. The requirements of this Test Sheet are as paragraph 5.3.2.2, T-JX-01, but the Project Specification for Actuated Valve Control Stations, shall be referred to for the various types of valve. In addition whenever limit switches are installed on actuated valves they shall be adjusted as per the VENDOR recommendations. 5.3.2.4 Relief valve - T-JX-03 The initial requirements of this Test Sheet are generally as T-JX-01. Relief valves shall be tested by the CONTRACTOR on an approved test rig. VENDOR package valves shall be removed by the CONTRACTOR and tested in the same manner. All relief valves shall be re-installed by the CONTRACTOR prior to Commissioning. Valves with back pressure bellows fitted shall have their operational back pressure applied for 10 minutes with a zero leakage rate. All pressure gauges shall be check calibrated by the CONTRACTOR and witnessed by the certifying authority prior to valve testing. A test record shall be kept by the CONTRACTOR. Delay between relief valve testing and start up of the installation shall be decided by the COMPANY. All valves shall be tested on air or nitrogen and adjusted to commence to open at the cold test pressure. This cold test pressure shall include the corrections for service conditions or back pressure or temperature, or both.


Page 35/35


- 36 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

03

The seat leakage test shall be carried out in accordance with ANSI B 147.1 and API 527 with an applied pressure under the disc of 90% of the cold test pressure. The acceptance criteria shall be as follows: • Resilient seat seals - zero leakage • Metal Seats - less than 5 bubbles per minute. Should any valve not conform to the test requirements listed on the data sheet, it shall be brought to the attention of the COMPANY prior to remedial work being carried out on the valve. For safety valves installed on hydraulic packages/systems, valves shall be removed for testing only when requested by the certifying authority to avoid contamination of hydraulic circuits. The COMPANY shall make available to the certifying authority, original factory test certificates for all valves falling into this category. 5.3.2.5 Instruments (transmitters and switches : T-JX-04 and T-JX 05 ) As a general rule, instruments calibration is not required prior to the installation, as long as Vendor’s calibration datasheet is provided and transportation or storage conditions have not corrupted the instrument. The decision to carry out this test will be made by the COMPANY. Calibration and testing shall be carried out by the CONTRACTOR as Project Specification for Local Instrument Calibration and Testing and the relevant sections of the General Instrument Specification. In addition, the CONTRACTOR shall conform to the requirements of the VENDOR calibration manual to enable him to complete the Test Sheet. VENDOR package equipment shall be tested in situ. Faults found on VENDOR package equipment shall be brought to the attention of the COMPANY prior to attempted remedial work being carried out. 5.3.2.6 Instrument tube/pipe - T-JX-06 5.3.2.6.1 Hydraulic Flushing and pressure testing shall be carried out by the CONTRACTOR as outlined in Project Specification for Cleaning, Testing and Flushing of Hydraulic pipework. All requirements and procedures are highlighted in this Specification. The Instrument scope of work for pressure testing includes all tubes and pipes that do not carry a line number as dictated by the piping line list. This is specified as the tube and pipe after the piping isolation valve and is shown on the relevant hydraulic hook-up. After testing and acceptance it is critical that all open pipe and tube ends are capped or taped to prevent contamination by dust or moisture. 5.3.2.6.2 Pneumatic Pressure testing shall be carried out by the CONTRACTOR in accordance with Project Specification for Local Calibration and Testing, Pressure and Continuity Testing. The Instrument scope of work for pressure testing includes all tubes and pipes that do not carry a line number as dictated by the piping line list. This is specified as the tube and pipe after the piping isolation valve and is shown on the relevant hydraulic hook-up.


Page 36/36


- 37 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

03

Completion of the Test Sheet shall follow the same format as that for hydraulic pipe and tube. As with hydraulic tube it is essential that all open pipe and tube ends are capped or taped after completion of test. 5.3.2.6.3 Impulse Pressure testing shall be carried out by the CONTRACTOR in accordance with Project Specification for Local Instrument Calibration and Testing, in particular the section relating to Impulse lines. 5.3.2.7 Flow element (orifice plate) - T-JX-07 Orifice measurements according to Test Sheet shall be performed prior to orifice plate installation by the CONTRACTOR. A test label shall be attached after the measurements have been performed.

5.4 Test Sheets master forms Refer to Appendix 5. Note: Instrument last issued data sheet to be copied and submitted with Test Sheet.

6. Telecommunications precommissioning 6.1 Introduction The precommissioning of telecommunications equipment shall be carried out in accordance with the rules given in chapter 3 of this specification. The present chapter provides additional information and support documents, specific to the Telecommunication Discipline: • Telecommunication Check Lists procedures • Check Lists Master Forms • Precommissioning Tests Procedures.

6.2 Precommissioning checks


Page 37/37


- 38 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

03

6.2.1 Check Lists index Type of equipment


Nb of sheet

PA/GA Loudspeaker + JB

C-IX-01

1+

PA /GA Flashing beacons + JB

C-IX-02

1+

PA access unit

C-IX-03

1

PA /GA Central system & Marshalling Cabinet

C-IX-05

1

Telephone Hoods Eex w /Telephone beacon & Sounder

C-IX-07

1

System cabinet

C-IX-12

1

Indoor radio equipment cabinet

C-IX-13

1

Meteorological sensors & Cables

C-IX-14

1

Monitors

C-IX-18

1

CCTV Control Units

C-IX-19

1

Radio base station-central units

C-IX-20

1

Motorized antenna,feeder & lighting sensors

C-IX-22

1

Entertainment distribution network

C-IX-26

1

Survival Craft Radio and Beacon

C-IX-27

1


Page 38/38


- 39 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

Type of equipment

03


Nb of sheet

Antenna, feeder & lighting arrestor

CIX34

1

Radio remote control units

CIX36

1

Radio Handheld, pagers & battery chargers

CIX39

1

Fibre optic / patch panel

CIX42

1

CCTV camera and housing

CIX45

1

Cabling RJ45

CIX46

1

Connection box-PA/GA tank coverage

CIX48

1

Mobile set-PA/GA tank coverage

CIX49

1

GMDSS circuit breaker

CIX50

1

PC workstation

CIX51

1

Server

CIX52

1

Data network equipment

CIX53

1

PC screen / Keyboard switch

CIX54

1

Outdoor radio cabinet

CIX55

1

Radio-Indoor distribution

CIX56

1

Radio-outdoor network

CIX57

1

ATU

CIX58

1

Remote station / Portable unit

CIX59

1

GMDSS Console

CIX60

1

Entertainment DVD player

CIX61

1

Oceano sensors

CIX62

1

Gyrocompass:Central/Interface & power supply

CIX63

1

MDF / IDF Cabinet

CIX64

1

Clock Unit

CIX65

1

+ = Continuation Sheet As Applicable Note: All telecommunication cables checks are covered by the Electrical Check List C-PX-10 and junction boxes by Electrical Check List C-PX-31 (refer to chapter 4, paragraph 4.2.3). 6.2.2 Procedures 6.2.2.1 General case CONTRACTOR will carry out equipment checks, and fill-in relevant Check Lists as per the rules given in chapter 3, paragraph 3.3.3, except in the following case, where a specific rules applies.


Page 39/39


- 40 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

03

6.2.2.2 Exception In order to ensure that the public address system provides coverage in accordance with the telecommunications design report, details of loudspeaker ratings and settings shall be entered on sheet 2 of Check List C-IX-01 before completing sheet 1. Similarly P.A. beacon details shall be entered on sheet 2 of Check List C-IX-02 before completing sheet 1. 6.2.3 Check Lists master forms Refer to Appendix 6.

6.3 Precommissioning tests Type of equipment


Nb of sheet

Cabling RJ45

T-IX-01

1

Optical Fibber

T-IX-02

1

There is no other specific Telecommunication Test Sheet, Telecommunication cable tests being covered by Electrical Test Sheet T-PX-10.

7. Mechanical precommissioning 7.1 Introduction Under the generic terminology of "mechanical precommissioning" are covered in the present chapter all precommissioning checks and tests related to: • Mechanical equipment • Piping and vessels • Safety equipment • Structure and buildings. Is also covered the simplified precommissioning scope of work applicable to these packages, which have been subject to an acceptance test run at the MANUFACTURER’s and are listed as such in the contract. The precommissioning of mechanical equipment piping and vessels, safety equipment, structure and buildings shall be carried out in accordance with the rules given in chapter 3 of the present specification. The present chapter provides additional information and support documents, specific to the above equipment: • Mechanical, piping, vessels, safety Check Lists particularities • Check Lists Master Forms • Precommissioning Test Procedures • Test Sheets Master Forms.


Page 40/40


- 41 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

03

7.2 Precommissioning checks 7.2.1 Check Lists Index Type of equipment


Nb of sheet

Crane and Pedestal

C-AX-01

2

Lift

C-AX-02

2

Air Winches

C-AX-03

1

Pedestral crane system

C-AX-04

1

Gantry Crane (Electrical/Manual)

C-AX-05

2

Trolley hoist

C-AX-06

2

Air transporter

C-AX-07

1

Flare tip change out handling unit

C-AX-08

2

Pressure vessel

C-CX-01

2

Pig launcher

C-CX-02

2

Vessel Final Closure

C-CX-03

1

Storage tank

C-DX-01

2

Heat Exchangers

C-EX-01

2

Plate-heat exchanger

C-EX-02

2

HVAC Heater coil

C-EX-03

1

HVAC Cooler

C-EX-04

2

Air fin exchangers

C-EX-05

2

Reciprocating pumps

C-GX-01

2

Vertical centrifugal pump

C-GX-02

1

Centrifugal pump

C-GX-03

2

Electro submersible pump

C-GX-05

1

Metering pump

C-GX-06

2

Rotary pump

C-GX-08

2

Gear box

C-GX-09

2

Hydraulic coupling

C-GX-10

2

Strainer-Filter

C-HX-01

2

HVAC Filter

C-HX-02

1

Agitator

C-HX-04

2

Coarse Filter (Rotating element)

C-HX-05

2

Sand Filter

C-HX-06

2


Page 41/41


- 42 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

Type of equipment

03


Nb of sheet

Gas turbine air inlet filter

C-HX-08

2

Reciprocating Compressor

C-KX-01

2

HVAC Fan

C-KX-02

2

HVAC refrigeration unit

C-KX-03

2

Gas Turbine driver

C-KX-05

2

Centrifugal Compressor

C-KX-06

2

Inert gas generator

C-KX-07

2

Turbo expander

C-KX-08

2

Heater

C-KX-09

2

Test Pack Index

C-LX-01

1

Pipework before Test Pack tests

C-LX-02A

1

Pipework after Test Pack tests

C-LX-02B

1

Pipework

C-LX-02

1

Derrick

C-LX-05

1

Crown block

C-LX-06

1

Travelling Block and Hook

C-LX-07

1

Top Drive Package

C-LX-08

1

Rotary Table 37.5" Package

C-LX-09

1

Draw-works Package

C-LX-10

1

Pipe Handling System

C-LX-11

1

Hydraulic Power Unit Rig Skidding

C-LX-12

1

Rig Skidding Gripper Jacks

C-LX-13

1

Hydraulic Power Unit Derrick Package

C-LX-14

1

Draw-works Brake Cooling Package

C-LX-15

1

Deadline Anchor

C-LX-16

1

Drill Line Drum

C-LX-17

1

Hydraulic Mud Bucket

C-LX-18

1

Hydraulic Cathead

C-LX-19

1

Shale Shaker Package

C-LX-20

1

Cuttings Screw Conveyors

C-LX-21

1

Hydraulic Power Pack Cuttings Transfer

C-LX-22

1

Mud Standpipe Manifold

C-LX-23

1


Page 42/42


- 43 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

Type of equipment

03


Nb of sheet

Choke Manifold Package

C-LX-24

2

Kill Unit and Mixing Skid

C-LX-25

1

Cement Standpipe Manifold

C-LX-26

1

BOP Central Package

C-LX-27

1

Drain Chains

C-LX-28

1

HVAC ducting

C-NX-01

2

HVAC manual damper

C-NX-02

1

HVAC automatic damper

C-NX-03

2

HVAC sound attenuator

C-NX-04

1

HVAC humidifier

C-NX-05

2

HVAC air handling unit

C-NX-06

1

HVAC constant volume box

C-NX-07

1

HVAC galley hood

C-NX-08

1

HVAC spray washer

C-NX-09

1

HVAC fire damper control panel

C-NX-10

1

HVAC weather louver

C-NX-11

1

Structure

C-QX-01

1

Building

C-QX-02

1

Diesel Engine

C-TX-01

2

Sanitary fittings

C-VX-01

1

Macerator

C-VX-03

2

Lube Seal oil Package

C-VX-04

2

Flare tip Package

C-VX-06

2

Flare ignition and snuffing packages

C-VX-07

2

Insulation

C-XX-01

1

Painting

C-XX-02

1

Fire Protection insulation

C-XX-03

1

Life rafts

C-YX-01

1

Life boat and cradles

C-YX-02

4

Carbon dioxide deluge system

C-YX-03

2

Water deluge system

C-YX-04

1

Fire water monitor

C-YX-05

1


Page 43/43


- 44 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

Type of equipment

03


Nb of sheet

Hose reel

C-YX-06

1

Hydrants, cabinets, Fireman's equipment cabinets

C-YX-07

2

Portable Fire-Fighting equipment

C-YX-08

1+

Survival equipment (life jackets/buoys)

C-YX-09

1+

First aid equipment

C-YX-10

1

Multi discipline Package Check List

C-ZX-01

4

+ = continuation sheet as applicable. 7.2.2 Procedures 7.2.2.1 General case CONTRACTOR will carry out equipment checks, and fill-in relevant Check Lists as per the rules given in chapter 3, paragraph 3.3.3, except in the following cases, where specific rules apply. 7.2.2.2 Exceptions a) In order to limit the amount of precommissioning support documentation, the following Check Lists: C-YX-08 “Portable Fire-Fighting Equipment” C-YX-09 “Life jackets - Life buoys” shall be processed as follows: • The Check List will be used as a front sheet and as a procedure, the equipment subject to checks being listed by tag numbers on the specific Continuation Sheet also referenced C-YX-08/09. • The tags listing will be done on a sub-system basis. • Signatures and other required information will be reported, for each piece of equipment, on the Continuation Sheet(s). b) It must be clear that for some type of equipment several Check Lists shall be completed: For example, in the case of a gas turbine, the following Check Lists shall be completed: • C-HX-08

Gas turbines air inlet filter

• C-KX-05

Gas turbine driver

• C-LX-02

Pipework

• C-LX-03

Turbine exhaust

• C-VX-04

Lube oil Package

Are also possibly part of a gas turbine package precommissioning checks (if the corresponding equipment is installed) of: • C-HX-01

Strainer-Filter

• C-EX-01/02/05

Exchangers

• Etc.


Page 44/44


- 45 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

03

7.2.2.3 Case of C-LX-02, C-XX-01 and C-XX-02 Each of the following Check Lists: • C-LX-02

Pipework

• C-XX-01

Insulation

• C-XX-02

Painting

shall be applicable to a whole subsystem, with describing and listing all the lines with PI&D’s identification. When the lines are grouped by Test Pack (refer chapter TEST PACK Dossier), several sheets should be issued with grouping the lines per TEST PACK, CLX02 will be then replaced by CLX02A&B. 7.2.2.4 Case of C-LX-01, C-LX-02A and C-LX-02B When the lines are grouped by Test Pack, the following Check Lists will be used: •

C-LX-01 Test Pack Index

•

C-LX-02A Pipework before tests

•

C-LX-02B Pipework after tests

The NDT clearance will be checked prior Test Pack activities ,the C-LX-01 will be then filled. The Certifying Authority and COMPANY Engineer shall verify that the works have been satisfactorily completed. 7.2.2.5 Case of C-CX-03 This sheet is to be used as a certificate and aims to : -

formalise the final closure with the final checks (internal, coating, gasket, preservation, cleanliness, …)

-

group at the same time all involved people (CONTRACTOR, Inspection, Operation, Commissioning) according to Vessel Final Closure Procedure

-

optimise the closure and avoid re-opening.

The final closure of the vessel is a part of the Pre-Commissioning scope. The Precommissioning CONTRACTOR shall manage this activity and organise the final closure with relevant persons. If the final closure is postponed during the Commissioning phase, CONTRACTOR remain responsible accordingly. This activity shall be noticed according to procedure. Once the Vessel Final Closure sheet is issued and signed by different parties, the vessel must not be re-open without COMPANY approval.

7.2.2.6 Case of C-ZX-01 Although part of the Mechanical Precommissioning Procedure the following Check List: • C-ZX-01

Packages

is the support document of a multi-discipline task.


Page 45/45


- 46 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

03

For all packages which have been test-run at the MANUFACTURER and which are listed as such in the contract, C-ZX-01 packages general Check Lists will be filled instead of the specific equipment Check Lists: • Immediately after package installation, all anomalies being immediately reported to COMPANY • Prior to the Ready For Commissioning notice. 7.2.3 Check Lists master forms Refer to Appendix 8.

7.3 Precommissioning tests 7.3.1 Test Sheets Index Type of equipment


General purpose

T-MX-00

Vessels and tanks

T-MX-01

Heat exchanger

T-MX-02

Pipework pressure test

T-MX-03

Pipework Chemical Cleaning / Pickling

T-MX-04

Pipework Flushing/ Cleaning

T-MX-05

Valve pressure test

T-MX-06

Machinery alignment

T-MX-08

Ductwork leakage test

T-MX-09

Lifeboats and cradles

T-MX-10

Runaway beams

T-MX-11

Platform crane

T-MX-12

Pad eyes

T-MX-13

Ductwork leakage test index

T-MX-24

Gross leak test

T-MX-25

7.3.2 Test procedures 7.3.2.1 Vessels and Tanks - Test Sheet T-MX-01 VENDOR supplied Vessels and Tanks will normally have been pressure tested at the VENDOR works as part of the acceptance tests and shall only require retest on site if they have been damaged in transit or on site, and subsequent repairs have been carried out. However, without exception they shall be internally inspected on site, prior to being Pressure Tested. The decision to carry out the Pressure Testing will be made by the COMPANY Engineer.


Page 46/46


- 47 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

03

The testing of Vessels and Tanks will be carried out in accordance with the technical requirements of the Project Specifications. The CONTRACTOR when required to pressure test a Vessel or Tank shall complete Test Sheet T-MX-01. If the final location of the Vessel/Tank is different from the design location, it is the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to ensure that the Vessel/Tank supporting steel work or foundations, are adequately designed for the total weight of the Vessel/Tank completely filled with water. The CONTRACTOR will inform witnessing Parties, i.e. COMPANY Engineer and/or Certifying Authority when the Test is ready to take place. Should the Test fail, it is the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to repeat the Test until the COMPANY Engineer and/or the Certifying Authority accepts that the Test Requirements are satisfied. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for obtaining the necessary signatures on Test Sheet T-MX-01. After successful completion of the test the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the draining, drying, preserving and where necessary, the reinstatement of the vessel into its location. The CONTRACTOR must at all times, have all relevant documentation available for review by the witnesses. Upon completion, the original of the Vessel Test Sheet T-MX-01 will be issued by the CONTRACTOR and shall form part of the Precommissioning Dossier. 7.3.2.2 Heat Exchangers - Test Sheet T-MX-02 VENDOR Supplied Heat Exchangers will normally have been pressure tested at the VENDOR works as part of the acceptance tests. They shall only require retest on site if they have been damaged in transit or on site, and subsequent repairs have been carried out. The decision to carry out the Pressure Testing will be made by the COMPANY Engineer. The testing of Heat Exchangers will be made in accordance with the technical requirements of the project specifications. The CONTRACTOR when required to pressure test a Heat Exchanger shall complete the Test Sheet. If the final location of the Heat Exchanger is different from the design location, it is the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to ensure that the Heat Exchanger supporting steel work or foundations, are suitable for the total weight of the Heat Exchanger completely filled with water. The CONTRACTOR will inform the witnessing Parties when the Test is ready to take place. Should the Test fail, it is the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to repeat the Test until the COMPANY Engineer and/or the Certifying Authority accepts that the Test Requirements are satisfied. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for obtaining the necessary signatures on Test Sheet T-MX-02. After successful completion of the test the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the draining, drying, preserving and where necessary, the reinstatement of the Heat Exchanger into its location. The CONTRACTOR must at all times, have all relevant documentation available for review by the witnesses. Upon completion, the originals of the Heat Exchanger Test Sheet T-MX-02 will be issued by the CONTRACTOR and shall form part of the Precommissioning Dossier.


Page 47/47


- 48 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

03

7.3.2.3 Pipework Pressure Test - Test Sheet T-MX-03 The pressure test shall be in accordance with the project specification for Piping Pressure Testing. The amount of Pressure Testing of piping for each system shall take as many tests as is considered necessary in order to verify the integrity of all pipework. It is the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to carry out and complete all work required for the Pressure Testing, to the satisfaction of the COMPANY and the Certifying Authority. The CONTRACTOR shall monitor all Pressure Tests by a temperature/pressure recorder and pressure gauge which shall be calibrated before each test or at Certifying Authority's request. The CONTRACTOR shall verify to the satisfaction of the COMPANY that the Test Pressure be between 50 and 80 percent of the instrument range. The CONTRACTOR shall, when ready to carry out a Pressure Test, complete the Test Sheet T-MX-03 excluding the Test Results section. The organisation of pipework pressure test shall be as follows for each test: • Each pressure test shall have a test number. • CONTRACTOR shall prepare and send a pressure test notice to all parties concerned by the witnessing of the test, with the following documents attached: (1) Coloured marked isometrics and P&IDs. The following colour codes shall be used: - Blue: lines to be tested - Red: test limits - Green: items to be removed prior to the test - Orange: blinds to be installed numbered from 1 to n - Yellow: temporary installations (supports, piping, etc.). (2) Inspection clearance certificate indicating that all Inspections Checks and Tests have been carried out on the piping to be tested and that they are satisfactory. (3) Acceptance certificate for calibration of instruments that will be used to assess the pressure test. • CONTRACTOR shall keep a record of blinds installed. These blinds shall always have a tag and a visible handle painted red. • CONTRACTOR shall carry out the test in the presence of the witnesses, COMPANY Engineer and Certifying Authority. Test acceptance will be decided by the Certifying Authority and/or the COMPANY representative. • After successful test completion, the CONTRACTOR shall re-instate the lines (re-installation of removed items, removal of temporary blinds and repositioning of permanent spectacle blinds) and carry out the necessary works to reach the preservation status defined in the specifications. He shall then obtain the relevant approval signatures on the Test Sheet T-MX-03 and the recorder chart sheet.


Page 48/48


- 49 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

03

• The CONTRACTOR shall file in the Precommissioning dossier or in the TEST PACK Dossier if existing (refer chapter TEST PACK Dossier) and for each test the following documents: - Form T-MX-03 - Set of coloured isometrics - The original recorder chart. • The TEST PACK number shall be referenced. Whenever a test covers pipes located in different subsystems the above set of documents will be filed in the subsystem that will be first ready for commissioning. In the other subsystem(s) the form T-MX-03 with the relevant pipe numbers lists will be filed, and as remarks will be indicated: -

The test number and date

-

The subsystem where the documents are filed.

• The CONTRACTOR shall constitute a Test dossier where all pressure tests documents will be filed. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain a set of marked-up P&IDs to show the status of lines tested, and a status of blinds installed and removed. Above documents filed by the CONTRACTOR shall be maintained available for review by the Local Authorities, the COMPANY, and the Certifying Authority. 7.3.2.4 Chemical Cleaning / Pickling of Pipework - Test Sheet T-MX-04 If applicable, the lines shall be Chemical cleaned (or pickled) in accordance with the specification detailed in Appendix 1. The CONTRACTOR after preparing a part of whole system for Chemichal cleaning/ pickling shall complete the Test Sheet T-MX-04 “Pipework Chemical Cleaning/ Pickling”. The CONTRACTOR shall complete all data on Test Sheet T-MX-04 for Chemical Cleaning/ Pickling of Pipework, excluding the Test Results Section. On completion of the above data, the CONTRACTOR shall sign and date the form and submit it to the COMPANY, for permission for Chemical Cleaning/ Pickling. When the COMPANY Engineer has signed the Test Sheet for permission for Chemical Cleaning/ Pickling, the CONTRACTOR shall carry out; the COMPANY Engineer will witness the Chemical Cleaning/ Pickling. Based on the same principle than the TMX-03, the sheets may be filed either in the Precommissioning Dossier or in the TEST PACK Dossier, if existing. 7.3.2.5 Pipework Flushing/ Cleaning - Test Sheet T-MX-05 Prior to Pressure testing the lines shall be cleaned in accordance with either the specification for Cleaning and Flushing of Process and Utility Systems or the specification for Cleaning, Testing and Flushing of Hydraulic Pipework as applicable. (Appendix 1) The CONTRACTOR shall perform the Flushing/Cleaning of pipework as construction proceeds thus avoiding important dismantling and re-assembly works. Flushing/Cleaning operations shall be carried out frequently outside normal construction working hours. Commissioning will witness all pipework flushing/Cleaning operations. Organisation of flushing/Cleaning operations shall be as follows: • Each flushing/Cleaning operation shall have a reference number.


Page 49/49


- 50 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

03

• The CONTRACTOR shall prepare the flushing/Cleaning of pipework Test Sheet T-MX-05 (one Test Sheet for each flushing/Cleaning operation). • The CONTRACTOR shall prepare a sketch of the network to be cleaned (P&IDs will be used for this purpose). The following colour code shall be used: - Blue: lines to be flushed - Green: items to be removed - Red: flanges to be disconnected - Orange: items to be isolated. • The CONTRACTOR shall submit the Test Sheet and sketch to the Commissioning for information and comments. • The CONTRACTOR shall carry out the flushing/Cleaning operations according to the flushing/Cleaning specification given in Appendix 9, in presence of the Commissioning representative who will decide when the cleaning operation is satisfactorily completed. • The CONTRACTOR shall re-instate the lines and carry out piping preservation works. Once completed he shall obtain the approval signature of the Commissioning Engineer. • The CONTRACTOR shall maintain a set of marked-up P&IDs to show the status of flushed lines. • Approved pipework flushing/Cleaning Test Sheets T-MX-05 shall be filed in the Precommissioning dossier or in the TEST PACK dossier according to the management of the TMX-03 and TMX-04.

7.3.2.6 Pressure testing of valves - Test Sheet T-MX-06 Valves will normally have been pressure tested at the VENDOR works as part of the acceptance tests. They shall only require to be pressure tested on site if they have been disassembled, for any reason. The decision to carry out the pressure testing of valves will be made by the COMPANY Engineer. The testing of valves shall be made in accordance with the Technical Specification for valves. However, as the method of test will vary for valve type, size and service, the COMPANY Engineer will inform the CONTRACTOR of his requirements for the test. Where warranty of the valve is concerned the valve MANUFACTURER may need to be involved in the rework and pressure testing. The CONTRACTOR shall inform the COMPANY Engineer when a problem develops. The COMPANY will liase with the MANUFACTURER and request his presence. The CONTRACTOR, if required to Pressure Test a valve shall complete Test Sheet T-MX-06 with the exception of the Test Results section. The CONTRACTOR will inform the COMPANY Engineer and the Certifying Authority when the test is ready to take place. Should the test fail the CONTRACTOR will be responsible for repeating the test until the Certifying Authority and the COMPANY Engineer are satisfied. The CONTRACTOR shall carry out the Pressure Test and shall complete the Test Results section of Test Sheet T-MX-06.


Page 50/50


- 51 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

03

The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for obtaining the necessary signatures on the Test Sheet T-MX-06 from the witnesses. After completion of the test the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for, if possible, the immediate reinstatement of the valve into the line, or, if not, he shall suitably treat with preservative, blank off and place the valve in a clean, dry storage area. The CONTRACTOR must at all times, have all relevant documentation available for review by the COMPANY Engineer. On completion the originals of the Valve Test Sheet T-MX-06 will be filed in the Precommissioning dossier of the subsystem. 7.3.2.7 Machinery alignment - Test Sheet T-MX-08 The machinery alignment will be made in accordance with the requirements as detailed in the project specifications. Major items of Rotating Equipment e.g. Turbines, Compressors, Pumps, will have alignment procedures and applicable tolerances by the MANUFACTURER, to which the CONTRACTOR shall adhere. In those instances, alignment adjustments will normally be made in the presence of or under the direction of the MANUFACTURER's Engineer. In order to permit alignment to be carried out, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the removal and replacement of any work, e.g. coupling guards and couplings. Where the MANUFACTURER has not specified specific procedures or on minor items of rotating equipment, the tolerances stated by the coupling MANUFACTURER or the figures quoted below shall be used, whichever are the less. It shall be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to ensure that the work site is maintained in a clear condition, especially when equipment is being worked on, that all machine nozzles are protected from the ingress of foreign matter, and exposed machinery surfaces are treated with preservative. If for any reason the COMPANY Engineer has reason to doubt the internal integrity of a rotating machine due to on site work practices, it will be opened for inspection. The CONTRACTOR shall complete Test Sheet T-MX-08. The sheet is designed to record all readings taken for one specific coupling on each item of equipment as indicated. Normally, the alignment for the three conditions listed below, shall be recorded on three separate sheets for each coupling: • Base Plate Holding Down Bolts-Loose Piping Flange Bolts-Loose • Base Plate Holding Down Bolts-Tight, Piping Flange Bolts-Loose • Alignment - Driven Machine, Base Plate Holding Down Bolts-Tight, Piping Flange BoltsTight. Readings will in every instance be witnessed by a Commissioning Engineer, however, the acceptance signatures will not be given until satisfactory alignment conditions are met. Where satisfactory machine alignment is achieved above, but subsequently is changed, for example, due to incorrectly installed or modified pipework, the CONTRACTOR shall repeat the machine alignment to bring it back to a satisfactory condition. The original Test Sheet will be rejected and replaced by the new sheets witnessed and signed by the COMPANY Engineer. The following guidelines should be used for the procedure and tolerances whilst making an alignment, if not quoted by the equipment MANUFACTURER.


Page 51/51


- 52 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

03

Machine Conditions: • Coupling Hub Runout Prior to checking alignment the Coupling Hub Runout must be checked by mounting the magnetic base of the dial indicator on each hub in turn and placing the dial indicators against the coupling periphery and face, keeping the hub on which the magnetic base is mounted and rotating the hub under the dial indicator. • Tolerances - Coupling Periphery - Roundness Maximum 0.125 mm - Coupling Face - Squareness Maximum 0.050 mm a) Alignment, base plate holding down bolts-loose piping flange bolts-loose To be carried out by rotating both the driver and driven shafts together. If this is not possible the alignment is to be made by mounting the magnetic base of the dial indicators rigidly to the most easily rotated machine shaft, and rotating these around the stationary shaft and hub. Readings to be taken at 0° (dial indicators zero), 90°, 180° and 270° positions. Where there is coupling hub "runout" on the hub being checked, the position of maximum runout should be placed across the 90° - 270° position. Driven machine suction and discharge pipework is to be supported and no load imposed on the machine nozzles. Parallelism reading may be taken with an inside micrometer of gauges. • Tolerances - Coupling Periphery Alignment Maximum 0.125 mm - Coupling Face Parallelism Maximum 0.050 mm. b) Alignment, Base Plate Holding Down Bolts-Tight Piping Flange Bolts-Loose The alignment shall be made as for condition "A". The readings shall be taken and recorded before and after tightening the holding down bolts should not change by more than 0.025 mm in any direction. The alignment tolerance will remain the same. c) Alignment, Base Plate Holding Down Bolts-Tight Piping Flange Bolts-Tight The alignment shall be made as for condition "A". The readings shall be taken and recorded before and after tightening the suction and discharge flanges to the machine should not change by more than 0.025 mm in any direction. The final alignment should remain within the specified tolerance. If readings are outside the permitted tolerances, it will be at the discretion of the COMPANY and Commissioning Engineer to decide and inform the CONTRACTOR if they are to be considered acceptable. On completion of the machine alignment and after an uncoupled motor run the CONTRACTOR shall re-check the alignment and subsequently replace the coupling.


Page 52/52


- 53 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

03

The CONTRACTOR must at all times, have all relevant documentation available for review by the COMPANY Engineer. On completion, the originals of the Machinery Alignment Test Sheet T-MX-08 will be issued by the CONTRACTOR and shall form part of the Precommissioning Dossier of the subsystem. 7.3.2.8 Ductwork leakage test - Test Sheet T-MX-09 In carrying out this procedure the following specifications shall apply: • HVAC General Specification, HVAC Ductwork/Fabrication, Installation The CONTRACTOR shall supply the test equipment and all ancillary equipment and fittings required to carry out the leakage test, and shall perform the leakage tests to the satisfaction of the signatories on the Test Sheet T-MX-09. The CONTRACTOR shall also maintain the ductwork leakage Test Index, Test Sheet T-MX-24. The test rig shall be capable of testing the ductwork system up to a test pressure of 2.500 N/m2 and shall include: • Variable speed fan to allow a range of test pressures to be applied • Pressure gauge to indicate the test pressure • Inclined manometer to measure leakage. Note: The accuracy of the pressure gauge shall be within ± 10% of the test parameters. All electrical test equipment shall be rated for use on the construction site power system. All test equipment will be inspected before commencement of testing. The CONTRACTOR shall ensure that the sections of ducting to be tested for Air Leakage shall be sealed as follows: • Main ducts sealed off at flanges by blanking plates • Small branch ducts sealing with polythene sheet is acceptable. The CONTRACTOR shall ensure that sealants have cured before the commencement of testing. Before testing, the CONTRACTOR shall complete all data required on the Test Sheet for Ductwork Leakage T-MX-09 excluding the Test Results section. When Test Sheet T-MX-09 has been prepared and preparation work completed CONTRACTOR shall perform the Leakage Test. The CONTRACTOR shall adjust the test apparatus until the required static pressure is achieved. The pressure shall be maintained for fifteen minutes. After fifteen minutes the test pressure shall be reduced to atmospheric after which it will be immediately re-applied. The CONTRACTOR shall complete all the remaining Test data requirements on Test Sheet T-MX-09 and shall sign and date the completed Test Sheet. If at any time during the test the permitted leakage rate is exceeded then the CONTRACTOR shall seal the leaks and carry out a re-test. The CONTRACTOR shall re-test the ductwork as many times as necessary. The CONTRACTOR shall re-instate the ducting and indicate the results on the Test Sheet T-MX-09.


Page 53/53


- 54 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

03

The CONTRACTOR shall obtain the required signatures on the Test Sheet to clear the test. The originals of the Test Sheet T-MX-09 shall be filed in the Precommissioning Dossier of the subsystem. 7.3.2.9 Lifeboats and Cradles - Test Sheet T-MX-10 The purpose of this procedure is to define the requirement for the life boat and cradle system before load out. The testing is to be completed using a load beam on which water bags can be suspended. The testing is not to be carried out using the boat. This procedure assumes there is sufficient height to carry out the load tests in the construction configuration. If doubtful the COMPANY Engineer will decide whether the Onshore testing is viable. Before commencing load testing the CONTRACTOR shall complete the following: • Erection of the lifeboat davits on to the structure in accordance with design drawings and specifications • Erection of all access platforms, ladder, guard-rails and ancillary equipment in accordance with the VENDOR drawings and specifications • Reeving of the wire falls onto the which and davit blocks in accordance with VENDOR drawings • Completion of the electrical installation such that with the provision of temporary power the falls can be raised from the local stop/start station. The CONTRACTOR shall, prior to any load testing supply to the COMPANY Engineer, a record of satisfactory NDT clearance for a welded components associated with the lifeboat structure. The CONTRATOR in the case of the electrical equipment, should ensure that all electrical Check Lists and Test Sheets are completed prior to energisation and operation. The energisation and operation will then become the responsibility of the COMPANY Commissioning Engineer. The CONTRACTOR shall ensure that all equipment used for load testing i.e shackles, slings, etc., are covered by current certification. The Test Load being 220% x safe working load. The CONTRACTOR shall inform the COMPANY Engineer when the test is ready to take place. The COMPANY Engineer will in turn notify the Certifying Authority, in this case the Department of Transport, and they will witness the test. The CONTRACTOR shall complete Test Sheet T-MX-10. He shall obtain the necessary signatures from the COMPANY Engineer and the Certificate Authority. After completion of testing, the COMPANY shall specify the requirement for further specific NDT on the structure. The CONTRACTOR shall complete this work and return the documentation of the COMPANY. The CONTRACTOR must have at all times all relevant documentation available for review by the COMPANY Engineer. On completion the originals of the Test Sheet T-MX-10 will be issued by the CONTRACTOR to the COMPANY. 7.3.2.10 Runaway Beams - Test Sheet T-MX-11; Padeyes - Test Sheet T-MX-13 The CONTRACTOR shall, prior to any load testing, supply to the COMPANY Engineer a record of satisfactory NDT clearance for all welded components associated with the lifting structure.


Page 54/54


- 55 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

03

The NDT will normally comprise the MPI or UT of all padeyes, supports welded to beams, beam joints and specific welds on manufactured beams. The load testing will be carried out to normal statutory requirements, using certified weights. However, in certain circumstances a certified load cell may be used. This will be at the discretion of the COMPANY Engineer and the Certifying Authority. The CONTRACTOR when required to load test equipment shall complete Test Sheet T-MX-11 or T-MX-13. He should complete the sheet and complete the sketch showing the weight positions and deflection measuring points. The CONTRACTOR will inform the COMPANY Engineer and the certifying Authority when the Test is ready to take place and they will witness the test. Should the test fail, it is the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to repeat the Test until the COMPANY Engineer accepts that the Test Requirements are satisfied. It is the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to obtain the necessary signatures on Test Sheet T-MX-11 or T-MX-13 from the COMPANY Engineer and the certifying Authority. On completion of the testing the COMPANY shall specify the requirement for further specific NDT on the structure. The CONTRACTOR shall complete this work and return the documentation to the COMPANY. The CONTRACTOR must at all times, have all relevant documentation available for review by the COMPANY Engineer. On completion, the originals of the Load Test Sheets T-MX-11 or T-MX-13 will be issued by the CONTRACTOR to the COMPANY. This shall form part of the pre-Commissioning Ready for Commissioning Dossier. 7.3.2.11 Platform Crane - Test Sheet T-MX-12 The purpose of this procedure is to outline the test equipment required for the Platform Crane before load out. Load certification and functional testing shall not be part of the pre-commissioning scope of work. The CONTRACTOR shall complete the following: • Erection of the complete crane on its pedestal • All access platforming • Reeving of all wire ropes • Supply of electrical power and instrument air • All hydraulic circuits • All instrumentation. The CONTRACTOR shall provide either certified test weights or water bags to enable all test to be carried out. The CONTRACTOR shall supply all suitable slings and shackles for handling the test weights or water bags, and in the case of test weights, a suitable holding frame. The CONTRACTOR shall provide instruments, tools, etc; to enable the load testing to be carried out. This shall include but will not be limited to the following items: • 1-20 m long chains for measuring hook speeds


Page 55/55


- 56 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

03

• 1-100 m measuring tape • Digital thermometers having range 0-100°C • Ammeters with range 0-300-1500 Amps • Pressure gauges having range 0-400 bar complete with 10 m flexible pressure hoses and adapters suitable for measuring hydraulic oil pressure • Hand held radios for communication with crane driver • Specific VENDOR tool kit • Mobile crane suitable for handling test weights. The CONTRACTOR shall provide degreasing fluid and lubricants. He must verify the exact requirements with the Crane VENDOR. All lubricates shall be in accordance with the VENDOR'S lubrication schedule. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for ensuring that safety precautions are observed at all times during testing. The minimum requirements are the following: • Notice boards sited in proximity of crane to warn of testing • Crane test area to be cleared and marked out of bounds during load tests • Electrical insulation resistance checks to be carried out before and after testing. 7.3.2.12 Ductwork leakage test index - Test Sheet T-MX-24 The ductwork leakage test index is an index to record completion of leakage tests by subsystem. The CONTRACTOR shall complete the Test Sheet Ductwork T-MX-24 and retain the sheet until all tests for the system are completed.

Leakage

Index

The CONTRACTOR shall complete the test number, the module, the section of duct tested, the drawing number and the test date. The index will form part of the ductwork acceptance documentation and on completion the original shall be issued by the CONTRACTOR and filed in the Precommissioning/Dossier of the subsystem. 7.3.2.13 Gross Leak Test - Test Sheet T-M-25 A gross air leak test shall be carried out on each sub-system at 7 barg (or below if the maximum operating pressure of the sub-system is lower) to confirm the integrity of joints, gaskets and packing. The CONTRACTOR shall carry out all the work required for gross leak testing to the satisfaction of the COMPANY. Gross leak testing shall be carried out by visual inspection and test pressures measured by pressure gauges which shall be calibrated before each test. The test pressure shall be between 50% and 80% of the pressure gauge range. Each gross leak test shall be verified by the CONTRACTOR and the COMPANY by completion of Test Sheet T-MX-25. • After successful test completion, the CONTRACTOR shall re-instate the lines (reinstallation of removed items, removal of temporary blinds and repositioning of permanent


Page 56/56


- 57 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

03

spectacle blinds) and carry out the necessary works to reach the preservation status defined in the specifications. • The CONTRACTOR shall constitute a Test dossier where all pressure test documents will be filed. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain a set of marked-up P&ID's to show the status of lines tested, and a status of blinds installed and removed. Above documents filed by the CONTRACTOR shall be maintained available for review by the Local Authorities, the COMPANY, and the Certifying Authority. 7.3.3 TEST PACK Dossiers The Sub-system breakdown generally does not match with the breakdown to be used by the CONSTRUCTION to group lines and to carry out Flushing, hydrotesting, etc….. In order to facilitate the schedule of the CONSTRUCTION work, dedicated dossiers called TEST PACK dossiers may be created without respecting the sub-system breakdown. This management is acceptable under particular conditions, but not limited to : -

All the TEST PACK created shall be referenced with a sub-system.

-

As far as possible, a TEST PACK must not be shared by several sub-systems.

-

Bridging document must be used in order to highlight the link between the TEST PACK dossiers and the sub-systems

-

All the lines defined in the line list (with PI&D identification) shall be classified in a TESP PACK and in a Sub-system

-

The filing of original documents (coloured ISO, coloured PI&D, record bar chart, datasheet, etc..) shall be clearly defined. A principle is proposed below.

-

Control procedures and checks carried out during the installation until the reinstatement shall be issued to COMPANY approval.

Furthermore, the schedule of the TEST PACK work shall be led by the Sub-system priority as defined in the Commissioning schedule. TEST PACK Dossier Content : The TEST PACK dossier shall be referenced by a unic number and should group : -

original coloured isometrics with battery limit and temporary (isolation, filling point, drain, vent, ..)

-

original coloured PI&D with battery limit and temporary (isolation, filling point, drain, vent, ..)

-

QA/QC documentation and certification

-

list of the line with PI&D identification

-

reference of the Sub-system attached

-

original data records and bar chart (pressure, temperature, …)

-

OPERCOM sheets, as per CLX-01,CLX-02A, CLX-02B, TMX-03, TMX-04 & TMX-05.

Precommissioning Dossier Content (piping part) : -

list of TEST PACKS and attached lines with PID’s identification, including status par lines.


Page 57/57


- 58 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

-

STATUS INDEX (lines & vessels & equipment)

-

OPERCOM INDEX sheet CLX-01

-

OPERCOM checks sheet (CLX-02, CXX-02, CCX-03, …)

-

03

OPERCOM summary sheet, listing sequential activity from the fabrication until reinstatement and final checks according to procedure.

7.3.4 Test Sheets master forms Refer to Appendix 9.

8. Sub-sea precommissioning 8.1 Introduction Sub-sea equipment is usually known as two specific parts, the Subsea Production Systems (SPS) and the Umbilical and Flowlines (UFL). The SPS equipment will usually include the following: • Production manifolds including Sub-sea Control Modules (SCM) and Flow meters, if existing. These will include the chemical and service fluids distribution systems. • Production Xmas trees including SCM, Insert choke valves and sensors. • Injection Xmas trees including SCM, Insert choke valves and all sensors. • Production and injection control system, which includes the Sub-sea Control Unit, the Sub-sea Power and Communications Unit, the sub-sea control stations and the Sub-sea Hydraulic Power Unit. • Sub-sea connectors for control umbilical connections at the manifolds and UDBs • Umbilical Termination Heads • Well jumpers including the flying leads for connection between the production manifolds and Xmas trees • Retrievable sub-sea instruments, chokes and flow meters. The UFL equipment will usually include the following: • Flexible and/or rigid flowline systems • Flexible and/or rigid riser system • Control umbilicals both dynamic and static sections including distribution boxes where no manifold issued • Riser and umbilical hang-off system at topsides termination • Umbilical Distribution Boxes. These will include the chemical and service fluids distribution systems. The pre-commissioning of sub-sea equipment takes place at various locations. For the SPS (wet) equipment the pre-commissioning location is firstly at the VENDORS premises and secondly onboard the installation vessel (drill ship or rig). For the SPS supplied Sub-sea control system which includes the HPU, there will also be pre-commissioning (and commissioning) at the topsides construction yard prior to sail away.


Page 58/58


- 59 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

03

For the UFL equipment the first location is at the SUPPLIERS premises, secondly onboard the installation vessel where there are verification checks to be performed, thirdly there are the final precommissioning activities at the offshore location after installation.

8.2 Pre-commissioning check records 8.2.1 Check Lists Index Type of equipment/Checks Vessels and tanks Equipment skid Sub-sea Xmas tree Sub-sea production manifold Sub-sea control module Miscellaneous sub-sea equipment Sub-sea connection/jumper assembly Umbilical Xmas tree block Lifting lugs Sub-sea structures Valves Instrument installation and calibration Safety relief valve Instrument panel Junction box Sub-sea Xmas tree valve actuator Sensor assembly Sub-sea control system ROV Panel Sub-sea flow meter Piping flushing/Cleaning Bolt tensioning and torqueing

Check List reference C-CX-01 and T-MX-01 C-SX-01 C-SX-03 C-SX-04 C-SX-05 C-SX-06 C-SX-07 C-SX-08 C-SX-09 T-MX-13 C-SX-10 T-MX-06, T-JX-02 C-JX-23 T-JX-04 and C-JX-00 T-JX-03 and C-JX-21 C-JX-30 C-PX-31 C-SX-11 C-SX-14 C-SX-15 C-SX-17 C-SX-18 T-MX-05 T-SX-02

Piping completion status

T-MX-03, T-MX-04, T-MX-05, T-MX-06 C-LX-02

Pigging operations ROV intervention system

T-SX-16 C-SX-06

8.2.2 Procedures 8.2.2.1 General case CONTRACTOR will carry out equipment checks, and fill-in relevant Check Lists as per the rules given in chapter 3, paragraph 3.3.3.


Page 59/59


- 60 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

03

Attention must be given to the following explanation of the various pre-commissioning activities required and the project management should appoint the relevant interface co-ordinators necessary to manage the work. For all SPS equipment there will be extensive Factory Acceptance Testing (FAT) at the VENDORS premises. For the SPS control system including the SCU, the SPCU and the HPU there will be an extended FAT (EFAT) which will integrate the control system with the SPS wet systems and the topsides distributed control system. During this EFAT the complete control system will be tested simulating each sub-sea well and Xmas tree and operating all simulated instrumentation and valves, including the relevant choke valve. The Project will define the personnel requirements for SUPPLIERS and sub SUPPLIERS as necessary. Also for the SPS equipment the extensive FAT testing will include the necessary Integration tests, Stack up tests and shallow water tests which will include the Lower Riser Package and the Emergency Disconnect Package (LRP and EDP). These integration and stack up tests are not considered part of the pre-commissioning activities but are essential tests and are intended to prove the sub-sea system can be installed without problems, retrieved without problems and ensure the overall functionality. Necessary assistance from external group for this testing will be required. This may include the ROV, ROV crew, tooling and interfaces, dummy sections of umbilicals etc. All testing shall be approved by COMPANY. General Specification document number GS EP SPS 001 (chapter 10) defines all SUPPLIER testing requirements. The figure below gives an overview of the testing necessary:

Commissioning of production and control system

Integration testing

Installation Testing

Installation Testing

Integration testing

Integration testing

EFAT

HFT

HFT SWT

FAT

FAT

SCU/SPCU

HPU

FAT

Xmas trees

FAT

Control SCM

FAT

FAT

FAT

FAT

Manifolds

Tooling System

Umbilicals & Flow Lines

Structures

FAT

Factory Acceptance Test

EFAT

Extended Factory Acceptance Testing

HFT

Equipment Hook-Up and Function Test. Onshore prior to shipment or offshore.

Integration Test

All relevant component parts of the system as illustrated above are connected and tested as an operational entity.

SWT

Shallow Water Test


Page 60/60


- 61 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

SCU

Sub-sea Control Unit

SPCU

Sub-sea Power and Communications Unit

HPU

Hydraulic Power Unit

03

The SPS CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for all above testing and shall provide interface co-ordination with other CONTRACTORS and sub-CONTRACTORS as necessary. This shall be stated in the applicable contract documents. FAT

Factory Acceptance Test

EFAT

Extended Factory Acceptance Testing

HFT

Equipment Hook-Up and Function Test. Onshore prior to shipment or offshore.

Integration Test

All relevant component parts of the system as illustrated above are connected and tested as an operational entity.

SWT

Shallow Water Test

SCU

Sub-sea Control Unit

SPCU

Sub-sea Power and Communications Unit

HPU

Hydraulic Power Unit

The SPS CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for all above testing and shall provide interface co-ordination with other CONTRACTORS and sub-CONTRACTORS as necessary. This shall be stated in the applicable contract documents. 8.2.2.2 SPS Pre-commissioning All pre-commissioning checks and tests as defined on the check sheets in this specification are to be carried out: • At the VENDORS premises. As illustrated above. This includes the FAT, EFAT, Integration tests, SWT and in cases a Deep Water Test. The sub-sea tooling testing will also be carried out during these tests. This is an installation activity but is critical to Precommissioning and commissioning. All ROV intervention tools will be function tested. • At the inshore site (construction yard) for the sub-sea control system including the subsea HPU. • At the VENDORS premises after delivery. • Onboard the installation vessel prior to over-boarding and sub-sea installation. 8.2.2.3 UFL pre-commissioning All pre-commissioning checks and tests as defined on the check sheets in this specification are to be carried out: • At the SUPPLIERS premises. • Onboard the installation vessel prior to overboarding and sub-sea installation. This shall be a check only that the UFL equipment has not been damaged and that the preservation measures taken, prior to marine transportation are still in place. In the event that the preservation measures have been negated then adequate steps shall be taken to reprepare the UFL equipment prior to overboarding.


Page 61/61


- 62 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

03

• During sub-sea installation. The CONTRACTOR shall have prepared for COMPANY approval a matrix of applicable tests during/after installation and connections sub-sea. This matrix will take into account the restrictions on the various tests due to connection to the Sub-sea Control Modules, in particular the electrical testing of the control umbilicals. The cleanliness of the medium(s) to be used is critical and a detailed procedure demonstrating that cleanliness shall be maintained throughout the installation shall be provided. Particular care with the lines within the control umbilicals shall be taken. • After sub-sea installation and connection. The CONTRACTOR shall have prepared a plan and procedures for COMPANY approval detailing all pre-commissioning activities to take place from the hang-off area on the offshore installation. The plan and procedures shall include all necessary pre-commissioning tests such as: - Electrical tests & pressure/leak tests for the umbilical electrical continuity testing (CR tests, electrical insulation tests (IR tests), time domain reflectrometry test (TDR), etc.) - Gauging, cleaning, pressure/leak testing for the flow-line. A particular attention should be paid for the lines of the injection wells, where a chemical cleaning should be carried out in order to achieve cleanliness specification. During this activities, UFL CONTRACTOR shall take care that the tests shall cause no damage to SPS equipment and that tests parameters are agreed by SPS CONTRACTOR. The cleanliness of the test mediums (for the hydraulic control lines within the control umbilicals this shall be the operational medium) for all lines shall be closely monitored and measured before further pressurisation. For production and injection flowlines and loops the CONTRACTOR shall have prepared a plan and procedure for COMPANY approval detailing all pre-commissioning to take place from the hang-off area on the offshore installation. The plan and procedure shall contain all necessary pre-commissioning testing such as the pigging and gauging, the pressurisation and depressurisation methodology, the pressure testing and duration, volume change due to temperature, acceptance criteria and test documentation. For all production and injection loops and lines the testing requirements in general specifications GS EP PLR 401, 407, 408, 409, 501 and 502 shall be observed. For the production loops there shall be (normally available depending on engineering design) round trip pigging and the CONTRACTOR shall provide to COMPANY a detailed plan and procedure for this activity. 8.2.3 Pre-commissioning tests The sub-sea discipline is to be considered as Multi-Discipline as the nature of any sub-sea installation encompasses mechanical, piping, instrument, safety, structural and surface protection disciplines. As such there are several check and test sheet references from other disciplines. Where these are referenced, the relevant section should be referred to. 8.2.4 Test procedures 8.2.4.1 Vessels and tanks – test sheets T-MX-01 and C-CX-01 See 7.3.2.1. 8.2.4.2 Piping flushing – sheets C-CX-01 and T-MX-01 See 7.3.2.5 and 1.1.1.1.


Page 62/62


- 63 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

03

For the flushing operations on the control umbilicals the operational hydraulic fluid shall be used for the hydraulic control lines within the umbilical. The cleanliness specification for these lines shall be in accordance with General Specification GS EP SPS 023. For all other lines within the control umbilicals the medium used for flushing shall be the medium that shall remain in the umbilical during and after installation. The cleanliness specification for the service lines and chemical lines within the control umbilicals shall be according to project specifications. 8.2.4.3 Equipment skid - sheets C-SX-01 See Appendix 10 for the sheets. Additional notes: Item02 Check that all on skid piping pressure testing has been carried out according to the project requirements and is properly documented. Item 03 Check that alignment of all skid equipment is correct and within specified tolerances. Item 04 Check piping nozzle locations and types. Ensure nozzles are blinded off according to preservation requirements. Item 05 Ensure that on skid bolts are torqued or tensioned in accordance with project requirements and package specification. A marked up VENDOR P&ID or GA drawing is to be attached as applicable. All values used are to be included in the comments section of the check list. All tensioned bolts are to have grease and protection caps. Item 07 Ensure that all material certificates have been checked and that the certification complies with project requirements. Item 08 Check on skid enclosures for correct installation and sealing. Check all acoustic panels etc. for damage. Check for ROV marking where applicable. Item 09 Ensure that all requirements for shipping/transport have been met. Check installation of transport bearings, clamps, securing of on skid loose items, sealing of enclosures and duct openings, etc. Item 10 Check that all paintwork is OK and complies with project requirements. Item 11 The amount of shims is to be kept to a minimum. Check that shim pack thickness for the skid base is in accordance with project requirements. Stainless steel shims are to be used. Check that the holding down bolts for the skid installation are the correct length and type in accordance with VENDOR and project specifications. Item 12 Check that the skid is positioned correctly according to the drawings and relevant interfaces. Item 13 Check that the welding down of the skid has been completed as applicable and NDE carried out according to project requirements. 8.2.4.4 Bolt tensioning and torqueing - sheet T-SX-02 See Appendix 11 for the sheet. This Test Sheet shall be applicable to a whole subsystem. Ensure Installation documents and results are available at precommissioning stage. Request in advance to installation team (QC) those docs.


Page 63/63


- 64 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

03

8.2.4.5 Flushing / Cleaning - sheets T-MX-05 See 7.3.2.5 . This Test sheet shall be applicable to injection well lines, depending on cleanliness specification. 8.2.4.6 Xmas Tree (1) - sheets C-SX-03 See Appendix 10 for the sheet. Additional notes: Item 01 Check all items numbering and marking for legibility and accessibility, especially with regard to orientation in the installed position. Item 03 Check that pressure testing of all installed pipework, tubing and tree assembly is complete and documented. Item 04 Check that all requisite hot oil flushing (hydraulic fluid may be water based) has been completed and results documented. Also see 7.3.2.5 and 1.1.1.1. Item 05 Check for correct installation of all wing and choke valves. Check that all valves are function tested. Item 06 Check that control SCM is correctly installed, mechanically complete and fully documented. Item 07 Check for correct application and condition of surface protection. Ensure that surface cleaning and preparation of the tree and application of the painting system is in accordance with approved procedures. Check that the necessary surface adhesion and thickness tests have been performed and are properly documented. Check that thermal insulation is correctly applied; whether fixed or removable. Item 08 Check installation of the sacrificial anodes. Check electrical conductivity. Item 11 Check that all components are correctly marked with the ROV codes. Item 12 Check that the final installation of the tree assembly on the production base is complete according to installation procedure and is accepted. Item 15 Maintenance evaluation according to contract/specification. 8.2.4.7 Sub-sea production manifold - sheets C-SX-04 See Appendix 10 for the sheet. Additional notes: Item 01 Check all items numbering and marking for legibility and accessibility, especially with regard to orientation in the installed position. Item 03 Check that pressure testing of all installed pipework, tubing and manifold assembly is complete and documented. Item 04 Check that all requisite hot oil flushing (hydraulic fluid may be water based) has been completed and results documented. Also see 7.3.2.5 and 1.1.1.1. Item 05 Check for correct installation of all valves. Check that all valves are function tested. Item 06 Check that control SCM is correctly installed, mechanically complete and fully documented.


Page 64/64


- 65 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

03

Item 07 Check for correct application and condition of surface protection. Ensure that surface cleaning and preparation of the manifold and application of the painting system is in accordance with approved procedures. Check that the necessary surface adhesion and thickness tests have been performed and are properly documented. Check that thermal insulation is correctly applied; whether fixed or removable. Item 08 Check installation of the sacrificial anodes. Check electrical conductivity. Item 11 Check that all components are correctly marked with the ROV codes. Item 12 Check that the final installation of the manifold assembly on the production base is complete according to installation procedure and is accepted. Item 15 Maintenance evaluation according to contract/specification. 8.2.4.8 Sub-sea control module – sheets C-SX-05 See Appendix 10 for the sheet. Additional notes: Item 01 Check all numbering and marking for legibility and accessibility, especially with regard to orientation in the installed position and identification of the SCM. Item 03 Ensure that all hydraulic fluids and systems comply with the required project standard for cleanliness. Check that the cleaning of systems and installation of fluids has been carried out according to procedures and that standards of cleanliness achieved has been properly documented. Item 04 Check for correct application and condition of surface protection. Ensure that surface cleaning and preparation of the SCM and application of the painting system is in accordance with approved procedures. Check that the necessary surface adhesion and thickness tests have been performed and are properly documented. Check that thermal insulation is correctly applied; whether fixed or removable. Item 08 Check that all interface dimensions are within specified tolerances and all units are fully interchangeable. 8.2.4.9 Miscellaneous sub-sea equipment – sheet C-SX-06 See Appendix 10 for the sheet. Additional notes: Headings, drawing references, tag numbers etc; will be completed by the SUPPLIER/CONTRACTOR. The heading of the record giving system number, tag number and key data will in general be completed by the SUPPLIER/CONTRACTOR prior to inspection. The information filled in shall be taken from the latest revision of the engineering documents. 8.2.4.10 Sub-sea connection/jumper assembly sheets C-SX-07 See Appendix 10 for the sheet. Additional notes: Item 01 Check that manufacturing plate is secure, unobstructed and complies with datasheet. Check for correct equipment tagging. Check that all hydraulic and electrical lines are marked according to the relevant drawings.


Page 65/65


- 66 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

03

Item 04 Check that al electrical tests have been completed according to test procedures and that the results have been documented. Item 09 Check that painting of the termination heads etc. (where applicable) is completed and complies with project requirements. Ensure that surface cleaning and preparation and application of the painting system is in accordance with approved procedures. Check that thermal insulation is correctly applied; whether fixed or removable. Item 10 Check condition of outer sheathing and protection. Item 15 Check that the umbilical is correctly marked for ROV observation according to drawings and with regard to orientation in the installed position. Item 18 Check that bolt tensioning is completed and fully documented. Item 19 Filling of fluids and leak testing carried out according to procedure. Service line filling and dye additives introduced according to procedure. Check that all requisite hot oil flushing (hydraulic fluid may be water based) has been complete and documented. Item 20 Ensure the jumper is correctly sealed after testing. Check installation of termination heads. Check that leak testing of termination heads is completed and fully documented. Item 21 Check that final installation of the umbilical is complete according to installation procedures and is accepted. 8.2.4.11 Umbilical - sheets C-SX-08 See Appendix 10 for the sheet. Additional notes: Item 01 Check that data plate is secure, unobstructed and complies with datasheet. Item 02 Check that all pressure testing is complete and documented. Item 03 Check that all requisite hot oil flushing (hydraulic fluid may be water based) has been complete and documented. Item 04 Check that al electrical tests have been completed according to test procedures and that the results have been documented. Item 05 Check condition of outer sheathing and protection. Item 06 Ensure the umbilical is correctly sealed after testing. Check instalation of termination heads. Item 07 Check for correct equipment tagging. Item 08 Check that all hydraulic and electrical lines are marked according to the relevant drawings. Item 09 Check that painting of the termination heads etc. (where applicable) is completed and complies with project requirements. Ensure that surface cleaning and preparation and application of the painting system is in accordance with approved procedures. Check that the necessary surface adhesion and thickness tests have been performed and are properly documented. Item 10 Check that the umbilical is correctly marked for ROV observation according to drawings and with regard to orientation in the installed position.


Page 66/66


- 67 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

03

Item 11 Check that final installation of the umbilical is complete according to installation procedures and is accepted. Item 14 Check that leak testing of termination heads is completed and fully documented. Item 15 Check that bolt tensioning is completed and fully documented. Item 18 Filling of fluids and leak testing carried out according to procedure. Item 20 Service line filling and dye additives introduced according to procedure. 8.2.4.12 Xmas tree (2) - sheets C-SX-09 See Appendix 10 for the sheet. Additional notes: Item 10 Fluid type and cleanliness to be verified according to requirements immediately after FAT. 8.2.4.13 Lifting lugs - sheet T-MX-13 See 8.2.4.13. 8.2.4.14 Sub-sea structures - C-SX-10 See Appendix 10 for the sheet. Additional notes: Headings, drawing references, tag numbers etc; will be completed by the SUPPLIER/CONTRACTOR. The heading of the record giving system number, tag number and key data will in general be completed by the SUPPLIER/CONTRACTOR prior to inspection. The information filled in shall be taken from the latest revision of the engineering documents. 8.2.4.15 Piping completion status – sheetsT-MX-03, T-MX-04, T-MX-05, T-MX-06 and C-LX-02 See 7.3.2.3, 7.3.2.4, 7.3.2.5, 7.3.2.6 and check sheet C-LX-02. 8.2.4.16 Valves – sheets T-MX-06, T-JX-02 and C-JX-23 See 7.3.2.6 Particular checks to be carried out: Valve tagged according to project requirements. Check that the valve is correctly marked for ROV observation according to drawings and with regard to orientation in the installed position. Check that the open and closed indicators are correctly marked for ROV observation. See also 5.3.2.3 and check list C-JX-23. 8.2.4.17 Instrument installation and calibration - sheetsT-JX-04 and C-JX-00 See 5.3.2.5 and specific check lists in section 5.2.1 (check sheet C-JX-04) 8.2.4.18 Safety relief valve - sheetsT-JX-03 and C-JX-21 See 5.3.2.4 and check sheet C-JX-21.


Page 67/67


- 68 -


10/05

GS EP EXP 105

03

8.2.4.19 Instrument panel - sheet C-JX-30 See 5.2.1 and check sheet C-JX-30. 8.2.4.20 Junction box - sheet C-PX-31 See check sheet C-PX-31 and section 4.2.2.4. 8.2.4.21 Xmas tree valve actuator - sheet C-SX-11 See Appendix 10 for the sheet. Additional notes: Headings, drawing references, tag numbers etc; will be completed by the SUPPLIER/CONTRACTOR. The heading of the record giving system number, tag number and key data will in general be completed by the SUPPLIER/CONTRACTOR prior to inspection. The information filled in shall be taken from the latest revision of the engineering documents. 8.2.4.22 Sensor assembly - sheets C-SX-14 See Appendix 10 for the sheet. Additional notes: Headings, drawing references, tag numbers etc; will be completed by the SUPPLIER/CONTRACTOR. The heading of the record giving system number, tag number and key data will in general be completed by the SUPPLIER/CONTRACTOR prior to inspection. The information filled in shall be taken from the latest revision of the engineering documents. 8.2.4.23 Sub-sea control system equipment – sheets C-SX-15 See Appendix 10 for the sheet. Additional notes: Headings, drawing references, tag numbers etc; will be completed by the SUPPLIER/CONTRACTOR. The heading of the record giving system number, tag number and key data will in general be completed by the SUPPLIER/CONTRACTOR prior to inspection. The information filled in shall be taken from the latest revision of the engineering documents. 8.2.4.24 Sub-sea line pigging - sheet T-SX-16 See Appendix 11 of this document. As described in section 1.4.2 of Appendix 11, a specialist CONTRACTOR will perform line pigging during offshore pre-commissioning as also described in 8.2.2.3 of this procedure. A check sheet T-SX-16 is provided to register the results. 8.2.4.25 ROV Panel - sheet C-SX-17 See Appendix 10 for the sheet. 8.2.4.26 Sub-sea flow meter - sheet C-SX-18 See Appendix 10 for the sheet.


Page 68/68

-

69

- Exploration & Production General Specification GS EP EXP 105

Date: 09/05 Rev: 03 Appendix 1

Appendix 1

Piping and vessels Flushing ,Cleaning and Chemical Cleaning specifications

1. Main cleaning methods 1.1

Cleaning of piping with air

1.2

Steam blowing (for steam networks only)

1.3

Cleaning with water

1.4

Mechanical cleaning

2. Choice of the cleaning method 3. Cleaning preparation 4. Protection of the devices included in the network 5. Protection of devices in the vicinity of the network 6. Water flushing procedure 6.1

Specific problems of water flushing

6.2

Preparation for water flushing

6.3

Performing a water flush

6.4

Cleanliness criteria

7. Air flushing procedure 7.1

Specific problems of air flushing

7.2

Preparation for air flushing

7.3

Performing air blowing

7.4

Cleanliness checks

8. Steam blowing procedure 8.1

The principle differences between air blowing and steam blowing are:

8.2

Preparation guidelines

8.3

Safety aspects

9. Chemical cleaning 9.1

Preamble

9.2

Cleaning procedures

9.3

Cleaning guidelines

9.4

Personnel protection during chemical cleaning This document is the property of Total. It must not be stored, reproduced or disclosed to others without written authorisation from the Company.

Page 69/69

-

70



9.5

Reports

10. Re-assembly - General guidelines 11. Preservation of flushed piping


Page 70/70

-

71



The purpose of flushing and cleaning lines and vessels is to remove loose foreign matter from the inside of line and vessels (welding rods, sand, earth, pebbles, nuts and bolts, tools, rags, etc.) in order to avoid line blockages, damage to sensitive components such as orifice plates, turbine, compressors, pumps impellus, valve seats and so on.

1. Main cleaning methods Four different cleaning methods can be considered: •

Cleaning with air

• Cleaning with steam • Cleaning with water • Mechanical cleaning.

1.1 Cleaning of piping with air During the cleaning operation, the air velocity shall be as follows: • In the gas process lines, the velocity shall be the lowest figure between 60 m/s and the velocity obtained at 1.3 time the maximum process flow rate. The minimum velocity shall be 30 m/s. • In liquid process lines, a velocity between 30 m/s and 60 m/s shall be used. Two main methods may be used: 1.1.1 Continuous blowing of air Air is continuously blown from a source (directly from Air Compressor or via a large capacity vessel) at a high velocity through the lines (and vessels) to carry away the loose material. Due to the high velocity of the air, a light erosion of the walls generally occurs during the air blowing, which is beneficial with regards to cleaning. 1.1.2 Quick decompression A network is filled with compressed air up to the setting pressure of a rupture disk. When the rupture disk blows out, the source of air is stopped and the pressure inside the network decreases quickly. This operation will preferably be done using a "quick opening valve" after having pressurised the network to the desired level of pressure. The existing valves of the network shall not be used for this purpose, but additional valves should be provided by CONTRACTOR specially for these operations. The quick decompression causes a high velocity of air in the pipes, thus removing loose material and performing a light erosion on the walls which eliminate rust and scale.

1.2 Steam blowing (for steam networks only) Whenever steam is available, an excellent cleaning fluid is provided. Steam can be used, like air, for continuous blowing, and preferably, for intermittent blowing. The advantage of the latter is that between two blowings the pipes (and possibly vessels) cool and contract causing millscale and rust deposits to crack. These deposits are then easily removed in subsequent blowings. Steam blowing shall be used only for steam networks. This document is the property of Total. It must not be stored, reproduced or disclosed to others without written authorisation from the Company.

Page 71/71

-

72



1.3 Cleaning with water 1.3.1 Cleaning of piping by circulation of water Line flushing uses water from the normal cooling or firewater systems. Water supply could conceivably be from other sources, i.e. City water lines, supply boat temporary pumps, etc., depending upon the ongoing situation. This type of flushing normally involves taking a section of piping and flushing it from a "startpoint" to an open end. A high velocity flow, in the order of 3-4 m/s should be achieved in order to be effective. In some circumstances additional pumping capacity will be required. This method of cleaning is effective in removing loose debris from pipework but not particularly effective in removing rust and millscale from piping (or vessel) walls. 1.3.2 Cleaning of piping by retro-jetting A subcontracted specialist will be selected by CONTRACTOR and all technical aspects will be reviewed and shall be accepted by COMPANY before starting the work. 1.3.3 Fill and dump water flushing Fill and dump flushing is often used for cleaning vessels. The method being quite simple, the adequately vented vessel is filled to the desired level with flush water and then dumped to grade, the flush water dislodges loose debris and rust and carries it out of the equipment. Note that some lines connected to the vessel can be flushed by dumping the water through them. One major problem with this method is the disposal of the large quantities of water involved which may overload the normal drain systems. 1.3.4 Cleaning of vessels or equipment by water spray or high pressure water If there is only dust on the walls of a large vessel, a water spray from a hose pipe might be sufficient. High pressure water may be used to remove solid particles or foreign matter from inside walls or inside parts of vessel or equipment, in particular where access is a problem. Note: Attention has to be given to the potential corrosiveness of water (chloride ions on stainless steel, seawater on carbon steel) and special water quality may be necessary (treated demineralized water or inhibited water). The required chemical additives and in line injection facilities shall be supplied by the CONTRACTOR.

1.4 Mechanical cleaning 1.4.1 Manual cleaning When a system, or part of a system, can be entered, it may be possible to carry out pipewall or vessel wall cleaning manually using either rotary (i.e. air driven) or hand held steel wire brushes. Rust, scale, and dirt that are dislodged may be subsequently removed by the use of an industrial grade vacuum cleaner, by air blowing, or a combination of these two methods. Brushing is prohibited for vessels or piping fabricated from any grade of stainless steel. Carbon steel brushing may cause subsequent corrosion problems. In any event, stainless steel equipment is not likely to have significant deposits of surface dirt or oxide.


Page 72/72

-

73



1.4.2 Line pigging For equipment provided with pigging facilities, e.g. interplatform pipelines, platform-to-shore pipelines, etc., special brush pigs are available. These are pigs equipped with peripheral wire spike type brushes and it is often the case that such pigs are used to dislodge rust and scale from pipeline walls. However, deposits of rust and scale are not necessarily conveyed from a pipeline by the use of such a projectile. Such deposits are normally removed by sending a "scraper" or cupped pig through the line which pushes these loose deposits of it for subsequent removal at an "open end". Such operations shall be performed by a specialised CONTRACTOR and will not be further discussed herein.

2. Choice of the cleaning method The choice of the cleaning method shall depend upon: • The fluids available on the site: compressed air, steam, seawater, fresh water, inhibited water and so on. • The volume of the network: this determines the quantity of fluid to be used and the time needed to fill the network to the desired pressure (quick decompression method). • The piping diameter - Circulation of water is usually selected for diameters up to 6", because of the large flow required. - Water "retro-jetting" is effective up to large diameter lines but necessitates a specialised CONTRACTOR. - Air blowing is acceptable for small diameter lines to be calculated according to the possible air flow and an average speed of 40 m/s. - Air quick decompression method can be used on any pipe diameter provided necessary precautions are taken. - Mechanical cleaning shall be used for vessels (manual cleaning) but also for large diameters (^ 30") pipes providing safety rules are respected (vessel entry). • The design conditions of the system: some large diameter piping used for gas service cannot withstand their own weight when they are full of water. Some piping cannot withstand the expansion caused by steam blowing. • The material specification: for stainless piping, air blowing is better (if the other conditions allow it) than water cleaning, to avoid the possibility of corrosion by chloride ions. • The process function of the system: - Water lines are usually flushed with water and inert gas and air lines with air - gas process lines should be air blown. - Low operating temperature lines shall be air blown. - Hydraulic pipework shall be air blown.


Page 73/73

-

74



3. Cleaning preparation The following principles shall apply: • Whenever possible, the cleaning fluid shall flow from top to bottom. • The diameter of the outlet pipe shall be at least two thirds of the diameter of the line to be cleaned, and at least as large as the inlet pipe. • Main headers shall be cleaned first (i.e. before their connecting lines). • Large diameter pipes shall be cleaned before small diameter ones. • Dead ends shall be avoided or, if not possible, cleaned separately. • Fragile devices included in the network (all flanged valves, turbine-type flowmeters, orifice restrictions, etc.) shall be removed (see section 7). • Protection of the devices in the vicinity of the network shall be carefully studied, in particular near the water (or air) outlet, in order not to damage electric motors or instruments with water or dirty air (see section 8). • Existing block-valves on the lines to be cleaned shall not be used to control an air flow as they could be damaged by erosion (due to the high velocity of the fluid). • A special care shall be taken for vessels designed only for an atmospheric pressure service, in order not to create, during washing, a high pressure due to a water head. • Whenever a vessel full of water has to be emptied, a special note shall be issued to state that a vent will have to be opened previously in order not to create a vacuum in the vessel. • The cleaning fluid shall not flow through a conventional exchanger unless the pipes upstream of the flushing flow have been cleaned (use the by-pass, if any, or "break" the line before the exchanger). It shall never be flown through a plate exchanger. • The cleaning fluid shall never flow through pumps or compressors: the line shall be disconnected before the equipment or a "jumper" shall be installed. • For large diameter pipes, some temporary supports, hangers, pads, etc, may have to be added to withstand the weight when a line is disconnected. • During flushing, the spring supports, spring hangers, etc, shall be blocked according to the MANUFACTURER’s instructions. • When a couple of flanges has to be opened to allow the flow to flush out, the distance between the two flanges shall be at least 1/6 of the pipe diameter.

4. Protection of the devices included in the network During the flushing or the blowing of a line, some particles such as sand, rust, etc. are carried away at high velocities and may either damage some devices when an impact occurs, or clog small diameter pipes. Accordingly, fragile devices have to be removed from the pipe before flushing/blowing. Are considered as fragile devices: • Control valves and check valves • Safety valves


Page 74/74

-

75



• Calibrated orifices • Turbine type flowmeters • Pitot tube flowmeters • Venturies • Rotameters • In-line flow totalisers • Nozzles of ejectors • Traps • Bellow valves • Internals of filters and strainers. The list is not exhaustive and shall be revised according to local necessities. • Process impulse lines for instruments shall be isolated by means of the block valve on the impulse pipe itself and, whenever possible, shall be disconnected. This operation shall be made by an instrument specialist. • Thermowells may remain installed if the pipe is not too dirty. • When a couple of flanges has to be opened to allow the flow to flush out, it shall be checked that this operation does not create any stress on a pump, turbo-expander, compressor flange upstream or downstream. • The flushing is generally not carried out through columns or drums. But if it is necessary to go through such equipment, or if the vessel is used as an air reservoir, the removable internals have to be dismantled prior to starting the flushing, in order not to damage them. • Any column or drum to be used as an air reservoir must have its associated relief valve(s) in normal operation before pressurising starts.

5. Protection of devices in the vicinity of the network During flushing and blowing operations, large quantities of dirty water and dirty air are spread out in the units. This water or air generally contains sand, particles of rust, etc., and might damage other equipment (for example: breaking the glass of a pressure gauge). Additionally, the water itself may damage the insulation materials, the electrical motors, etc., accordingly, the following actions shall be taken where necessary: • To put a tarpaulin on motors, insulation, instruments near the flow outlet • To direct the outlet flow towards a place where there is no (fragile) equipment • To change the direction of the flow by rotating an elbow • To connect a hose pipe at the outlet to drive the flow to a desired location (for water flushing only) • To add a dummy spool to extend the outlet further • To install and fix properly, a sheet of metal (insulation cover sheet for example) perpendicularly to the flow, in order to break the flow impact


Page 75/75

-

76



• On platforms, to protect the equipment and the people on the deck underneath • Drains, which are not designed for such large flows, should not be used to evacuate water, as they might be flooded.

6. Water flushing procedure 6.1 Specific problems of water flushing 6.1.1 Slow velocity The water velocity through the pipe is normally only about 3 to 4 m/s, seldom higher, which is much lower than air blowing velocity. 6.1.2 Dirty water disposal As the drains are generally not designed for high water flow rates, additional temporary piping and connection, might be required. They will be supplied and installed by CONTRACTOR. 6.1.3 Weight of water For lines designed for gas service, the weight of pipes full of water may be too heavy for the hangers, supports (this has to be checked prior to any water flushing). 6.1.4 Corrosion factor Raw water and seawater can cause corrosion. • Carbon steel pipes and vessels Seawater can be used for the first wash but the final rinsing has to be carried out with inhibited water. • Stainless alloy pipes or vessels As a rule, water containing chloride (more than 15 ppm) should not be used. However, in some cases it may be used following agreement with the department concerned. In any case the final rinsing must be carried out with inhibited water. NaNO3 will be added to the water three times the chloride ion content.

6.2 Preparation for water flushing Note: Before CONTRACTOR starts detailed preparation work for pipe flushing, Project shall organise a meeting including CONTRACTOR, COMPANY and Commissioning representatives to finalise the detailed procedures based on the present Specification, taking into account the site restrictions and possibilities. 6.2.1 Definition of the network to be cleaned A first selection shall be made according to Construction progress and geographical or functional criteria (i.e. drains, hot oil network, etc.). Then it shall be adapted to suit the site requirements, the devices to be removed, the configuration of the lines (low points, high points, lengths, heights, etc.).


Page 76/76

-

77



Calculate the necessary flow: Velocity: choose the lowest figure between 3 m/s and the velocity obtained with 1.3 times the maximum process flow (for liquid process lines). Gas process lines are generally blown; if they have to be flushed, use 3 m/s, ensure that water filled lines are adequately supported. Estimate the maximum head loss. With the velocity calculated as above, estimate the head loss for a flow going through the principal piping and add the static head (if any). If the flow and the head loss are compatible with the pumps available on the site, go ahead, otherwise air blowing has to be considered. If several pumps are available, a combination of pumps in parallel or in series has to be studied to meet the flow or head loss requirements. 6.2.2 Sketch of the network to be cleaned A sketch of the network to be cleaned shall be specially drawn for the cleaning operation (P&ID's will be used for this purpose), and submitted for comments to commissioning. The following colour code shall be used: • Blue: lines to be flushed • Green: items to be removed • Red: flanges to be disconnected • Orange: items to be isolated. Although blinds are seldom used for flushing operations, if they are necessary they will be indicated and numbered with a purple colour. Installation and removal of blinds shall be followed up by the CONTRACTOR by the mean of a blind list. Installed blinds shall be tagged and equipped with a visible handle painted red. 6.2.3 Location of water inlets and outlets A site review shall be done to determine the possible water inlets and outlets, the water source, the pump(s) location, the additional pipes or hose pipes layout from the source to the network. The water disposal problem (flood risk) and the protection of the equipment and people nearly shall be carefully studied. 6.2.4 Additional material and pieces of equipment required The isometric drawings for the additional pipes to be manufactured and erected by CONTRACTOR shall be drawn. The required material (pipes, valves, gaskets, etc.) and the means (monorails, cranes, pulleys blocks, etc.), tools, gaskets, grease for bolts, nuts, etc., required to carry out the removal and reassembly, the needs for the dummy spools (flanges, pipes, etc.) shall be determined and supplied by CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall also provide all necessary manpower. 6.2.5 Fragile devices to be removed All "fragile" devices to be removed shall be identified. The removal possibilities shall be investigated on site. The required dummy spools to be fabricated shall be drawn on sketches. Attention shall be mainly paid to: • Heavy devices (control and block valves, check-valves)


Page 77/77

-

78



• Supports, hangers, pads, spring supports • Possible stresses on pumps' flanges. 6.2.6 Quality of water Whenever possible, good quality water shall be used from the beginning until the end. However, if the quantities involved are very large, and except for stainless steel materials, it is allowed to carry out the first flushing operations on a given network with raw water, and to perform the last one (rinsing) of the same network with a good quality water. If the quantities of chemicals involved are also too large for a rinsing, the pipes may be filled in with inhibited water only, subject to COMPANY prior approval. The quality of the water shall comply with the following: 6.2.6.1 Stainless Steel Materials (pipes or vessels) Water complying to the following specification shall be used exclusively: • Resistivity: 100,000 Ohm x Cm (before addition of Na NO3) • Chloride ions Cl-: 15 ppm maximum • Additive: Na NO3 (three times the ion Cl- content). 6.2.6.2 Carbon Steel Materials (Pipes or Vessels) Raw water may be used with the following additives: • Corrosion inhibitor: 150 ppm • Oxygen Scavenger (optional): 10 times the oxygen content (typically: 100 ppm) • Bactericide: 500 ppm. 6.2.6.3 Preparation of documents and notice to commissioning Work permit: a work permit shall be issued for each flushing operation according to the CONTRACTOR's safety procedures. Precommissioning Test Sheet: precommissioning Test Sheet from T-MX-05 is to be prepared prior to the starting of the operation. Notice to the commissioning team shall be sent together with Test Sheet T-MX-05 and coloured P&ID(s).

6.3 Performing a water flush Once all preparation works are completed the CONTRACTOR Engineer shall inspect the site and give the authorisation to start the water flushing operation. To check the flow rate if no flowmeter is installed, a pressure gauge can be installed at the inlet of the network to be flushed (downstream of the inlet valve) and the flow then adjusted by acting on the inlet valve till the head loss equals that calculated for the required velocity. The flow/discharge pressure curve of the pump can also be used to check the flow rate (make sure the pump runs at its normal speed). When the main header of the network is deemed clean (see 6.4), stop the water flow and prepare the network to flush the connections and smaller diameter pipework attached. This document is the property of Total. It must not be stored, reproduced or disclosed to others without written authorisation from the Company.

Page 78/78

-

79



When the complete network has been flushed satisfactorily, the circuit shall be rinsed if necessary. Then the removed devices shall be reassembled (take care not to dirty the lines during this operation) and, if necessary, fill up with inhibited water.

6.4 Cleanliness criteria The duration of the flushing is the time needed for the outlet water to be as clean as it is at the inlet (take two samples in glass bottles and compare), and shall also be sufficient to open all the vents, drains, impulse lines (when the instruments are disconnected) and to obtain clean water at each of these points. Company/Commissioning representatives shall estimate when the cleanliness criterion has been reached and give authorisation to stop the flushing operation.

7. Air flushing procedure 7.1 Specific problems of air flushing 7.1.1 Large volumes of air If the quick decompression method is used, large volumes of air are required, and it may take a significant time to raise the pressure in the network up to the desired value. 7.1.2 Air flushing is a Hazardous Operation Very high forces are generated at the air outlet. Therefore, specific safety procedures must be closely adhered to; generally air flushing operations will be undertaken when all other works have been stopped on site. 7.1.3 Air quality For some operations, especially instrument air system, oil free air and/or dry air might be needed (Temporary drier and oil extractor may be necessary).

7.2 Preparation for air flushing Note: Before CONTRACTOR starts the detailed preparation work, COMPANY shall organise a meeting including CONTRACTOR, COMPANY and Commissioning representatives to finalise the detailed procedures based on the present Specification, taking into account the site restrictions and possibilities. Commissioning will advise CONTRACTOR during the preparation. 7.2.1 Definition of the network to be cleaned A first selection shall be made according to Construction progress, and geographical or functional criteria (i.e. compressor suction line, main transfer line, air service system, etc.). Then, it shall be revised to suit the site requirements, depending in particular, of the facilities available on site, the devices to be removed, the configuration of the lines, etc. 7.2.2 Calculation of the required flow rate The required flow rate shall be calculated in order to reach the minimum air velocity in the network as defined in Section 1.1.


Page 79/79

-

80



If the quick decompression method is used, the pressure in the network could be raised up to 6 bars. The total volume of the network shall be estimated and the time required to raise the pressure up to 6 bars with the compressor(s) shall be calculated. 7.2.3 Determination of the network maximum allowable pressure If the quick decompression method is used, the air pressure in the network shall never exceed 6 bars. It should also be checked that all pipes and vessels of the network are designed to withstand a pressure of 6 bars. If the network cannot withstand a pressure of 6 bars, the pressure shall be carefully studied and specified in order that the maximum allowable pressure in the system is never exceeded. If a rupture disk is to be installed on a large diameter pipe, the set pressure of the disk shall be carefully calculated in order to limit the energy released when bursting occurs to an acceptable level (in particular with regard to recoil effect). For pipes above 10" especially the first blowing will take place with the network pressurised at only 2-3 bars. 7.2.4 Sketch of the network to be cleaned Identical to 5.2.2 only the lines to be flushed will be coloured yellow. 7.2.5 Location of air inlets and outlets A site review shall be made to determine the possible air inlets, the possible outlets, and the necessary temporary pipes (avoid hose pipes). Isometric drawings shall be drawn if necessary, and the required equipment to be supplied and installed by CONTRACTOR (pipes, valves, gaskets) shall be determined. 7.2.6 Opening means Where the quick decompression method has been selected, the pressure release can be obtained by: • A quick opening valve • A rupture disk. In the first case, the flow rate may be roughly adjusted, if necessary, and the valve may be closed in case of emergency; in the second case, no control is possible. Due to the high velocity involved, the quick opening valve might be eroded if it is used in an intermediate state (i.e. not completely opened). Therefore, whenever possible, the valve shall be completely open. 7.2.7 Fragile devices to be removed Same as for water flushing (see 4 and 6.2.5). Attention shall be paid to tray manholes and other internals of the vessels used as air capacities (quick decompression method).


Page 80/80

-

81



7.2.8 Safety Due to the high forces generated at the air outlet, the following particular precautions shall be taken for blowing operations: 7.2.8.1 Period of time for blowing Generally air blowing will take place after normal working hours. 7.2.8.2 Restricted area An area of a least 30 meters around the outlet points will be roped off during the release of air. 7.2.8.3 Work permits Any air flushing operation shall be subject to specific work permits according to the CONTRACTOR's safety procedure. 7.2.8.4 Space between flanges at the outlet To obtain the desired space without hammering, spacers (pieces of tube of a diameter slightly larger than the bolts), or pile of washers, shall be installed on bolts fixed by two nuts between the two flanges in two holes diametrically opposed (see figure A). 7.2.8.5 Restraints The flanges(s) at the air outlet shall be fixed by means of shackles and cables or slings. For diameters larger than 4", at least four cables shall be used. The second end of the cable shall be fixed rigidly to the structures (see figure B). 7.2.8.6 Clamps, tie bars, rigid struts, shims, U bolts, etc. Wherever necessary, the pipes shall be rigidly fixed with clamps, tie bars, rigid struts, U Bolts, etc., to avoid damage to the lines, equipment, and people nearby. 7.2.8.7 Blanks Blanks shall be rigidly fixed to the flanges by bolts and nuts in order to prevent them flying off when opening the quick opening valve or when the rupture disk blows out. 7.2.8.8 Environment protection The large quantities of dirty air released during the flushing carries particles of sand, rust, welding rods, etc., which could damage nearby equipment. Therefore, adequate protection has to be installed. 7.2.8.9 Personnel protection Protection of personnel carrying out the operation must be ensured by suitable protective equipment: ear protection, gloves, coveralls, goggles as a minimum. 7.2.8.10 Preparation of documents and notice to commissioning Identical to 6.2.7.


Page 81/81

82

- Exploration & Production General Specification

Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 1

PIPING AND VESSELS FLUSHING AND CLEANING

DI BLIND FIXED BY THE SPACERS OR WASHERS

*

* SPACER (PIECE OF TUBE AROUND THE STUD BOLT )

WASHERS

L

-

L

DI 6

* BLIND HOLE DRILLING DIAMETER LARGER THAN BOLT DIAMETER AND SMALLER THAN WASHER OUTSIDE DIAMETER.

FIGURE A


Page 82/82

-

83



7.3 Performing air blowing Once all preparation work is completed the CONTRACTOR engineer shall inspect the site (and check specially that all protections are installed: pipe restraints, clamps, supports, protection of equipment in the vicinity of air jets) and obtain the clearance of the CONTRACTOR's safety engineer. Once satisfied he shall give the authorisation to start the air blowing operation. 7.3.1 Continuous blowing method • Start the compressor (see particular procedure and VENDOR requirements). • Open the valves on the main header to be air flushed. • Allow the air flow to enter the network up to the calculated flow rate (check by difference at the outlet of the compressor, before and after). • If the valve between the compressor and the network to be flushed is a globe valve, and if the compressor allows for quick increases of flow rates, changes of flow rates in the line may be made, thus changing the velocity and removing more quickly the rust and scale incrusted on the surfaces (this method may be attempted if the amount of incrustation is large and/or if the pipe has to be very well cleaned). For normal dirtiness, a continuous blowing at a constant speed should be sufficient. 7.3.2 Quick decompression method Check that the network is isolated. • If a quick opening valve is used, allow the air to enter the network and carefully check that pressure in the system never exceeds the maximum allowable pressure. When the required pressure is reached, check that all safety measures have been adhered to, and open the valve. If necessary, this operation shall be repeated several times (see cleanliness criteria in paragraph 7.4). • If a rupture disk is used, after having checked that safety measures have been taken, allow the air to enter the network; check continuously the pressure rise, and when the rupture disk blows out, stop the air inlet in the network. The operation shall be repeated several times (see cleanliness criteria in paragraph 7.4).

7.4 Cleanliness checks These depend upon the ongoing requirements. For instance a compressor suction line will need to be much more thoroughly cleaned than a drain line. Principal checks are: • Colour of the air at the exit point. This will roughly indicate whether or not rust and dirt remain in the piping. This is usually sufficient for the majority of process and utilities piping. • Use of a target plate (especially for compressor suction lines, etc.). A polished aluminium or soft metal target plate is attached to the target plate carrier on the tailpipe end (See Figure C).


Page 83/83

-

84


Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 1

PIPING AND VESSELS FLUSHING AND CLEANING

DI

BLIND

A

PILED WASHER

A

SHACKLES

L

STRING TO BE FIXED RIGIDLY TO METALLIC STRUCTURES

DI 6

PILED WASHERS

STRINGS

D D

4" 2 STRINGS 4" 2 STRINGS AT LEAST

SHACKLES PILED WASHERS CROSS SECTION AA

FIGURE B


Page 84/84

-

85


Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 1

There is little point in using a target plate during the initial air blowing, these plates should be installed when the exhaust air appears to be clean. Proceed as follows: • If the exhaust air appears to be clean install a target plate and air blow the system. Examine the plate at the end of the air blowing. If the plate has became eroded and pitted, easily seen by a matt grey appearance and surface pitting, continue air blowing. Mark each plate and store in a safe place for comparison. • The target plate surfaces will become brighter after each subsequent blowing. • When the plate surface remains bright it will be possible to count the number of impact pits per blow caused by large dirt or rust particles. • When the plate remains unmarked it may be assumed that the piping is clean. • If requested, submit the series of target plates to the equipment VENDORS representative for his scrutiny and final approval. • Ensure no dirt is re-introduced into piping during re-assembly following air blowing. Commissioning representative shall be responsible to estimate that the desired cleanliness has been reached and shall then give the authorisation to stop the flushing operation.


Page 85/85

86


Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 1

PIPING AND VESSELS , FLUSHING AND CLEANING

PIPE TO BE CLEANED

DUMMY SPOOL

D

SUPPORT WELDED THE DUMMY SPOOL STEEL PLATE t= 25 mm A

-

B A =2D ( = 3D FOR DIAMETERS 6 INCHES AND BELOW )

B=

5 4

C=

3 D 4

D

FIG URE C


Page 86/86

-

87



8. Steam blowing procedure 8.1 The principle differences between air blowing and steam blowing are: • The temperature, which creates dilation stresses. Therefore steam blowing shall be performed only for steam networks. • The vacuum hazard created when steam condenses in a closed system. This can cause vessels and large diameter piping to collapse. The main advantage of steam over air is the embrittlement of pipewall deposits, especially millscale, caused by temperature changes between blowings and the subsequent contraction of the piping or equipment causing a cracking effect on pipewall deposits.

8.2 Preparation guidelines Pipework systems are to be prepared for steam blowing operations in much the same way as for air blowing but it must be borne in mind that much higher pressures, line, and escape velocities may be involved. Obviously in these cases additional restraints and clamps will be required to overcome reactive forces and avoid damage. Special attention must be paid to system blinding and isolation. Initially steam should be slowly introduced into the system to allow a steady temperature rise in the piping or equipment. Condensate must be drained from all low points to avoid producing water slugs which could be propelled at high velocity through the piping causing hydraulic shock and possible damage. Following this warm-up period steam blowing may be started. In certain applications, such as steam turbine HP steam inlet line blowing it may not be possible to use a quick opening valve. In this case it is very important to use an intermediate blockvalve for controlling the steam flow. Always avoid using a final stop valve in case its seat is damaged by erosion, this will cause future problems when the steam supply needs to be isolated. When steam blowing small diameter lines the normal block-valves may be used for a limited time and should not be liable to damage. When a steam blow has been completed, ensure the piping and equipment are adequately vented to avoid pulling a vacuum during the cooldown period. If required, cooldown can be accelerated by the injection of service air. Cleanliness checks are to be carried out as explained in 7.4with target plates but note that wet steam may produce a "matting" effect on a polished target plate which can be misleading. In this case look for pitting marks as a general guideline. When the equipment is considered to be clean, and/or meets VENDORS representative requirements, etc., allow the piping to cool, drain condensate from low points and, if necessary, carry out a drying procedure. Reassemble the piping taking care not to re-introduce dirt into the equipment. Commissioning representative shall assess if the desired cleanliness has been reached and give the authorisation to stop the steam blowing operation.

8.3 Safety aspects Steam is potentially very dangerous and can cause severe burns. About two thirds of the total heat in steam is taken up in the change of state from boiling water to steam, and hence when steam condenses, two thirds of its total heat is given up to the body on which it condenses. This is what makes steam such an effective heating fluid, and this is also This document is the property of Total. It must not be stored, reproduced or disclosed to others without written authorisation from the Company.

Page 87/87

-

88



what makes it very dangerous if it condenses on the human body. Hence to get a part of the body in a jet of steam is many times worse than in a corresponding flow of hot air at the same temperature. The following precautions should be observed: • When blowing steam lines make sure that everyone is clear of the area. Follow the guidelines laid down for air blowing operations. • Ensure piping insulation is as complete as possible before introducing steam. • Personnel must always be adequately clothed when working in the proximity of steam lines. Shorts and tee-shirts are forbidden. • Close liaison with boiler house personnel is required.

9. Chemical cleaning 9.1 Preamble The list of lines to be chemically cleaned will be established by the Pre-Commissioning during the preparation phase. This list will be based on: • The engineering recommendations and specifications • The VENDORS requirements.

9.2 Cleaning procedures The VENDORS procedures will be adhered to, and, if general VENDORS procedures only are available, detailed procedures with sketches and step by step check lists will be issued by the Commissioning personnel on a case by case basis.

9.3 Cleaning guidelines When no procedure or specification is available from the VENDOR, detailed procedures will be issued by the Pre-Commissioning personnel, based on the guidelines given hereafter. However, VENDOR'S approval of precommissioning procedures will be asked for prior to performing cleaning operations. 9.3.1 General Degreasing, pickling and neutralization, passivation operations shall be carried by immersing parts to be cleaned in a tank containing the chemical solution or by filling them with the chemical solution with or without closed circulation. Generally, pipes are totally disconnected from equipment and assembled together to form one single loop (with intermediate connection spools if necessary). See Figure 7.3.3.1. All accessories such as collers, pumps, filters, tanks, etc., shall not be chemically treated. Chemical cleaning is applicable only to carbon steel and stainless steel pipes. Copper or brass parts, if any, have to be removed or isolated. In all cases, a corrosion specialist will be consulted in order to check that the equipment being cleaned will not be subject to corrosion risks, and to obtain recommendation of corrosion inhibitors if deemed required.


Page 88/88

-

89




Page 89/89

-

90



9.3.2 Chemical cleaning of carbon steel piping 9.3.2.1 Methods Two methods are normally used: • Static cleaning • Circulation cleaning. The static method is useful where only short runs of pipe are concerned and consist merely of filling the pipe, or immersing short sections in a tank, and leaving it to stand for approximately 10 hours. The circulation method is employed where long arkward pipe runs are encountered and requires a reservoir, a small circulation pump capable of handling mildly corrosive liquids and some lengths of flexible hosing of suitable diameter. The various piping items are bolted up to form a closed loop and the solution is pumped through the loop and recirculated on the reservoir. This method is much more efficient than the static method due to the constant movement of the solution through the pipes. It also allows several systems, i.e. the lube and seal oil piping from three identical compressors, to be cleaned at the same time. 9.3.2.2 Cold degreasing Cold degreasing is carried out only if pipes have been delivered prefabricated by the VENDOR or prefabricated on site and then greased or are thought to contain an oil based preservative. The following degreasing solutions are proposed: • Chemical composition of the solution - Sodium carbonate Na2 CO3: 3 g/l or - Sodium tripolyphosphate P3 O15 Na5: 2 g/l and trisodium phosphate Na3 PO4: 1 g/l, in either case a suitable proprietary wetting agent may be used. • Duration, about 12 hours. 9.3.2.3 Rinsing With clean potable or preferably demineralized water (in any case, even if no degreasing has taken place). Water pH minimum 7.0. 9.3.2.4 Cold pickling (ambient temperature) Chemical composition of the pickling solution: • Hydrochloric acid (HC1): 200 g/l (from a solution 33% wt concentration specific gravity = 1.165) • Ammonium bifluoride NH4 F2: 10 g/l • Inhibitor Rodine 213 or Armohib 28.2 g/l (1% of HCl content) or Norust PR or equivalent.


Page 90/90

-

91



Mix the chemicals as follows (per batch): • In a 200 l plastic drum containing 100 l of demineralized water, for: - 1st the inhibitor - 2nd the ammonium bifluoride - 3rd the hydrochloric acid. • Introduce the solution into the line or loop. For static method leave to stand for ten hours. If circulating eight hours should normally be adequate (rinse as in 9.3.2.3). 9.3.2.5 Neutralization/Passivation (ambient temperature) This consists of circulating (or charging to static lines) a solution of 1% of citric acid in water, preferably demineralized but at least potable, with an inhibitor type Armohib 25, for two hours, followed by: • Neutralization: add ammonia in order to obtain pH 9 to 9.5. • Passivation: add Na NO2 up to 10 g/l and circulate for three hours (five hours in static piping). 9.3.2.6 Effluent disposal All effluents containing acids, alkalines or proprietary chemical compounds must be disposed of so as not to cause environmental damage. In certain countries local regulations will apply. In any event the effluents should always be neutralized (pH 7.0) before disposal. The disposal of effluents containing wetting agents may influence the operation of oily water separators and such like equipment, and advice should always be sought prior to disposal. 9.3.2.7 Final rinsing Carry out a final rinsing as in 9.3.2.3. Thoroughly drain the piping and dry with instrument air. Carry out a visual check of each piping item for cleanliness. Pipewalls should have a matt grey appearance. 9.3.2.8 Re-assembly and oil flushing Reinstall each piping item using new gaskets according to the VENDORS drawings or specifications. For lube and seal oil systems, check the cleanliness of the oil reservoir(s). If suspect, manual cleaning using a suitable detergent is required. The system may now be filled with the correct grade of lube oil (follow MANUFACTURERS recommendations), and commissioned. 9.3.3 Chemical cleaning of stainless steel piping 9.3.3.1 Degreasing If degreasing is thought to be necessary, proceed as described in 9.3.2.2 followed by rinsing with either demineralized or good quality potable water. 9.3.3.2 Cold pickling (ambient temperature) In a 200 liter plastic drum, charge 100 l of demineralized (or high quality) water. This document is the property of Total. It must not be stored, reproduced or disclosed to others without written authorisation from the Company.

Page 91/91

-

92


Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 1

Add the following chemicals and mix thoroughly. Nitric acid (HNO3), from a solution of 65% wt concentration, 310 g/l. Hydroflouric acid (HFL), from a solution of 40% wt concentration, 37 g/l. Charge the solution to the piping as described in 7.10.1. For static cleaning leave to stand for three hours, for circulation, cleaning two hours should be adequate. Dump the cleaning solution paying careful attention to 9.3.2.6, effluent disposal. Carry out a final rinse, again with demineralized water. Thoroughly drain the piping and air blow dry using instrument air. Reassemble piping as in 9.3.2.8 and carry out oil flushing, etc. as required. 9.3.3.3 Lube and seal oil system flushing A typical cleanliness specification for lube and seal oil system oil flushing is described below: • After one hour of oil circulation at design flow rate at a temperature of 160F (or lower, as component design dictates), screens placed at all discharge terminations from the console or the packages and at other strategic points mutually agreed upon by the purchaser and the VENDOR shall be within the particle count limits listed in Table 1. • Screen mesh shall be No. 100 plain weave, 0.005-inch diameter stainless steel wire with a 0.0059 –by 0.0059- inch opening. Particles shall not exceed 0.010 inch (greatest dimension) and shall display random distribution on the screen. Piping, coolers, and valves shall be hammered frequently during flushing. Table 1 - Maximum number of particles Nominal pipesize (inches)

Schedule 40 or less

Schedule 80

Schedule 160

Extra strong

1 or less

6

3

4

-

1 - 1.5

13

11

9

6

2

21

18

14

11

3

46

41

34

26

4

80

72

58

49

6

180

163

132

117

• Visual inspection at approximately two to six points selected by the inspector shall be made to verify system cleanliness. The system shall be considered clean when such foreign matter as scale, rust, metal shavings, and sand are not visible to the naked eye and grittiness is not detectible to the touch. 9.3.4 Boiler boil out When a boiler is new, one must assume that grease, oil based preservatives, rust, dirt and millscale will be present in the vessel(s) and tubes. Failure to remove oil and grease must in the formation of carbon deposits on the inside of the boiler tube walls when the boiler is fired and put into operation. The consequent reduction in This document is the property of Total. It must not be stored, reproduced or disclosed to others without written authorisation from the Company.

Page 92/92

-

93



heat transfer rate through the tube walls will result in local overheating and a high possibility of tube failure. In most cases it is convenient to carry out the boil-out at the same time as refractory dryout, this will obviously depend on what type of boiler is involved and its normal service. The MANUFACTURER of the boiler will be systematically requested to provide the necessary procedure and a VENDOR representative to attend the operation. Therefore the operation will be performed according to the supplied procedure and to VENDOR representatives recommendations, by the Commissioning personnel. 9.3.5 Reassembly After cleaning operations, the reassembly of piping, fragile equipment, etc. is required. As stated earlier great care must be exercised in order not to re-introduce dirt into the equipment. The construction specifications have to be followed but particular attention should be paid to the following points: • Gaskets, ring joints and other seals should be checked for conformity and cleanliness. • Spring hangers, slippers pads, etc. have to be replaced according to the construction drawings and released when the reassembly is completed. • Threads on screwed piping, plugs and so on, must be checked and the items replaced • Valve packings and pump gland packings will be changed if necessary. • Check no undue stresses are placed on pump and compressor flanges. • Verify that check valves and glove valves are installed with their flow arrows in the correct direction. • In-line instruments such as flow orifices, restriction orifices, rotameters are to be replaced by instrument specialists. • Expansion bellows are freed according to the VENDOR'S instructions. Reassembly is followed by tightness test or "Gross Leak Test". 9.3.6 Preservation of the system after chemical cleaning The conditions in which the system can be left after Chemical Cleaning is to be discussed with the Corrosion Engineer of the project, as leaving the system full of air after water rinsing is often not acceptable. Preservation is usually obtained by filling the system up with inhibited water or under slight nitrogen overpressure necessitates prior inerting.

9.4 Personnel protection during chemical cleaning Elementary protection must be provided for all personnel involved in chemical cleaning operations. They must wear the necessary safety equipment such as: glove, boots, goggles or faceshields, rubber aprons, chemical suits, etc.


Page 93/93

-

94



In case of splashing: • On skin - Acid: rinse and clean with a 10 g/l sodium carbonate solution - Alkaline products: rinse and clean with a 20 g/l citric acid solution. • In the eyes: use a 10 g/l boric acid solution. • In all cases, seek immediate medical aid.

9.5 Reports The chemical cleaning procedures, with support drawings and sketches, all reports and results will be filed in the corresponding subsystem Precommissioning Dossier. Each cleaning operation will also be supported by a specific precommissioning chemical cleaning form (TMX04).

10. Re-assembly - General guidelines After the cleaning operations, pipes, fragile devices, etc., have to be reassembled. Great care is necessary in this operation. The construction specifications have to be complied with, with particular emphasis on the following points: • Ring joints have to be carefully cleaned. • New gaskets must be used on flanges broken for flushing purpose. • Spring supports, sliding pads, etc., have to be installed according to the drawings and released when the reassembly is completed. • Threads shall be checked. • Stuffing boxes and packing of valves shall be checked and changed if necessary. • Absence of stresses on pump and compressor flanges has to be checked. • The orientation of check valves, globe valves, etc., shall be checked (according to their arrow) against the direction of flow. • In-line instruments such as flow orifices, restriction orifices, Rotameters, shall be installed by instrument specialists. • Expansion bellows shall be freed according to the VENDOR'S instructions. • Temporary blinds installed for cleaning purposes shall be removed.

11. Preservation of flushed piping CONTRACTOR shall take necessary precautions (defined in the project specifications or supplied by the COMPANY's corrosion specialist) for preservation of the equipment following the flushing operations.


Page 94/94

-

95


Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 2

Appendix 2

Electrical “Check List” master forms


Page 95/95

-

96


Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 2

ELECTRICAL PRECOMMISSIONING CHECK LIST

DATE sept-04

LIST OF CHECK LIST FORMS SHEET FORM

DESIGNATION

DATE

C-PX-00

LIST

sept-04

C-PX-01

GENERATOR

sept-04

C-PX-02

POWER TRANSFORMER

sept-04

C-PX-03

1

OF 1

REMARKS

NOT USED

C-PX-04

HV SWITCHBOARD / MCC

sept-04

C-PX-05

LV SWITCHBOARD / MCC

sept-04

C-PX-06

CONTACTOR PANEL

janv-01

C-PX-07

BUS DUCT

sept-04

C-PX-08

HV CABLES

sept-04

C-PX-09

LV POWER CABLES AND CONTROL CABLES

sept-04

C-PX-10

MULTICORE INSTRUMENT CABLES

sept-04

C-PX-11

CANCELLED

NOT USED

C-PX-12

HV MOTOR

sept-04

C-PX-13

LV MOTOR

sept-04

C-PX-14

DC MOTOR

sept-04

C-PX-15

LV DISTRIBUTION BOARD /CONTROL PANEL /CONSOLE

sept-04

C-PX-16

CHARGER / INVERTER

sept-04

C-PX-17

BATTERIES

sept-04

C-PX-18

LIGHTING CIRCUITS

sept-04

C-PX-19

POWER SOCKET OUTLETS

sept-04

C-PX-20

sept-04

C-PX-21

NEUTRAL EARTHING RESISTOR

sept-04

C-PX-22

TRACE HEATING

sept-04

C-PX-23

CONTROL STATION

sept-04

C-PX-24

LOCAL ISOLATOR

sept-03

C-PX-25

NAVIGATION AIDS

sept-04

C-PX-26

EARTHING SYSTEM

sept-04

C-PX-27

MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT

sept-04

CANCELLED

NEW

C-PX-28

NOT USED

C-PX-29

NOT USED

C-PX-30

CABLING RACKING

sept-04

C-PX-31

JUNCTION BOX / MARSHALLING BOX

sept-04

C-PX-32

CONTROL PANEL /CONSOLE

janv-01

CANCELLED

FORM: C-PX-00 - Sept 04 This document is the property of Total. It must not be stored, reproduced or disclosed to others without written authorisation from the Company.

Page 96/96

-

97


Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 2

E L E C T R IC AL P R E C O M M IS S IO N IN G C H E C K L IS T

PROJECT

G E N E R AT O R re v.----

D a te : --- / --- / ---

S U B -S Y S T E M : E Q U IP M E N T N °: L O C A T IO N : C H E C K L IS T

IT E M 1

C h e ck e q uip m e nt is d e-en e rg ized a n d sa fe .

2

C h e ck g e ne ra to r da ta con fo rm ity ag a in st da ta sh ee t / p ro je ct spe cifica tio n (ra ting p la te )

3

C h e ck p re serva tio n status a n d an ti-co n de n sa tio n h ea te r is re a dy to b e e ne rg ized

4

C h e ck g e ne ra l m e cha n ica l arra ng e m en t.

5

C h e ck a ll au xilia ry d e vice s (co o lin g fa n s, vibration & tem p e ra tu re p ro be s, C T's, V T's,,, if a ny) fo r prop e r insta lla tion a nd co nn e ction

6

C h e ck g e ne ra to r tag g ed a g ainst d ra w in gs

7

C h e ck e a rth in g an d b on d ing a g ainst draw in g s.

8

C h e ck n e utra l e athing

9

C h e ck p o w e r an d a uxiliary term in al b oxes for clea n le ss

10

C h e ck p o w e r an d a uxiliary term in al b oxes tig htne ss

11

C h e ck cab le g la n ds con fo rm ity

12

C h e ck cab le g la n ds a re corre ctly m ou n te d (p ow e r a n d au xilia ry term ina l bo xes)

13

C a rry ou t all che cks a s re qu ired b y M an u fa cturer.

14

P rod u ce m a rke d-up d ra w in gs in a cco rd an ce w ith in stalla tio n.

15

C h e ck coa ting integ rity

16

C h e ck the a va ilab ility of certifica tion d o cu m en ts a g ainst h a za rd o us a re a ge n erator in stalla tio n

17

C h e ck sup p lie r's d o cu m e ntation a n d draw in g s

18

P rod u ce a d e fe cts list fo r pu n ch list issu e . NA

X

N ot A pp lica b le

C h e cke d & no t acce p te d

9

C h e cked & acce p te d

D raw in g s & d o c . re f.:

REM ARKS

DATE

NAM E

S IG N A T U R E

C A R R IE D O U T B Y CONTRACTOR COM PANY F O R M : C -P X -0 1 - 1 /1 - S ep t. 0 4 This document is the property of Total. It must not be stored, reproduced or disclosed to others without written authorisation from the Company.

Page 97/97

-

98


Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 2

ELECTRICAL

PROJECT

PRECOMMISSIONING CHECK LIST

POWER TRANSFORMER rev.---- Date: --- / --- / ---

SUB-SYSTEM: EQUIPMENT N°: LOCATION: CHECK LIST

ITEM

1

Check transformer is de-energized and safe.

2

Check transformer rating plate is correct

3

Check conformity to data sheet /project specification

4

Check transformer installation against drawings.

5

Check dielectric levels are correct with no leak

6

Check retention pan is correctly made and clean

7

Check transformer access is properly protected and warning labels and safety instructions are adequately posted.

8

Check primary terminations are clean, undamaged and correctly identified (phase).

9

Check secondary terminations are clean, undamaged and correctly identified (phase).

10

Check all termination enclosures have correct gaskets and fixing bolts.

11

Check accessories according to data sheet are correctly installed and undamaged (themometers, relay, fans etc….)

12

Check all cables are identified and supported correctly.

13

Check tap changer selector is correclty fitted and locked in the mid position (where applicable).

14

Check On load tap changer control panel to wiring diagram (where applicable).

15

Perform precomissioning checks of accessories as appropriate (cooling fans, circulation pumps if any…)

16

Check relief valve has been unlocked

17

Check mechanichal interlock of terminals

18

Check cable connections against drawings ( Power and control cables)

19

Check coating integrity

20

Check earthing and bonding against drawings.

21

Check supplier's documentation and drawings

22

Produce a defects list for punch list issue. NA Not Applicable

X

Checked & not accepted

9

Checked & accepted

Drawings & doc. ref.: REMARKS

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE

CARRIED OUT BY CONTRACTOR COMPANY FORM: C-PX-02 - 1/1 - Sept. 04


Page 98/98

-

99


Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 2


PROJECT

HV SWITCHBOARD / MCC rev.---- Date: --- / --- / SUB-SYSTEM:

CUBICLE TAG NUMBERS

EQUIPMENT N°: LOCATION: CHECK LIST

ITEM 1

Check switchboard is de-energized and safe.

2

Check conformity against data sheet and project specification

3

Check preservation status and anti-condensation heaters are ready to be energized.

4

Check equipment is correclty aligned, leveled, rigid and secured with correct bolting.

5

Check all panel mounted devices are undamaged and tagged in accordance with data.

6

Check if construction rating plate data is correct.

7

Check bus bars and supports are clean and clear of debris, torque all bolts to specification.

8

Check earthing and bonding of all equipment against drawings

9

Check gland plates (if any) and terminations are correct and suitable for external cabling.

10

Check all switching devices are mechanically operational and undamaged.

11

Check switchgear mechanical interlocks against interlock diagram

12

Check all shutters are identified, operational and lockable.

13

Check C.T's &VT's are properly installed and match drawing and protection diagram.

14

Check protection relays against protection diagram

15

Check protection relays are tagged correctly.

16

Check interconnection wiring against drawings.

17

Check all fuses and switchgear ratings ( circuit-breakers , contactors , etc,,,)

18

Check power cables are properly fitted and armour and screens earthing is correct

19

Check vendor special tools are available.

20

Produce marked-up drawing in accordance with installation.

21

Check suppliers document

22


X


9

Checked & accepted

Drawings & doc. ref.:

REMARKS

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE

CARRIED OUT BY CONTRACTOR COMPANY FORM: C-PX-04 - 1/1 - Sept.04


Page 99/99

-

100


Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 2


PROJECT

LV SWITCHBOARD / MCC rev.---- Date: --- / --- / SUB-SYSTEM:

COLUMN NUMBERS


ITEM 1

Check switchboard is de-energized and safe.

2

Check conformity against data sheet and project specification

3


4

Check equipment is correctly aligned, leveled, rigid and secured with correct bolting,

5

Check all panel mounted devices are undamaged

6

Check all panel mounted devices are tagged in accordance with data.

7

Check if construction rating plate data is correct.

8

Check bus bars and supports are clean and clear of debris, torque all bolts to specifications.

9

Check earthing and bonding of all equipment against drawings.

10

Check gland plates (if any) and terminations are correct and suitable for external cabling.

11

Check all switching devices are mechanically operational and undamaged.

12

Check all circuit breakers and starter cubicles run freely in compartments

13

Check swithgear mechanical interlocks against interlock diagram

14

Check all C.T's &VT's are properly installed and match drawings and protection diagram.

15

Check protection relays against protection diagram.

16

Check all equipment are identified against drawings (cubicles, relays etc,,,)

17

Check interconnection wiring against drawings.

18

Check all fuses and switchgear ratings ( breakers , contactors, etc,,,)

19

Check vendor special tools are available.

20

Produce marked-up drawings in accordance with installation.

21


X


9

Checked & accepted


REMARKS

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE



Page 100/100

-

101


Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 2


PROJECT

BUS DUCT re v.----

D a te : --- / --- / ---

S U B -S Y S T E M : E Q U IP M E N T N °: L O C AT IO N : C H E C K L IS T

IT E M

1

C h e ck e q u ip m e n t is d e -e n e rg ize d a n d sa fe .

2

C h e ck p re s e rva tio n sta tu s a n d a n ti-co n d e n s a tio n h e a te rs a re re a d y to b e e n e rg ize d .

3

C h e ck b u s b a r s u p p o rts/in s u la to rs a re u n d a m a g e d a n d cle a n .

4

C h e ck fo r m issin g b o lts

5

'C h e c k e q u ip m e n t is c o rre c lty a lig n e d a n d le ve le d , rig id a n d se cu re d .

6

C h e ck b o lts a re to rq u e d a c co rd in g to M a n u fa ctu re r's re q u ire m e n ts.

7

C h e ck a ll c o ve rs a n d c o ve r b o lts a re c o rre c tly fitte d , sp e cifie d IP ra tin g is a c h ie ve d a n d d a n g e r la b e ls a re co rre ctly in sta lle d .

8

C h e ck e a rth in g a g a in s t d ra w in g s .

9

C h e ck n a m e p la te d a ta

10

P ro d u ce m a rke d -u p d ra w in g s in a cco rd a n ce w ith in sta lla tio n .

11

P ro d u ce a d e fe c t list fo r p u n ch lis t issu e .

12

X

N .A N o t A p p lic a b le

C h e cke d & n o t a cce p te d

D ra w in g s & d o c . re f.:

REM ARKS

D AT E

N AM E

C AR R IE D O U T B Y C O N T R AC T O R C O M P AN Y F O R M : C -P X -0 7 - 1 /1 - S e p t.0 4


Page 101/101

-

102


Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 2

ELECTRICAL PRECOMM ISSIONING CHECK LIST

PROJECT

HV CABLES rev.--- Date: --- / --- / --SUB-SYSTEM: EQUIPMENT N°: LOCATION: ITEM

CHECK LIST

TAG NUMBER

1

Check cable physical integrity.

2

Check cable data against cable schedule.

3

Check cable routing against drawings (segregation, distance… ).

4

Check cable is supported and fixed to rack according to project Specification.

5

Check bending radius is within the specified limits.

6

Check cable and core marking against drawings

7

Check cable gland suit for cable type.

8

Check cable earthing against drawings

9

Check gland plate for single core cables is non ferrous.

10

Produce list of defects for punch list issue.

X

N.A Not Applicable


9

Checked & accepted

Draw ings & doc. ref.:

REMARKS

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE

CARRIED OUT BY CONTRACTOR COMPANY FORM: C-PX-08 - 1/1 - Sept.04 This document is the property of Total. It must not be stored, reproduced or disclosed to others without written authorisation from the Company.

Page 102/102

-

103


Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 2

E L E C T R IC A L P R E C O M M IS S IO N IN G C H E C K L IS T

LV PO W E R C AB LES AN D C O N TR O L C AB LES

PRO JECT

re v.----

D a te : --- / --- / ---

S U B -S Y S T E M : E Q U IP M E N T N °: L O C AT IO N : IT E M

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

C H E C K L IS T

TAG NUM BER

C h e ck c a b le p h ys ica l in te g rity. C h e ck c a b le is a s sp e c ifie d in p ro je ct c a b le s ch e d u le . C h e ck c a b le ro u tin g a g a in s t d ra w in g s (se g re g a tio n , d is ta n ce … ). C h e ck c a b le is s u p p o rte d a n d fixe d to ra c k a c co rd in g to p ro je ct S p e c ific a tio n . C h e ck b e n d in g ra d iu s is w ith in th e s p e cifie d lim its. C h e ck c a b le is c o rre c tly lo o m e d a n d s e g re g a te d . C h e ck c a b le a n d c o re m a rk in g a g a in s t d ra w in g s.

8

C h e ck c a b le g la n d s u it fo r ca b le typ e .

9

C h e ck c a b le e a rth in g a g a in s t d ra w in g s

10

C h e ck g la n d p la te fo r s in g le co re ca b le s is n o n fe rro u s .

11

P ro d u ce lis t o f d e fe c ts fo r p u n ch lis t iss u e .

12

X


C h e c ke d & n o t a c c e p te d

9

C h e ck e d & a c ce p te d


REM ARKS

D AT E

N AM E

S IG N AT U R E



Page 103/103

-

104


Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 2


PR O JEC T

M U L T IC O R E IN S T R U M E N T C A B L E S r e v .- - - -

D a te : - - - / - - - / - - -

S U B -S Y S T E M : E Q U IP M E N T N ° : L O C A T IO N : IT E M

C H E C K L IS T

TAG NUM BER

1

C h e c k c a b le p h y s ic a l in te g r ity .

2

C h e c k c a b le d a ta a g a in s t c a b le s c h e d u le .

3

C h e c k c a b le r o u tin g a g a in s t d r a w in g s ( s e g r e g a tio n , d is ta n c e … ) .

4

C h e c k c a b le is s u p p o r t e d a n d fix e d to r a c k a c c o r d in g to p r o je c t S p e c ific a tio n .

5

C h e c k b e n d in g r a d iu s is w ith in th e s p e c ifie d lim it s

6

C h e c k c a b le s is c o r r e c tly lo o m e d a n d s e g r e g a te d in a c c o r d a n c e w ith s p e c ific a tio n .

7

C h e c k c a b le a n d c o r e m a r k in g a g a in s t d r a w in g s .

8

C h e c k c a b le g la n d s u it fo r c a b le ty p e .

9

C h e c k t e r m in a tio n s a r e in a c c o r d a n c e w ith te r m in a tio n d ia g r a m a n d p r o d u c e m a r k e d - u p te r m in a tio n d r a w in g s .

10

P r o d u c e a d e fe c t lis t fo r p u n c h lis t is s u e .

11

C h e c k c a b le e a r th in g a g a in s t d r a w in g s

12 N .A

X

N o t A p p lic a b le

C h e c k e d & n o t a c c e p te d

9

C h e c k e d & a c c e p te d

D r a w in g s & d o c . r e f .:

REM ARKS

DATE

NAM E

S IG N A T U R E

C A R R IE D O U T B Y CO NTRACTO R C O M PAN Y F O R M : C - P X - 1 0 - 1 /1 - S e p t .0 4


Page 104/104

-

105


Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 2

E LE C TR IC AL P R E C O M M IS S IO N IN G C H E C K LIS T

PROJECT

H V M O TO R re v.----

D ate: --- / --- / ---

S U B -S Y S T E M : E Q U IP M E N T N °: L O C A T IO N : IT E M

C H E C K L IS T

1

C heck m oto r is d e-ene rgize d and safe .

2

C heck preservation status a nd a nti-co ndensation heater is ready to be energized .

3

C heck m oto r is correctly tag ged.

4

C heck gene ral m echa nical arran gem e nt

5

C heck shaft rota tes fre ely a nd qu ietly in both dire ction s, m o tor un coup led

6

C heck m oto r data con form ity aga inst d ata sheet and p roject specification (ra ting plate)

7

C heck m oto r earthing again st dra w ing s.

8

C heck cooling system is un dam a ged a nd is conform ity against drawing s.

9

C heck phase seq uence con nection

10

C heck pow er an d auxiliary term in al bo xes a re cle an

11

C heck term inal b oxes screw s are tighted

12

C heck cable glan ds a re correctly m ou nted

13

C heck all a uxilia ry devices (vibra tion & tem p eratu re probes, C T's if an y...) fo r pro per in stalla tion a nd connection

14

C heck pain ting in tegrity

15

C heck the a vaibility of certificatio n docum en ts accordin g ha zardo us area m o tor in stalla tion

16

C heck S up plier's docu m entation and d rawin gs

17

P rodu ce a defects list for pu nch list issue.

X

N .A N ot A pplicable

C he cked & not acce pted

9

D raw in g s & d o c. ref.:

REM ARKS

DATE

NAM E

S IG N A T U R E

C A R R IE D O U T B Y CONTRACTOR COM PANY F O R M : C -P X -12 - 1/1 - S ep t.04


Page 105/105

-

106


Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 2


P R O JE C T

LV M O TO R rev.---- D ate: --- / --- / --S U B -S Y S TE M : E Q U IP M E N T N °: LO C AT IO N : C H E C K L IS T

IT E M 1

C heck m otor is de-energized and safe.

2

C heck preservation status and anti-condensation heater is ready to be energized.

3

C heck m otor is correclty tagged

4

C heck m echanical general arrangem ent

5

C heck shaft rotates free and quietly in both directions, m otor uncoupled

6

C heck m otor data conform ity against data sheet/ project specification (rating plate)

6

C heck m otor earthing against drawings.

7

C heck phase sequence connection

8

C heck m otor term inal box is clean

9

C heck term inal boxes screws are tighted

10

C heck cable glands are correctly m ounted

11

C heck auxiliary devices (if any) for proper installation and connection

12

C heck painting integrity

13

C heck the avaibility of certification docum ents according hazardous area m otor installation

14

C heck S upplier's docum entation and drawings

14

P roduce a defects list for punch list issue.

X


C hecked & not accepted

9

C hecked & accepted

D raw in gs & doc. ref.:

R E M AR K S

D ATE

N AM E

S IG N AT U R E

C AR R IE D O U T B Y C O N TR AC TO R C O M P AN Y FO R M : C -P X -13 - 1/1 - S ept.04 This document is the property of Total. It must not be stored, reproduced or disclosed to others without written authorisation from the Company.

Page 106/106

-

107


Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 2

ELECTR IC AL P R E C O M M IS S IO N IN G C H E C K LIS T

P R O JE C T

D C M O TO R rev.---- D ate: --- / --- / ---

SU B -SY ST EM : EQ U IPM EN T N °: LO C AT IO N : C H EC K LIST

ITE M

1

Check equipm ent is de-energized and safe.

2


3

Check m otor nam eplate data is correct.

4

Check m otor tag against drawings.

5

Check m otor earthing against drawings.

6

M otor uncoupled - check free and noiseless rotation in each direction.

7

Check brushgear is correct and brushes are free in their housing

8

Check spring tension on brushes against M anufacturer's specifications.

9

Check flam eproof joints are clean and greased according to m anufacturer instructions.

10

Check proper power cable connection against drawings

11

Check cable glands are correctly m ounted

12

Check term inal box screws are tighten

13

Produce a list of defects for punch list issue.

X



9

Checked & accepted

D raw ings & doc. ref.:

R E M AR KS

D AT E

N AM E

SIG N AT U R E

C AR R IED O U T B Y C O N T R AC T O R C O M PAN Y FO RM : C -P X -14 - 1/1 - S ept.04 This document is the property of Total. It must not be stored, reproduced or disclosed to others without written authorisation from the Company.

Page 107/107

-

108


Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 2


PROJECT

LV DISTRIBUTION BOARD / CONTROL PANEL /CONSOLE

rev.---- Date: --- / --- / ---

SUB-SYSTEM : EQUIPMENT N°: LOCATION: CHECK LIST

ITEM

1

Check equipment is de-energized and safe.

2


3

Check equipment earthing and bonding against drawings.

4

Check equipment is undammaged, correctly mounted, tagged and installed in accordance with layout drawings.

5

Check all doors, gland plates are correctly mounted

6

Check panel-front components, indicators, lamps, meters are securely mounted and undamaged.

7

Check all switching devices rating and tagging against drawings.

8

Check all switching devices for proper mechanical operation.

9

Check external wiring and cabling against drawings.

10

Check cable connections

11

Carry out checks in accordance with manufacturer's procedure

12


13


X

N.A Not Applicable


9

Checked & accepted


REM ARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE

CARRIED OUT BY CONTRACTOR COM PANY FORM: C-PX-15 - 1/1 - Sept.04 This document is the property of Total. It must not be stored, reproduced or disclosed to others without written authorisation from the Company.

Page 108/108

-

109


Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 2


PRO JECT

C H AR G E R / IN V E R T E R re v.----

D a te : --- / --- /


IT E M

1

C h ec k e q u ip m e n t is d e -e n e rg ize d a n d sa fe .

2

C h ec k e q u ip m e n t is u n d a m m a g e d , co rre ctly m o un te d , ta g g e d a n d in sta lle d in a c co rd a n c e w ith la yo u t d ra w ing s .

3

'C h e ck co n fo rm ity a g a in s t d a ta s h e e t a nd p ro je c t sp e cifica tio n

4

C h ec k m a n u fa ctu re r's n a m e p la te d a ta .

5

C h ec k a ll p a n e l-fro n t co m p o n e n ts, ind ica to rs, la m p s, m e te rs a re se cu re ly m o u n te d a n d u n d a m a g ed .

6

C h ec k e q u ip m e n t cle a n n e ss

7

C h ec k a ll e a rth in g a n d b o n d in g a g a ins t d ra w in g s .

8

C h ec k b a tte ry ca b le te rm in a tio n a g a in st d ra w in gs

9

C a rry o u t ch e c ks in a c co rd a nc e w ith m a n u fa ctu re r's p roc e d u re

10

P ro du c e m a rke d -u p d ra w in gs in a cc o rd a n ce w ith in sta lla tio n .

11

P ro du c e a lis t o f de fe c ts fo r p u n c h lis t iss u e .

12 13 14 15

X

N .A N o t A p p lica b le

C h e ck e d & n o t a c ce p te d

9

C h e c ke d & a cc e p te d


R E M AR K S :

D AT E

N AM E

S IG N AT U R E



Page 109/109

-

110

- Exploration & Production


Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 2


PRO JECT

B AT T E R IE S re v.----

D a te : --- / --- / ---

S U B -S Y S T E M : E Q U IP M E N T N °: L O C AT IO N : B AT T E R Y D AT A T AG N °

M an u fa c tu re r

T yp e

C ap a city (Ah )

N ° o f C e lls

V o lta g e

C H E C K L IS T

IT E M

1

C h ec k ba tte ry is in s talle d in a cc o rda n c e w ith m a nu fa ctu re r's ins tru ctio n s w ith s u ffic ie nt c lea ra nc e a n d a c ce s s ibility fo r m a in te n a nc e .

2

C h ec k ba tte ry c ells a re id en tified a nd tag g e d c o rre c tly.

3

C h ec k b a ttery d ata ag a in st d ata s he e t /p ro jec t s pe c ific a tion

4

C h ec k all n uts a nd link s a re fitte d , tig h ten e d a n d g re as e d .

5

C h ec k ca p s fo r tra n s po rtatio n ha ve b e e n re m o ved

6

C h ec k te rm ina ls p ro tec tin g c a ps a re in sta lle d

7

C h ec k ce lls in te rco n ne c tion s ag a in st d raw in gs

8

C h ec k ca b le c o nn e c tio n s

9

C h ec k all e lec trolyte le ve ls a re c o rre c t (if a p plic a ble ).

10

C h ec k sp e c ia l to ols an d s afe ty e q uip m en t a re a va ila ble .

11

C h ec k ro o m is s uita b ly ve ntila te d (na tu ra l ven tila tio n )

12

P rod u c e m ark e d -u p dra w in g s in a c co rd an c e w ith in s talla tion .

13

P rod u c e a de fe c ts lis t fo r pu n ch lis t is s ue .

X

N .A N o t A pp lic ab le

C h e c ke d & n o t a c ce p te d

9

C he c k ed & ac c ep te d

D ra w in g s & d o c . ref.:

REM ARKS

D AT E

N AM E

S IG N AT U R E



Page 110/110

-

111



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 2

ELECTRICAL PRECOMMISSIONING CHECK LIST LIGHTING CIRCUIT AND CONVENIENCE SOCKET OUTLETS CIRCUIT

PROJECT

rev.---- Date: --- / --- / ---

SUB-SYSTEM: EQUIPMENT N°: LOCATION: CHECK LIST

ITEM

CIRCUIT n°

Lighting /Socket circuit tag number

1

Check that the circuit is de-energized and safe.

2

Check luminaires / sockets rating and tagging against drawings.

3

Check luminaires / sockets are correctly mounted, accessible and don't clash with other equipment.

4

Check luminaires / sockets and junction boxes are undamaged

5

Check luminaires / sockets and junction boxes are installed in accordance with drawings

6

Check all unused entries on junction boxes are suitably plugged

7

Check cable glands mounting and compliance with specification

8

Check cable for proper connection

9


10

Check circuit breaker rating

11


12

Produce a defects list for punch list issue.

13

X

N.A Not Applicable


9

Checked & accepted


REMARKS

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


Page 111/111

-

112



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 2

E LE C TR IC AL P R E C O M M IS S IO N IN G C H E C K L IS T

P R O JE C T

POW ER SOCKET OUTLETS re v.---- D ate: --- / --- / ---


IT E M

SOCKET n°

P o w er S o cket circu it tag n u m b er

1

C h e ck tha t circu it is d e-en e rg ize d a nd sa fe .

2

C h e ck the con fo rm ity ag a in st d ra w ing s an d spe cifica tio n.

3

C h e ck sockets are co rrectly m o un te d , a cce ssib le .

4

C h e ck sockets an d ju nctio n b oxe s a re u n da m a ge d

5

C h e ck socket a nd ju n ctio n bo xe s a re in sta lle d in acco rd a nce w ith d ra w in gs

6

C h e ck cab le g la n ds m o un ting a nd co m plian ce w ith sp e cification

7

C h e ck cab le for p ro pe r co n ne ctio n

8

C h e ck m e ch a nica l interlo ck

9

C h e ck circu it brea ker ra tin g

10

C h e ck e a rth in g an d b on d ing a re in co n fo rm ity w ith project sp e cification s.

11

C h e ck e a rth in g an d b on d ing a g ainst draw in g s.

12

P rod u ce m a rke d-up d ra w in gs in a cco rd an ce w ith in sta llation .

13

P rod u ce a d e fe cts list fo r pu n ch list issu e .

X

N .A N ot A pp lica b le

C h e cke d & no t acce p te d

9

C h e cked & acce p te d

D raw in g s & d o c . re f.:

R E M AR K S :

D AT E

N AM E

S IG N AT U R E

C AR R IE D O U T B Y C O N T R AC T O R C O M P AN Y F O R M : C -P X -1 9 - 1 /1 - S e p t.0 3 This document is the property of Total. It must not be stored, reproduced or disclosed to others without written authorisation from the Company.

Page 112/112

-

113



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 2

ELECTRICAL PRECOMMISSIONING CHECK LIST HEATER

PROJECT

rev.---- Date: --- / --- / ---

SUB-SYSTEM:

TAG NUMBERS


ITEM

1

Check equipment is de-energized and safe.

2

Check nameplate data is correct.

3

Check cable glands and terminals for proper size and installation.

4

Check equipment tagging against drawings.

5


6

Produce marked-up termination drawing in accordance with installation.

7

Check the avaibility of certification documents according hazardous area equipment installation

8

Check Supplier's documentation and drawings

9

Produce a defects list for punch list issue

10 11 12 13

X

N.A Not Applicable


9

Checked & accepted


REMARKS

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE



Page 113/113

-

114



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 2


P R O JE C T

N E U TR AL E AR TH IN G R E S IS TO R rev.----

D ate: --- / --- / ---


IT E M

1

C heck equipm ent is de-energized and safe.

2

C heck equipm ent is installed according layout

3

C heck conform ity to data sheet / project specification

4

C heck earthing and bonding against drawings

5

C heck nam eplate data are correct.

6

C heck coating integrity

7

C heck cable glands (if any) and term inals for proper size and installation.

8

C heck connection

9

C heck equipm ent tagging against draw ings.

10

C heck warning labels and safety instruction are installed

11

P roduce m arked-up term ination drawing in accordance with installation.

12

C heck S upplier's docum entation and drawings

13

P roduce a defects list for punch list issue.

X


C hecked & not accepted

9

C hecked & accepted

D raw in gs & doc. ref.:

R E M AR K S

D AT E

N AM E

S IG N AT U R E

C AR R IE D O U T B Y C O N T R AC T O R C O M P AN Y FO R M : C -P X -21 - 1/1 - S ept.04 This document is the property of Total. It must not be stored, reproduced or disclosed to others without written authorisation from the Company.

Page 114/114

-

115



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 2

ELECTRICAL PRECOM M ISSIONING CHECK LIST

PROJECT

TRACE HEATING rev.---- Date: --- / --- / ---

SUB-SYSTEM :

CIRCUIT TAG N°

EQUIPM ENT N°: LOCATION: CHECK LIST

ITEM

1

Check that the circuit is de-energized and safe.

2

Check all tapes and junction boxex are undamaged

3

Check all tapes and junction boxes are installed according to drawings.

4

Check all tapes characteristics against project data (type, rated power).

5

Check cable glands mounting and compliance with specification

6

Check thermostat installation (if any)

7

Check rating of circuit breaker against drawings

8

Check circuit earthing and bonding against drawings.

9

Check tapes, junction boxes, cables and accessories tagging.

10

Check the avaibility of certification documents according hazardous area equipment installation

11

Produce a defects list for punch list issue

12


13

X

N.A Not Applicable Draw ings & doc. ref.:


9

Checked & accepted

P&ID/ ISO:

REMARKS

DATE

NAM E

SIGNATURE

CARRIED OUT BY CONTRACTOR COM PANY FORM: C-PX-22 - 1/1 - Sept.04


Page 115/115

-

116



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 2


PRO JECT

C O N T R O L S T A T IO N re v .----

D a te : --- / --- / ---

S U B -S Y S T E M : E Q U IP M E N T N °: L O C A T IO N : C H E C K L IS T

IT E M

C O N T R O L S T A T IO N S T A G N °

1

C h e c k c irc u it is d e -e n e rg iz e d a n d s a fe .

2

C h e c k e q u ip m e n t is in s ta lle d in a c c o rd a n c e w ith la y o u t d ra w in g

3

C h e c k e q u ip m e n t is u n d a m a g e d a n d c o rre c ly ta g g e d

4

C h e c k n a m e p la te d a ta is c o rre c t

5

C h e c k c o n tro l s ta tio n a n d e m e rg e n c y s to p p u s h b u tto n a c c e s s ib ility

6

C h e c k p u s h b u tto n s fo r p ro p e r m e c h a n ic a l o p e ra tio n

7

C h e c k lo c a l a n m e te r s c a le (if a n y )

8

C h e c k a ll b o lts a re fitte d a n d a ll u n u s e d e n trie s a re s u ita b ly p lu g g e d .

9

C h e c k c a b le g la n d s m o u n tin g a n d c o m p lia n c e w ith s p e c ific a tio n

10

C h e c k c a b le g la n d s a n d te rm in a ls fo r p ro p e r s iz e a n d in s ta lla tio n .

11

C h e c k e a rth in g a n d b o n d in g a g a in s t d ra w in g s .

13

C h e c k th e a v a ib ility o f c e rtific a tio n d o c u m e n ts a c c o rd in g h a z a rd o u s a re a e q u ip m e n t in s ta lla tio n P ro d u c e m a rk e d -u p te rm in a tio n d ra w in g s in a c c o rd a n c e w ith in s ta lla tio n .

14

P ro d u c e a d e fe c ts lis t fo r p u n c h lis t is s u e .

12

X



9



R EM AR K S:

D AT E

N AM E

S IG N A T U R E

C A R R IE D O U T B Y C O N TR AC TO R C O M PAN Y F O R M : C -P X -2 3 - 1 /1 - S e p t.0 4


Page 116/116

-

117



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 2


PRO JECT

N A V IG A T IO N A ID S re v .----

S U B -S Y S T E M :

D a te : --- / --- / ---

TAG N U M B ER S

E Q U IP M E N T N °: L O C A T IO N : C H E C K L IS T

IT E M

1

C h e c k e q u ip m e n t is d e -e n e rg is e d a n d s a fe .

2

C h e c k a ll e q u ip m e n ts a re u n d a m a g e d

3

C h e c k a ll e q u ip m e n t in s ta lla tio n a g a in s t d ra w in g s .

4

C h e c k a ll b o lts a re fitte d a n d c o rre c ly tig h te d

5

C h e c k e q u ip m e n t is c o rre c tly ta g g e d a s p e r d ra w in g s

6

C h e c k n a m e p la te d a ta is in a c c o rd a n c e w ith p ro je c t d a ta

7

C h e c k a ll u n u s e d e n trie s a re s u ita b ly p lu g g e d

8


9

C h e c k e q u ip m e n t e a rth in g a n d b o n d in g a g a in s t d ra w in g s .

10

P e rfo rm C h e c k s a c c o rd in g to M a n u fa c tu re r's p ro c e d u re (if a n y )

12

C h e c k th e a v a ib ility o f c e rtific a tio n d o c u m e n ts a c c o rd in g h a z a rd o u s a re a e q u ip m e n t in s ta lla tio n P ro d u c e m a rk e d -u p te rm in a tio n d ra w in g in a c c o rd a n c e w ith in s ta lla tio n .

13

P ro d u c e a lis t o f a n y d e fe c ts fo r p u n c h lis t is s u e .

11

X



9



R EM AR K S:

D ATE

N AM E

S IG N A T U R E



Page 117/117

-

118



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 2


PROJECT

EARTHING SYSTEM rev.---- Date: --- / --- / ---

SUB-SYST k

TAG NUMBERS


ITEM

1

Check all earth bars installation and tagging against drawings.

2

Check earthing cables installation and tagging against drawings.

3

Check earthing cables cross section against drawings.

4

Check all connections are tight, clean and coated with an approved anti-corrosive grease.

5

Check earthing networks segregation (IS)

6

Check earth rods correct installation

7


8

Produce a defects list for punch list issue.

9 10

X

N.A Not Applicable


9

Checked & accepted


DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


Page 118/118

-

119



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 2

E L E C T R IC A L P R E C O M M IS S IO N IN G C H E C K L IS T M IS C E L L A N E O U S E L E C T R IC A L E Q U IP M E N T

PRO JECT

re v.----

D a te : --- / --- / ---


IT E M

C O N T R O L S T A T IO N S T A G N °

1

C h e c k c irc u it is d e -e n e rg ize d a n d s a fe .

2

C h e c k e q u ip m e n t is in s ta lle d in a c c o rd a n c e w ith la yo u t d ra w in g

3

C h e c k e q u ip m e n t is u n d a m a g e d a n d c o rre c ly ta g g e d

4

C h e c k n a m e p la te d a ta is c o rre c t

5

C h e c k a ll b o lts a re fitte d a n d a ll u n u s e d e n trie s a re s u ita b ly p lu g g e d .

6


7

C h e c k c a b le g la n d s a n d te rm in a ls fo r p ro p e r s ize a n d in s ta lla tio n .

8


10

C h e c k th e a va ib ility o f c e rtific a tio n d o c u m e n ts a c c o rd in g h a za rd o u s a re a e q u ip m e n t in s ta lla tio n P ro d u c e m a rk e d -u p te rm in a tio n d ra w in g s in a c c o rd a n c e w ith in s ta lla tio n .

11


9

12 13

X



9



R E M AR K S :

D AT E

N AM E

S IG N AT U R E



Page 119/119

-

120



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 2


PRO JECT

CABLE TRAY / LADDER re v .----

S U B -S Y S T E M :

D a te : --- / --- /

TAG N U M B ER S

E Q U IP M E N T N ° : L O C A T IO N : C H E C K L IS T

IT E M

1

C h e c k c a b le tra y / la d d e r is u n d a m a g e d a n d in s ta lle d a g a in s t d ra w in g s w ith o u t c la s h e s w ith p ip e ru n s o r o th e r e q u ip m e n t.

2

C h e c k c a b le tra y / la d d e r is a d e q u a te ly s u p p o rte d a g a in s t d ra w in g s ( n o e x c e s s iv e d e fle c tio n ).

3

C h e c k c a b le s s e g re g a tio n in a c c o rd a n c e w ith d ra w in g s .

4

C h e c k th e c a p a c ity o f c a b le tra y / la d d e r (b u n c h in g , s iz e o f c a b le s , e tc … ).

5

C h e c k in s u la tio n p a d s a re a d a p te d to s ta in le s s s te e l o r a lu m in iu m c a b le tra y /la d d e r.

6

C h e c k c a b le tra y / la d d e r c le a n n e s s

7

C h e c k lid s in ta lla tio n (if a n y ) a g a in s t d ra w in g s ,

8

C h e c k c a b le tra y / la d d e r e a rth e d a n d b o n d e d a g a in s t d ra w in g s .

9

P ro d u c e m a rk e d -u p la y o u t d ra w in g in a c c o rd a n c e w ith in s ta lla tio n .

10


X



9


D r a w in g s & d o c . re f.:

REM AR KS:

D ATE

N AM E

S IG N A T U R E



Page 120/120

-

121



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 2

E L E C T R IC A L PRO JECT R E C O M M IS S IO N IN G C H E C K L IS J U N C T IO N B O X re v .---- D a te : --- / --- / --M A R S H A L L IN G B O X S U B -S Y S T E M :

TAG N U M B ER S

E Q U IP M E N T N °: L O C A T IO N : C H E C K L IS T

IT E M

1

C h e c k b o x is d e -e n e rg iz e d a n d s a fe .

2

C h e c k b o x is c o rre c tly m o u n te d a n d e a s ily a c c e s s ib le .

3

C h e c k b o x ta g g in g a g a in s t d ra w in g .

4

C h e c k n a m e p la te d a ta is c o rre c t.

5

C h e c k fla m e p ro o f jo in ts a re c le a n a n d g re a s e d w ith a p p ro v e d lu b ric a n ts

6

C h e c k fo r m is s in g b o lts a n d g a s k e ts

7

C h e c k a ll b o lts a re fitte d a n d c o rre c ly tig h te d .

8

C h e c k a ll u n u s e d e n trie s a re s u ita b ly p lu g g e d .

9


10


11

C h e c k te rm in a l b lo c k s s e g re g a tio n b a rrie rs a re fitte d w h e re n e c e s s a ry .

12

C h e c k th e a v a ila b ility o f c e rtific a tio n d o c u m e n ts a c c o rd in g to h a z a rd o u s a re a b o x in s ta lla tio n

13

P ro d u c e m a rk e d -u p te rm in a tio n d ra w in g s in a c c o rd a n c e w ith in s ta lla tio n .

14


X



9



R EM AR K S:

D ATE

N AM E

S IG N A T U R E



Page 121/121

-

122



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 3

Appendix 3

Electrical “Test Sheet” master forms


Page 122/122

-

123



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 3

ELECTRICAL PRECOMMISSIONING TEST SHEET

DATE

sept-03

LIST OF TEST SHEET FORMS SHEET FORM

DESIGNATION

DATE

T-PX-00

LIST

sept-04

T-PX-01

GENERATOR

sept-04

T-PX-02

POWER TRANSFORMER

sept-04

T-PX-03

1

OF 1

REMARKS

NOT USED

T-PX-04

HV SWITCHBOARD / MCC

sept-04

T-PX-05

LV SW ITCHBOARD / MCC

sept-04

T-PX-06

CANCELLED

T-PX-07

BUS DUCT

sept-04

T-PX-08

HV CABLE

sept-04

T-PX-09

LV POW ER CABLE

sept-04

T-PX-10

MULTICORE CABLES

sept-04

T-PX-11

NOT USED

T-PX-12

HV MOTOR

sept-04

T-PX-13

LV MOTOR

sept-04

T-PX-14

DC MOTOR

sept-04

T-PX-15

LV DISTRIBUTION BOARD /CONTROL PANEL /CONSOLE

sept-04

T-PX-16

CHARGER / INVERTER

sept-04

T-PX-17

BATTERIES

sept-04

T-PX-18

LIGHTING CIRCUITS & CONVENIENCE SOCKET OUTLETS

sept-04

T-PX-19


sept-04

T-PX-20

ELECTRICAL HEATER (Electrical needles)

sept-04

T-PX-21

NEUTRAL EARTHING RESISTOR

sept-04

T-PX-22

TRACE HEATING

sept-04

T-PX-23

CONTROL STATION

sept-04

T-PX-24

LOCAL ISOLATOR

sept-03

T-PX-25

NAVIGATION AIDS

sept-04

T-PX-26

EARTHING SYSTEM

sept-03

CANCELLED

FORM: C-PX-00 -1/1 - Sept 03 This document is the property of Total. It must not be stored, reproduced or disclosed to others without written authorisation from the Company.

Page 123/123

-

124



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 3

E LE C TR IC AL P R E C O M M IS S IO N IN G TE S T S H E E T

G E N E R AL P U R P O S E

P R O JE C T

rev --- D ate --- / --- / ---

'E Q U IP M E N T D E S IG N ATIO N : TA G N U M B E R :

S U B S Y S TE M :

D E S C R IP TIO N :

LO C A TIO N :

E Q U IP M E N T N ° :

SHEET :

of

N AM E P L ATE D ATA M A N U FA C TU R E R :

TY P E :

S E R IA L N ° :

V O LTA G E :

FR E Q U E N C Y :

R A TIN G :

S U P P LY FR O M :

D A TA S H E E T : IN S TR U M E N T D E TAILS

TY P E / S E R IA L N ° :

TY P E / S E R IA L N ° :

TY P E / S E R IA L N ° : TE S T R E S U LTS R E S U LT

T E S T D E S C R IP TIO N 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

R E F E R E N C E D O C U M E N TS :

NAME

ACCEPTED BY

TE S TE D

S IG N A TU R E

D A TE

BY

C O N TR A C T O R COMPANY

FO R M : T - P X- 1/1 - S ept 03


Page 124/124

-

125



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 3


PROJECT

GENERATOR

rev --- Date --- / --- / ---

TAG NUMBER :

SUBSYSTEM :

DESCRIPTION :

LOCATION :

EQUIPMENT N° :

SHEET : 1 of 1 GENERATOR DATA

MANUFACTURER :

SERIAL N° :

FLC :

Amps

RATED OUTPOUT

kVA

Type of protection (Ex):

SPEED :

rpm

POWER FACTOR

VOLTAGE :

kV

FREQUENCY :

Hz

DATA SHEET:

IP RATING : TESTING INSTRUMENTS USED

TYPE / SERIAL N° :

TYPE / SERIAL N° :

TYPE / SERIAL N° : TEST RESULTS INSULATION RESISTANCE / H.V. TESTS TEST VOLT.

GENERATOR TEST CONFIGURATION

MINI REQU.

U-VWE

V-UWE

W-UVE

INSULATION RESISTANCE TEST (MΩ) POLARISATION INDEX 10:1 MINUTE RATIO

WINDING RESISTANCE :

IP =

2,5

FAT VALUE =

Ω U-W

U-V

Ω V-W

Voltage

Ω

Mini Req

Readings

EXCITER INSULATION RESISTANCE / EARTH

MΩ

SPACE HEATER INSULATION RESISTANCE PHASE/EARTH

MΩ

BEARING INSULATION RESISTANCE SHAFT DRIVING END

MΩ

BEARING INSULATION RESISTANCE SHAFT NON DRIVIND END

MΩ

CONTINUITY TESTS Bearing probe shaft DE CONTINUITY

Bearing probe NDE

Space heater Exciter circuit circuit

PH/E

REMARKS

ACCEPTED BY

TESTED BY

NAME

SIGNATURE

DATE

CONTRACTOR COMPANY

FORM : T - PX -01- 1/1 - Sept 04 This document is the property of Total. It must not be stored, reproduced or disclosed to others without written authorisation from the Company.

Page 125/125

-

126



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 3


PROJECT

POWER TRANSFORMER

rev --- Date --- / --- / ---

TAG NUMBER :

SUBSYSTEM :

DESCRIPTION :

LOCATION :

EQUIPMENT N° :

SHEET :

1

of

1

TRANSFORMER DATA MANUFACTURER :

SERIAL N° :

PRIMARY VOLTAGE :

SECONDARY VOLTAGE :

HV SWITCHBOARD:

POWER RATING :

kVA

VECTOR GROUP :

LV SWITCHBOARD:

DATA SHEET:

TESTING INSTRUMENTS USED TYPE / SERIAL N° :

TYPE / SERIAL N° :

TYPE / SERIAL N° :

TEST RESULTS INSULATION RESISTANCE / H.V. TESTS Primary windings / Secondary windings - Earth Voltage

Mini Req

Secondary windings /primary windings- Earth

Readings

INSULATION TEST

Voltage

Mini Req

Readings

MΩ

MΩ

voltage Mini Req

Readings

TANK INSULATION RESISTANCE

MΩ

AUXILIARY WIRING INSULATION RESISTANCE

MΩ

OIL BREAKDOWN TESTS OIL 'WATER CONTENT TEST

ppm

< 50

DIELECTRIC STRENGTH

kV/cm CONTINUITY CHECK PHASES / TAPPING POSITION

Ph1 / Ph2

Ph1 / Ph3

Ph3 / Ph2

TAPPING POSITION -5% -2,50% 0 + 2,5 % +5%

REMARKS:

ACCEPTED BY

TESTED BY

NAME

SIGNATURE

DATE

CONTRACTOR COMPANY

FORM : T - PX -02- 1/1 - Sept 04


Page 126/126

-

127



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 3


PROJECT

AUXILIARY LV TRANSFORMER

rev --- Date --- / --- / ---

TAG NUMBER :

SUBSYSTEM :

DESCRIPTION :

LOCATION :

EQUIPMENT N° :

SHEET :

1

of

1

NAME PLATE DATA MANUFACTURER :

SERIAL N° :

RATING :

PRIMARY VOLTS :

SECONDARY VOLTS :

VECTOR GROUP :

INSULATION CLASS :

UPSTREAM SWITCHBOARD :

kVA

DATA SHEET :

DOWNSTREAM SWITCHBOARD : TESTING INSTRUMENTS USED TYPE / SERIAL N° :

TYPE / SERIAL N° :

TYPE / SERIAL N° : TEST RESULTS INSULATION RESISTANCE TESTS

TEST VOLT.

MINI REQU.

READINGS

BETWEEN PRIMARY WINDINGS AND EARTH

MΩ

BETWEEN SECONDARY WINDINGS AND EARTH

MΩ

BETWEEN SECONDARY WINDING AND PRIMARY WINDINGS

MΩ

CONTINUITY CHECK PHASES / TAPPING POSITION

Ph1 / Ph2

Ph1 / Ph3

Ph3 / Ph2

TAPPING POSITION -5% -2,50% 0 + 2,5 % +5%

REMARKS

ACCEPTED BY

TESTED BY

NAME

SIGNATURE

DATE

CONTRACTOR COMPANY

FORM : T - PX -03- 1/1 - Sept 04


Page 127/127

-

128



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 3


PROJECT

HV SWITCHBOARD

rev --- Date --- / --- / ---

TAG NUMBER :

SUBSYSTEM :

DESCRIPTION :

LOCATION :

EQUIPMENT N° :

SHEET :

1

of

1

SWITCHBOARD DATA MANUFACTURER :

SERIAL N° :

VOLTAGE :

TYPE :

V CURRENT :

Rated peak current:

A

FREQUENCY :

kA/1s IP RATING:

DATA SHEET


TYPE / SERIAL N° :

TYPE / SERIAL N° : TEST RESULTS Polarity distribution

Bus bars R

S

T

Control

Signalling

Space heater circuit

Motor rearming wiring

CONTINUITY BUS-BAR Test VOLT

MINI REQU.

R-STE

S-RTE

T-RSE

Control Wiring

Signaling wiring


1st INSULATION RESISTANCE -M HV TEST 1 min. 2nd INSULATION RESISTANCE -M

Test VOLT.

MINI REQU.


INSULATION RESISTANCE -M

VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER INSULATION RESISTANCE TEST CONTINUITY Primary

VT IDENTIFICATION

Secondary

INSULATION

Prim/secondaryEarth

U1 U2 U3 V1a V2a V3a V1b V2b V3b U1-E U2-E U3-E

Secondary/primary- Earth V1a-E

V2a-E

V3a-E

V1b-E

V2b-E

V3b-E

REMARKS: For VT tests : Secondary shall have neutral disconnected

ACCEPTED BY

TESTED BY

NAME

SIGNATURE

DATE

CONTRACTOR COMPANY

FORM : T - PX -04- 1/1 - Sept 04


Page 128/128

-

129



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 3


PROJECT

LV SWITCHBOARD

rev --- Date --- / --- / ---

TAG NUMBER :

SUBSYSTEM :

DESCRIPTION :

LOCATION :

EQUIPMENT N° :

SHEET :

1

of

1

SWITCHBOARD DATA MANUFACTURER :

SERIAL N° :

VOLTAGE :

V

Rated peak current:

TYPE :

CURRENT :

A

kA/1s IP RATING

FREQUENCY :

HZ

DATA SHEET: SPECIFICATION:


TYPE / SERIAL N° :

TYPE / SERIAL N° :

TEST RESULTS INSULATION RESISTANCE / H.V. TESTS BUSBAR Test VOLT

R-STE S-RTE T-RSE

MINI REQU.

1st INSULATION RESISTANCE -M HV TEST 1 min.

µA

2nd INSULATION RESISTANCE -M

Test VOLT. MINI REQU.

Control Wiring

Signaling wiring


Control Wiring

Signaling wiring



Bus bars R

S

T


CONTINUITY

CONTINUITY VT IDENTIFICATION

Primary

Secondary

INSULATION

Prim/secondaryEarth

U1 U2 U3 V1a V2a V3a V1b V2b V3b U1-E

U2-E U3-E

Secondary/primary- Earth

V1a-E

V2a-E

V3a-E

V1b-E

V2b-E

V3b-E

REMARKS: For VT tests : Secondary shall have neutral disconnected

ACCEPTED BY

TESTED BY

NAME

SIGNATURE

DATE

CONTRACTOR COMPANY

FORM : T-PX - 05 - 1/1 - Sept 04


Page 129/129

-

130



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 3


PROJECT

BUS DUCT

rev --- Date --- / --- / ---

TAG NUMBER :

SUBSYSTEM :

DESCRIPTION :

LOCATION :

EQUIPMENT N° :

SHEET :

1

of

1

NAME PLATE DATA MANUFACTURER : VOLTAGE :

SERIAL N° :

TYPE :

V RATING :

ASSOCIATED SWBD. :

A

ASSOCIATED TRANSF.:

FREQUENCY :

HZ

I.P. RATING :


TYPE / SERIAL N° :

TYPE / SERIAL N° :

TEST RESULTS INSULATION RESISTANCE / H.V. TESTS BUS-BAR Test VOLT

MINI REQU.

Test VOLT.

MINI REQU.

R-STE

T-RSE

S-RTE

1st INSULATION RESISTANCE -M Ohms HV TEST 1 min. 2 nd INSULATION RESISTANCE M Ohms Space heater circuit


Bus bars R

S

T


CONTINUITY

REMARKS

NAME

SIGNATURE

DATE

ACCEPTED BY

TESTED BY CONTRACTOR COMPANY

FORM : T - PX -07 - 1/1 - Sept 04


Page 130/130

-

131



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 3


PROJECT

HV CABLE

rev --- Date --- / --- / ---

CABLE TAG NUMBER :

SUBSYSTEM :

DESCRIPTION :

LOCATION :

EQUIPMENT N° :

SHEET :

1

of

1


TYPE / SERIAL N° :

TYPE / SERIAL N° : ELECTRICAL TESTS ( CABLE DISCONNECTED ) CROSS SECTION

mm²

mm²

CABLE SCHEDULE CROSS SECTION :

CABLE TAG NUMBER (for parallel unipolar cables)

CORE CONTINUITY SCREEN CONTINUITY ARMOUR CONTINUITY 1 st INSULATION TEST: Voltage applied:

kV

Ph1/Ph2-Ph3-armour-Earth :

MΩ

Ph2/Ph1-Ph3-armour-Earth

MΩ


MΩ

HV TEST 1 min. :Voltage applied:

kV


µA


µA


µA

2nd INSULATION TEST: Voltage applied:

kV

Ph1/Ph2-Ph3-armour-Earth :

MΩ


MΩ


MΩ

RE-CONNECT TERMINATIONS Tightening torque

N.m

ACCEPTED BY

N.A: Not applicable

NAME

SIGNATURE

DATE


FORM : T - PX -08- 1/1 - Sept 04


Page 131/131

-

132



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 3

ELECTRICAL PRECOMMISSIONING TEST SHEET L.V. POWER CABLES CABLE TAG NUMBER

SUBSYSTEM :

DESCRIPTION :

LOCATION :

EQUIPMENT N° :

SHEET :

1

PROJECT

rev --- Date --- / --- / ---

of

1


TYPE / SERIAL N° :

TYPE / SERIAL N° : ELECTRICAL TESTS ( CABLE DISCONNECTED ) UPSTREAM CONNECTION ACCORDING CABLE SCHEDULE DOWNSTREAM CONNECTION ACCORDING CABLE SCHEDULE CROSS SECTION ACCORDING CABLE SCHEDULE

CONTINUITY PH 1 CORE CONTINUITY

PH 2 PH 3

ARMOUR CONTINUITY PROTECTIVE CONDUCTOR CONTINUITY

INSULATION PH1/ PH2-PH3-E CORES / EARTH ° ≈

PH2/ PH1-PH3-E PH3/ PH1-PH2-E

CORE / ARMOUR

M°

CABLE IS CORRECTLY RE-CONNECTED.

ACCEPTED BY

NAME

SIGNATURE

DATE


FORM : T - PX -09- 1/1 - Sept 04


Page 132/132

-

133



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 3


PROJECT

MULTICORE CABLES

rev --- Date --- / --- / ---

SUBSYSTEM : DESCRIPTION :

LOCATION :

EQUIPMENT N° :

SHEET :

1

of

TEST RESULTS CABLE N°

INSULATION TESTS CORE EARTH

CORE CORE

CORE SCREEN

CORE ARMr

SCREEN SCREEN EARTH ARMr

CONTINUITY TESTS CORES

SCREEN

EARTH

ARMr

SUB SYS

TEST VOLTS

TEST ALL CORES AND RECORD LOW EST VALUE

NAME

SIGNATURE

DATE

ACCEPTED BY


FORM : T - PX -10- 1/1 - Sept 03


Page 133/133

-

134



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 3


PROJECT

H.V. MOTOR

rev --- Date --- / --- / ---

TAG NUMBER :

SUBSYSTEM :

DESCRIPTION :

LOCATION :

EQUIPMENT N° :

SHEET :

1

of

1

MOTOR DATA MANUFACTURER :

SERIAL N° :

SPEED :

VOLTAGE :

V FREQUENCY :

FLC :

A type of protection:

SWBD & CUB REF. :

rpm

Hz RATING :

kW

IP RATING DATA SHEET :

INSULATION CLASS :


TYPE / SERIAL N° :

TYPE / SERIAL N° :

TEST RESULTS INSULATION RESISTANCE / H.V. TESTS TEST VOLT.

MOTOR TEST CONFIGURATION

MINI REQU.

U-VWE

V-UWE

W-UVE

Voltage

Mini Req

Readings

INSULATION RESISTANCE -MΩ 5

POLARISATION INDEX 10/1 MINUTE RATIO

STAR CONNECTION

DELTA CONNECTION

SPACE HEATER INSULATION RESISTANCE

MΩ

BEARING INSULATION RESISTANCE SHAFT END

MΩ

BEARING INSULATION RESISTANCE OPPOSITE SHAFT END

MΩ

WINDING RESISTANCE

Ω

U-V

MOTOR ROTATION FACING DRIVE END

Ω

U-W

Ω

V-W

C.C.W.

C.W

Bearing probe shaft end

Bearing probe Space heater opposite shaft end circuit

CONTINUITY

REMARKS

ACCEPTED BY

NAME

SIGNATURE

DATE


FORM : T - PX -12- 1/1 - Sept 04


Page 134/134

-

135



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 3


PROJECT

L.V. MOTOR

rev --- Date --- / --- / ---

TAG NUMBER :

SUBSYSTEM :

DESCRIPTION :

LOCATION :

EQUIPMENT N° :

SHEET :

1

of

1


SERIAL N° :

SPEED :

VOLTAGE :

V FREQUENCY :

FLC :

A type of protection:

SWBD & CUB REF. :

rpm

Hz RATING :

kW

IP RATING

INSULATION CLASS :

DATA SHEET :


TYPE / SERIAL N° :

TYPE / SERIAL N° : TEST RESULTS WINDING CONTINUITY

U:

V:

W:

TEST VOLTAGE

WINDING INSULATION RESISTANCE

MINI REQ.

READINGS

U-VWE

MΩ

V-UWE

MΩ

W-UVE

MΩ

TEST VOLTAGE

MINI REQ.

READING MΩ

HEATER INSULATION RESISTANCE: PHASE TO HEARTH

STAR CONNECTION

DELTA CONNECTION

REMARKS

NAME

SIGNATURE

DATE

ACCEPTED BY


FORM : T - PX -13- 1/1 - Sept 03


Page 135/135

-

136



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 3


D.C.

PROJECT

MOTOR

rev --- Date --- / --- / ---

TAG NUMBER :

SUBSYSTEM :

DESCRIPTION :

LOCATION :

EQUIPMENT N° :

SHEET :

1

of

1

MOTOR DATA MANUFACTURER :

SERIAL N° :

VOLTAGE :

SPEED :

V FLC

FIELD

rpm

A RATING :

A E"x" type

kW

IP RATING

SWBD & CUB REF. :

DATA SHEET :


TYPE / SERIAL N° :

TYPE / SERIAL N° :

TEST RESULTS INSULATION RESISTANCE TESTS TEST VOLTAGE

MINI REQ.

READINGS

ARMATURE TO EARTH

ΜΩ

SERIES FIELD TO EARTH

ΜΩ

SHUNT FIELD TO EARTH

ΜΩ

HEATER TO EARTH

ΜΩ

WINDING RESISTANCE

SERIES FIELD

ROTATION FROM NON DRIVE END

Ω SHUNT FIELD

C.W.

Ω ARMATURE

Ω

C.C.W.

SPRING TENSION ON BRUSHES ARMATURE CONTINUITY

REMARKS

ACCEPTED BY

TESTED

BY

NAME

SIGNATURE

DATE

CONTRACTOR COMPANY

FORM : T - PX -14- 1/1 - Sept 03


Page 136/136

-

137



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 3


PROJECT

LV DISTRIBUTION BOARD / CONTROL PANEL / CONSOLE TAG NUMBER :

SUBSYSTEM :

DESCRIPTION :

LOCATION :

EQUIPMENT N° :

SHEET :

1

rev --- Date --- / --- / ---

of

2

NAME PLATE DATA MANUFACTURER : VOLTAGE : INGRESS PROTECTION :

SERIAL N° :

TYPE

V FREQUENCY :

Hz RATING :

N° OF OUTGOERS:

A

SPECIFICATION:

SWBD & CUB REF. :

DATA SHEET : TESTING INSTRUMENTS USED

TYPE / SERIAL N° :

TYPE / SERIAL N° :

TYPE / SERIAL N° : TEST RESULTS INSULATION RESISTANCE TESTS

TEST VOLTAGE

MINI REQ.

READINGS

R-EARTH

MΩ

S-EARTH

MΩ

T-EARTH

MΩ

R-S

MΩ

S-T

MΩ

R-T

MΩ

REMARKS

ACCEPTED BY

TESTED BY

NAME

SIGNATURE

DATE

CONTRACTOR COMPANY

FORM : T - PX 15- 1/1 - Sept 04 This document is the property of Total. It must not be stored, reproduced or disclosed to others without written authorisation from the Company.

Page 137/137

-

138



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 3


PROJECT

CHARGER / INVERTER

rev --- Date --- / --- / ---

TAG NUMBER :

SUBSYSTEM :

DESCRIPTION :

LOCATION :

EQUIPMENT N° :

SHEET :

1

of

1


SERIAL N° :

TYPE :

INPUT :

V

OUTPUT :

V

RATING :

INPUT :

A

OUTPUT :

A

SPECIFICATION :

SUPPLY SWBD & CUB REF. :

DATA SHEET :


TYPE / SERIAL N° :

TYPE / SERIAL N° :

TEST RESULTS MANUFACTURER REPORT NUMBER :

MAIN COMMENTS / REMARKS OF MANUFACTURER:

NAME

SIGNATURE

DATE

ACCEPTED BY


FORM : T - PX -16 - 1/1 - Sept 04


Page 138/138

-

139



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 3


PROJECT

BATTERIES

rev --- Date --- / --- / ---

TAG NUMBER :

SUBSYSTEM :

DESCRIPTION :

LOCATION :

EQUIPMENT N° :

SHEET :

of

--

BATTERY DATA MANUFACTURER :

SERIAL N° :

N° OF CELLS :

CELL VOLTAGE :

BATTERIES CAPACITY :

BATTERY TYPE V BATTERY CHARGER :

Ah BATTERY VOLTAGE

V AMBIENT TEMPERATURE:


TYPE / SERIAL N° :

NA Not Applicable

X


9

NAME

ELECTROLYTE LEVEL

Connection tightening

CELL TAG NUMBER

ELECTROLYTE LEVEL


CELL TAG NUMBER

ELECTROLYTE LEVEL


CELL TAG NUMBER

ELECTROLYTE LEVEL


CELL TAG NUMBER

ELECTROLYTE LEVEL


CELL TAG NUMBER

ELECTROLYTE LEVEL


CELL TAG NUMBER

TYPE / SERIAL N° :

Checked & accepted

SIGNATURE

DATE

ACCEPTED BY


FORM : T - PX -17- 1/1 - Sept 04


Page 139/139

-

140



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 3


PROJECT

LIGHTING CIRCUIT AND CONVENIENCE SOCKET OUTLETS CIRCUITS TAG NUMBER :

rev --- Date --- / --- / ---

SUBSYSTEM :

DESCRIPTION :

LOCATION :

EQUIPMENT N° :

SHEET :

1

of

1

CIRCUIT DATA DISTRIBUTION BOARD:

LAYOUT DWG

VOLTAGE :

TYPE OF PROTECTION :

PROTECTION RATING :

V

A CIRCUIT LOAD :

A

WIRING DIAG n°


TYPE / SERIAL N° :

TYPE / SERIAL N° :

TEST RESULTS INSULATION RESISTANCE TESTS TEST VOLTAGE :

CIRCUIT NUMBER

V

INSULATION RESISTANCE

CIRCUIT NUMBER

INSULATION RESISTANCE

ΜΩ

ΜΩ

ΜΩ

ΜΩ

ΜΩ

ΜΩ

ΜΩ

ΜΩ

ΜΩ

ΜΩ

ΜΩ

ΜΩ

ΜΩ

ΜΩ

ΜΩ

ΜΩ

ΜΩ

ΜΩ

ΜΩ

ΜΩ

ΜΩ

ΜΩ

ΜΩ

ΜΩ

ΜΩ

ΜΩ

NAME

SIGNATURE

DATE

ACCEPTED BY


FORM : T - PX -18 - 1/1 - Sept 04


Page 140/140

-

141



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 3


PROJECT


rev --- Date --- / --- / ---

TAG NUMBER :

SUBSYSTEM :

DESCRIPTION :

LOCATION :

EQUIPMENT N° :

SHEET :

1

of

1

CIRCUIT DATA MANUFACTURER :

CIRCUIT REF :

VOLTAGE :

V

TYPE :

RATING :

A LAYOUT DWG :

DIST'N BOARD :

WIRING DIAG n°


TYPE / SERIAL N° :

TYPE / SERIAL N° :

TEST RESULTS INSULATION RESISTANCE TESTS INSULATION RESISTANCE TEST VOLTAGE

VOLTS

TEST EACH PHASE TO EARTH ( RECORD MINIMUM VALUE )

ΜΩ

SOCKET OUTLET: TAG NUMBER

U-V

V-W

U-W

NAME

U-EARTH

SIGNATURE

V-EARTH

W-EARTH

DATE

ACCEPTED BY


FORM : T - PX -19 - 1/1 - Sept 04


Page 141/141

-

142



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 3


PROJECT

HEATER (Electrical needles)

rev --- Date --- / --- / ---

TAG NUMBER :

SUBSYSTEM :

DESCRIPTION :

LOCATION :

EQUIPMENT N° :

SHEET :

1

of

1


SERIAL N° :

VOLTAGE :

V

FREQUENCY :

Hz IP RATING:

TYPE :

FLC :

SUPPLIED FROM :

A RATING :

KW

DATA SHEET :

type of protection:

SPECIFICATION:


TYPE / SERIAL N° :

TYPE / SERIAL N° :

TEST RESULTS INSULATION RESISTANCE TEST

Volts

TEST VOLTAGE : R/ S-T-EARTH

ΜΩ

S/ R-T-EARTH

ΜΩ

T/S-R-EARTH

ΜΩ

RESISTANCE MEASUREMENT

Ω

R1 - R2

Ω

S1 - S2

T1 - T2

Ω

REMARKS

NAME

SIGNATURE

DATE

ACCEPTED BY


FORM : T - PX -20 - 1/1 - Sept 04


Page 142/142

-

143



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 3


PROJECT

NEUTRAL EARTHING RESISTOR TAG NUMBER :

SUBSYSTEM :

DESCRIPTION :

LOCATION :

EQUIPMENT N° :

SHEET :

1

rev --- Date --- / --- / ---

of

1


SERIAL N° : V

RATING Ohms/Amps/sec :

TYPE :

FREQUENCY :

HZ DATA SHEET

PERMANENT

A

SUPPLIED FROM


TYPE / SERIAL N° :

TYPE / SERIAL N° :

TEST RESULTS Ω (Measured)

NER RESISTANCE

Ω ( Design )

INSULATION RESISTANCE INSULATION RESISTANCE

Test voltage:

V

ΜΩ

REMARKS

NAME

SIGNATURE

DATE

ACCEPTED BY


FORM : T - PX -21- 1/1 - Sept 03


Page 143/143

-

144



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 3


PROJECT

TRACE HEATING

rev --- Date --- / --- / ---

TAG NUMBER :

SUBSYSTEM :

DESCRIPTION :

LOCATION :

EQUIPMENT N° :

SHEET :

1

of

1

CIRCUIT DATA LIST ASSOCIATED TRACE HEATING ISOMETRICS TAPE TYPE : SUBSYSTEM INSTALLED LENGTH : WIRING DIAG.:


TYPE / SERIAL N° :

TYPE / SERIAL N° :

TEST RESULTS Circuit number

TAPE n°

TAPE LENGTH

FIRST TEST Cont.

IR

FINAL TEST Cont.

TEST VOLTS

Thermostats

IR

FIRST TEST:Continuity and insulation resistance tests to earth for each conductor core are carried out after the tape is installed on pipework but before any insulation and cladding is fitted. FINAL TEST:Same as first test but carried out after pipework has been fully insulated and clad.

NAME

SIGNATURE

DATE

ACCEPTED BY


FORM : T - PX -22 - 1/1 - Sept 03 This document is the property of Total. It must not be stored, reproduced or disclosed to others without written authorisation from the Company.

Page 144/144

-

145



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 3


PROJECT

CONTROL STATION

rev --- Date --- / --- / ---

TAG NUMBER :

SUBSYSTEM :

DESCRIPTION :

LOCATION :

EQUIPMENT N° :

SHEET :

1

of

1


SERIAL N° : V

ASSOC'D EQUIPMENT :

TYPE :

FREQUENCY :

HZ RATING :

I.P. RATING :

A

DATA SHEET :


TYPE / SERIAL N° :

TYPE / SERIAL N° :

TEST RESULTS ON/OFF TEST

YES

NO

TEST VOLTAGE

Volts

INSULATION RESISTANCE EACH POLE TO EARTH ( RECORD MINIMUM VALUE )

ΜΩ

REMARK:

NAME

SIGNATURE

DATE

ACCEPTED BY


FORM : T - PX - 23 - 1/1 - Sept 04


Page 145/145

-

146



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 3


PROJECT

NAVIGATION AIDS TAG NUMBER :

rev --- Date --- / --- / ---

SUBSYSTEM :

DESCRIPTION :

LOCATION :

EQUIPMENT N° :

SHEET :

1

of

-- 1


SERIAL N° :

TYPE :

INPUT VOLTS :

INPUT CURRENT :

A DATA SHEET :

OUTPUT VOLTS :

OUTPUT CURRENT :

A SPECIFICATION:

SUPPLIED FROM :


TYPE / SERIAL N° :

TYPE / SERIAL N° :

TEST RESULTS

CARRY OUT ALL TESTS IN CONJUNCTION WITH MANUFACTURERS TEST PROCEDURES MANUFACTURER REPORT NUMBER :

MAIN COMMENTS / REMARKS OF MANUFACTURER:

REMARKS

NAME

SIGNATURE

DATE

ACCEPTED BY


FORM : T - PX - 25 - 1/1 - Sept 04


Page 146/146

-

147



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 3


PROJECT

EARTHING SYSTEM

rev --- Date --- / --- / ---

TAG NUMBER :

SUBSYSTEM :

DESCRIPTION :

LOCATION :

EQUIPMENT N° :

SHEET :

1

of

---


TYPE / SERIAL N° :

TYPE / SERIAL N° :

TEST RESULTS DRAWING N°

EQUIPMENT N° (FROM )

EARTH DISPATCHER (TO )

GLOBAL EARTHING RESISTANCE

Ω

EARTHING ROD RESISTANCE

Ω

NAME

LOOP RESISTANCE

ASSOIATED CABLE N°

TEST CURRENT

SIGNATURE

A

DATE

ACCEPTED BY


FORM : T - PX - 26 - 1/1 - Sept 03


Page 147/147

-

148



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 4

Appendix 4

Instrument “Check List” master forms


Page 148/148

-

149



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 4

INSTRUMENT PRECOMMISSIONING CHECK LIST

PROJECT

MISCELLANEOUS SHEET 1 OF 1

INSTRUMENT TYPE: SUB-SYSTEM:

TAG NUMBERS

EQUIPMENT No: LOCATION:

CHECK LIST

ITEM 1

Check for mechanical damage

2

Check installed equipment is suitable and conforms to specification

3

Check installation conforms to P&ID and hook-up drawing

4

Check tube fittings manufacturer is the one chosen for the plant

5

Check piping connections provide required block & bleed facility

6

Check insulation and heat-tracing

7

Check identification (tag number, tag plates)

Check supporting and protection against vibrations Check accessibility conforms to specifications, with platforming where 9 necessary 10 Check calibration certificate 8

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Flush instrument pipework with dry air 19 Check equipment is correctly preserved 20 Produce marked-up documents in accordance with installation 21 Produce the list of defects for punch list issue

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE

CARRIED OUT BY CONTRACTOR COMPANY FORM: C-JX-00 This document is the property of Total. It must not be stored, reproduced or disclosed to others without written authorisation from the Company.

Page 149/149

-

150



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 4


THERMOWELL SUB-SYSTEM:

PROJECT

SHEET 1 OF 1 TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM 1 2 3

Check for mechanical damage Check installed equipment is suitable and conforms to specification (length…) Check installation conforms to P&ID and hook-up drawing

4 5 6 7


8 9

Check accessibility conforms to specifications with platforming where necessary

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Check equipment is correctly preserved 20 Produce marked-up documents in accordance with installation 21 Produce the list of defects for punch list issue

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE

CARRIED OUT BY CONTRACTOR COMPANY FORM: C-JX-03


Page 150/150

-

151



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 4


LOCAL GAUGE

PROJECT


SUB-SYSTEM: EQUIPMENT No: LOCATION:

CHECK LIST

ITEM 1


2


3


4


5


6


7


Check supporting and protection against vibrations Check accessibility conforms to specifications with platforming where 9 necessary 10 Check calibration certificate 8

11 Check instrument positioning and visibility 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Flush instrument pipework with dry air 19 Check equipment is correctly preserved 20 Produce marked-up documents in accordance with installation 21 Produce the list of defects for punch list issue

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


Page 151/151

-

152



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 4


PROJECT

ELECTRICAL INSTRUMENT SHEET 1 OF 1

INSTRUMENT TYPE: SUB-SYSTEM:

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM 1


2


3


4


5


6


7



11 Check electrical connections 12 Check cable conformity and identification at instrument side 13 Check cable gland conformity and mounting 14 Check earthing connections (cable armour and screen) 15 Check ATEX certificate 16 17 18 Flush instrument pipework with dry air 19 Check equipment is correctly preserved 20 Produce marked-up documents in accordance with installation 21 Produce the list of defects for punch list issue

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


Page 152/152

-

153



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 4


ORIFICE PLATE SUB-SYSTEM:

PROJECT



CHECK LIST

ITEM 1


2


3

5

Check installation conforms to P&ID and hook-up drawing Check piping upstream and downstream straight lengths are in line with specifications Check flow direction is clearly identified on the tab

6

Measure bore and check tolerances against data sheet

7

Check tag number is stamped or engraved on tab

4

8 Check accessibility conforms to specifications, with platforming where necessary 10 Check calibration certificate 9

11 Check plate flatness and surface finish 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Protect and store plate until ready for installation (after hydrotest and just prior to commissioning) 20 Produce marked-up documents in accordance with installation 19

21 Produce the list of defects for punch list issue

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE



Page 153/153

-

154



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 4


TURBINE METER SUB-SYSTEM:

PROJECT



CHECK LIST

ITEM 1


2


3

5

Check installation conforms to P&ID and hook-up drawing Check installation is in accordance with flow direction and manufacturer's recommendations for upstream and downstream Check internal parts are clean and check for free rotation

6


7


4


11 Check electrical connections 12 Check cable conformity and identification 13 Check cable glands conformity and mounting 14 Check earthing connections (cable armour and screen) 15 Check ATEX certificate 16 17 18 19 Check equipment is correctly preserved 20 Produce marked-up documents in accordance with installation 21 Produce the list of defects for punch list issue

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


Page 154/154

-

155



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 4


VORTEX METER

PROJECT



CHECK LIST

ITEM 1


2


3

5

Check installation conforms to P&ID and hook-up drawing Check installation is in accordance with flow direction and manufacturer's recommendations for upstream and downstream straight lengths Check internal parts are clean

6


7


4


11 Check electrical connections 12 Check cable conformity and identification 13 Check cable gland conformity and mounting 14 Check earthing connections (cable armour and screen) 15 Check ATEX certificate 16 17 18 19 Check equipment is correctly preserved 20 Produce marked-up documents in accordance with installation 21 Produce the list of defects for punch list issue

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


Page 155/155

-

156



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 4


BURSTING DISK SUB-SYSTEM:

PROJECT



CHECK LIST

ITEM

3

Check for mechanical damage Check piping arrangement and disk holders conform to P&ID and installation details Check identification (tag number, tag plates)

4

Check bursting pressure stamped on disk against datasheet

1 2

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Protect and store bursting disk until ready for installation after hydrotest/cleaning and just prior to commissioning 20 Produce marked-up documents in accordance with installation 19

21 Produce the list of defects for punch list issue

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE



Page 156/156

-

157



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 4


RELIEF VALVE SUB-SYSTEM:

PROJECT



CHECK LIST

ITEM 1


2


3


4

Check installation is in line with manufacturer's recommendations

5 6


7


Check supporting and protection against vibrations Check accessibility conforms to specifications, with platforming where 9 necessary 10 Check calibration certificate and date 8

11 Check that calibration seal is not broken 12 Check that transport locking device has been removed after iinstallation 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Check equipment is correctly preserved 20 Produce marked-up documents in accordance with installation 21 Produce the list of defects for punch list issue

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


Page 157/157

-

158



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 4


PROJECT

ACTUATED ON/OFF VALVE ASSEMBLY ( PNEUMATIC TYPE) SUB-SYSTEM:

SHEET 1 OF 1

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM 1


2


3

Check installation conforms to P&ID, typical and hook-up drawing

4

Check valve is installed in accordance with flow direction

5


6

Check identification (tag number, tag plates) Check accessibility conforms to specifications, with platforming where necessary

7 8 9

Check " Valve + Control Panel " FAT report

10 Check limit switches as per form C-JX-08 11 Check control panel as per form C-JX-31 12 13 14 15 16 Check ATEX certificates 17 18 Flush instrument pipework with dry air 19 Check equipment is correctly preserved 20 Produce marked-up documents in accordance with installation 21 Produce the list of defects for punch list issue

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


Page 158/158

-

159



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 4


ACTUATED ON/OFF VALVE ASSEMBLY (ELECTRICAL TYPE) SUB-SYSTEM:

PROJECT



CHECK LIST

ITEM 1


2


3

Check installation conforms to P&ID, typical and hook-up drawing

4


5 6 7


8 9

Check limit switches as per form C-JX-08

10 Check motor electrical connections 11 Check power cable conformity and identification 12 Check control and feedback signals connections 13 Check control and feedback cables conformity and identification 14 Check cable glands conformity and mounting 15 Check earthing connections (cable armour and screen) 16 Check ATEX certificates 17 18 19 Check equipment is correctly preserved 20 Produce marked-up documents in accordance with installation 21 Produce the list of defects for punch list issue

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


Page 159/159

-

160



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 4


CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY (PNEUMATIC or HYDRAULIC) SUB-SYSTEM:

PROJECT



CHECK LIST

ITEM 1


2


3


4


5


6


7



11 Check connections between actuator and electro-positioner 12 Check electro-positioner as per form C-JX-08 13 Check position transmitter as per form C-JX-08 14 15 16 Check ATEX certificates 17 18 Flush instrument pipework with dry air 19 Check equipment is correctly preserved 20 Produce marked-up documents in accordance with installation 21 Produce the list of defects for punch list issue

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


Page 160/160

-

161



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 4


CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY (ELECTRICAL TYPE) SUB-SYSTEM:

PROJECT



CHECK LIST

ITEM 1


2


3


4


5


6


7

Check supporting and protection against vibrations Check accessibility conforms to specifications, with platforming where necessary Check calibration certificate

8 9

10 Check motor electrical connections 11 Check power cable conformity and identification 12 Check control and feedback signals connections 13 Check control and feedback cables conformity and identification 14 Check cable glands conformity and mounting 15 Check earthing connections (cable armour and screen) 16 Check ATEX certificates 17 18 19 Check equipment is correctly preserved 20 Produce marked-up documents in accordance with installation 21 Produce the list of defects for punch list issue

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


Page 161/161

-

162



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 4


FIELD INSTRUMENT PANEL ANNONCIATOR PANEL SUB-SYSTEM:

PROJECT



CHECK LIST

ITEM 1


2


3

Check installation conforms to hook-up drawing

4

Check construction conforms to detailed drawings

5


6


7


8

Check supporting and protection against vibrations Check accessibility conforms to specifications, with platforming where necessary

9 10 11

12 Check electrical connections 13 Check cables conformity and identification 14 Check cable glands conformity and mounting 15 Check earthing connections (cable armour and screen) 16 Check ATEX certificates 17 Check panel FAT report 18 Flush instrument pipework with dry air 19 Check equipment is correctly preserved 20 Produce marked-up documents in accordance with installation 21 Produce the list of defects for punch list issue

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE



Page 162/162

-

163



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 4


ON /OFF VALVE CONTROL PANEL SUB-SYSTEM:

PROJECT



CHECK LIST

ITEM 1


2


3

Check installation conforms to hook-up drawing

4

Check construction conforms to detailed drawings

5


6


7


Check supporting and protection against vibrations Check accessibility conforms to specifications, with platforming where 9 necessary 10 Check instruction plates 8

11 Check electrical connections 12 Check cables conformity and identification 13 Check cable glands conformity and mounting 14 Check earthing connections (cable armour and screen) 15 Check ATEX certificates 16 17 18 Flush instrument pipework with dry air 19 Check equipment is correctly preserved 20 Produce marked-up documents in accordance with installation 21 Produce the list of defects for punch list issue

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


Page 163/163

-

164



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 4


GAS DETECTORS SUB-SYSTEM:

PROJECT



CHECK LIST

ITEM 1


2


3

Check installation conforms to F&G detection layout drawings

4

Check test facility is installed

5


6

Check protective cap is installed

7


8

Check supporting and protection against vibrations

9

Check accessibility conforms to specifications, with platforming where neces

10 Check calibration certificate 11 Check electrical connections 12 Check cable conformity and identification 13 Check cable gland conformity and mounting 14 Check earthing connections (cable armour and screen) 15 Check ATEX certificate 16 Flush instrument pipework with dry air 17 Dismantle and storel sensor until installation just before commissioning 18 Check equipment is correctly preserved 19 Produce marked-up documents in accordance with installation 20 Produce the list of defects for punch list issue 21 Produce the list of defects for punch list issue

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


Page 164/164

-

165



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 4


FIRE DETECTORS SUB-SYSTEM:

PROJECT



CHECK LIST

ITEM 1


2


3

Check installation conforms to F&G detection layout drawings

4

Check test facility is installed

5

Check sensor activation lamp is visible

6

Check remote annunciator is installed where required

7


8


9

Check accessibility conforms to specifications, with platforming where nece

10 Check calibration certificate 11 Check electrical connections 12 Check cable conformity and identification 13 Check cable gland conformity and mounting 14 Check earthing connections (cable armour and screen) 15 Check ATEX certificate 16 17 18 Check equipment is correctly preserved 19 Produce marked-up documents in accordance with installation 20 Produce the list of defects for punch list issue 21

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


Page 165/165

-

166



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 4


FUSIBLE LOOP SUB-SYSTEM:

PROJECT



CHECK LIST

ITEM 1


2


3


4


5

Check check piping connection provides required block & bleed facility

6


7



11 Check electrical connections 12 Check cable conformity and identification 13 Check cable gland conformity and mounting 14 Check earthing connections (cable armour and screen) 15 Check ATEX certificate 16 17 Flush instrument pipework with dry air 18 Check equipment is correctly preserved 19 Produce marked-up documents in accordance with installation 20 Produce the list of defects for punch list issue 21

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


Page 166/166

-

167



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 4


FRANGIBLE BULB / PNEUMATIC DETECTION & DELUGE SYSTEM SUB-SYSTEM:

PROJECT



CHECK LIST

ITEM 1


2

4

Check installation conforms to lay out schematics, G.A. and data sheet Check that pipework supports for sprinklers and frangible bulbs are adequate Check the protection against vibrations

5


6

Check check piping connection provides required block & bleed facility

7

Check the tightness of the sprinlklers

8


3

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

17 Flush instrument pipework with water 18 Check equipment is correctly preserved 19 20 Produce marked-up documents in accordance with installation 21 Produce the list of defects for punch list issue

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


Page 167/167

-

168



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 4


INDOOR CABINET / PANEL

PROJECT



CHECK LIST

ITEM 1


2


3


4

Check door handle (type, locking, …)

5

Check external arrangement conforms to drawings

6

Check internal layout conforms to drawings

7

Check signals segregation conforms to specifications

8

Check electrical connections

9

Check earthing connections (cable armour and screen)

10 Check cables entries, protective plates and cable glands if relevant 11 Check cables identification 12 Check FAT report 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Produce marked-up documents in accordance with installation 21 Produce the list of defects for punch list issue

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


Page 168/168

-

169



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 4


CABINET / PANEL EARTHING

PROJECT



CHECK LIST

ITEM 1

Check earthing connections (IPE,IE and ISE with interconnections)

2 3

For intrinsically safe earth :

4

___after closing all knives terminals used for screens (if applicable)

5

___after disconnecting the I.S.bus bar from the main bus bar

6

check the segregation of the I.S earth

7 8

For Instrument earth when not in S.I. :

___after closing all knives terminals used for screens (if applicable) ___after disconnecting the Instrument earth bus bar from the main bus 10 bar inside the cabinet 11 9

12 check the continuity of the I.E earth (since interconnection is achieved 13 through junction boxes and instruments) 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Produce the list of defects for punch list issue

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE



Page 169/169

-

170



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 5

Appendix 5

Instrument “Test Sheet” master forms


Page 170/170

-

171



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 5

INSTRUMENT PRECOMMISSIONING TEST SHEET

PROJECT

GENERAL PURPOSE TAG NUMBER :

SUBSYSTEM :

DESCRIPTION :

LOCATION :

EQUIPMENT N° :

SHEET :

of

DATA VENDOR CALIBRATION MANUAL N° : CALIBRATION / TEST PROCEDURE N° : DATA SHEET N° TEST DETAILS

TEST RESULTS

COMMENTS:

TESTED LABEL AFFIXED

DATA SHEET ATTACHED NAME

SIGNATURE

DATE

ACCEPTED BY

TESTED BY CONTRACTOR COMPANY COMMISSIONING CERTIFYING AUTORITY

FORM : T - JX -00 This document is the property of Total. It must not be stored, reproduced or disclosed to others without written authorisation from the Company.

Page 171/171

-

172



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 5

INSTRUMENT PRECOMMISSIONING TEST SHEET

PROJECT

CONTROL VALVE (MODULATING ) TAG NUMBER :

SUBSYSTEM :

DESCRIPTION :

LOCATION :

EQUIPMENT N° :

SHEET :

1

of

1

DATA VENDOR CALIBRATION MANUAL N° : CALIBRATION/TEST PROCEDURE N° :

SERIAL N°:

DATA SHEET N° :

MODEL N° :

TEST EQUIPMENT :

SERIAL N°:

TEST DETAILS VALVE SIGNAL RANGE AIR FAILURE :

OPENS

CLOSES

STAY PUT

SIGNAL FAILURE :

OPENS

CLOSES

STAY PUT

TEST RESULTS OPEN / CLOSING TIME SIGNAL

VALVE POSITION *

TIME (SECS )

MIN

MAX

OPEN

CLOSE

CLOSE

OPEN

MAX

MIN

OPEN

CLOSE

CLOSE

OPEN

CALIBRATION POINTS SIGNAL INCREASE

VALVE POSITION

SIGNAL DECREASE

VALVE POSITION *

OPEN / CLOSED

OPEN/CLOSED

75 % / 25 %

75 % / 25 %

50%

50%

25 % / 75 %

25 % / 75 %

CLOSED / OPEN

CLOSED / OPEN

(*DELETE AS APPLICABLE FOR INCREASE / DECREASE SIGNAL )

AUXILLARY EQUIPMENT MOUNTED WITH VALVE TYPE

TAG N°

CALIBRATION

CHECK

RANGE

SATISFACTORY

REMARKS

SOLENOID SOLENOID LIMIT SWITCH LIMIT SWITCH

COMMENTS:



SIGNATURE

DATE

BY

CONTRACTOR

BY

ACCEPTED

TESTED

COMPANY COMMISSIONING CERTIFYING AUTORITY

FORM : T - JX -01


Page 172/172

-

173



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 5

INSTRUMENT PRECOMMISSIONING TEST SHEET ACTUATED VALVE (ESD , BDV , SHUT OFF ) TAG NUMBER :

SUBSYSTEM :

DESCRIPTION :

LOCATION :

EQUIPMENT N° :

SHEET :

1

PROJECT

of

1

DATA VENDOR CALIBRATION MANUAL N° : CALIBRATION/TEST PROCEDURE N° :

SERIAL N°:

DATA SHEET N° :

MODEL N° :

TEST EQUIPMENT :

SERIAL N°:

TEST DETAILS VALVE SIGNAL RANGE AIR FAILURE :

OPENS

CLOSES

STAY PUT

SIGNAL FAILURE :

OPENS

CLOSES

STAY PUT

HYDRAULIC FAILURE :

OPENS

CLOSES

POWER FAILURE :

OPENS

CLOSES

STAY PUT STAY PUT

TEST RESULTS OPEN / CLOSING TIME SIGNAL

INDICATED VALVE POSITION *

ACTUAL VALVE POSITION *

MIN

MAX

OPEN

CLOSE

CLOSE

OPEN

MAX

MIN

OPEN

CLOSE

CLOSE

OPEN

TIME

( * DELETE IF NOT APPLICABLE ) ESV /BDV LEAKAGE TEST TEST MEDIUM

TEST PRESSURE

DROPS/MIN

BUBBLES/MN

AUXILLARY EQUIPMENT MOUNTED WITH VALVE TYPE

TAG N°

CALIBRATION

CHECK

RANGE

SATISFACTORY

REMARKS

SOLENOID VALVE SOLENOID VALVE LIMIT SWITCH LIMIT SWITCH PRESSURE SWITCH PRESSURE GAUGE PRESSURE GAUGE

COMMENTS:

( Commissioning Representative must witness this test )



SIGNATURE

DATE

ACCEPTED BY



Page 173/173

-

174



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 5

INSTRUMENT PRECOMMISSIONING TEST SHEET RELIEF VALVE TAG NUMBER :

SUBSYSTEM :

DESCRIPTION :

LOCATION :

EQUIPMENT N° :

SHEET :

1

PROJECT

of

1

DATA VENDOR CALIBRATION MANUAL N° : CALIBRATION/TEST PROCEDURE N° : DATA SHEET N° :

Rev :

BALANCED OR CONVENTIONAL : INLET ORIFICE SIZE :

OUTLET ORIFICE SIZE :

SERIAL N°:

SPRING N° :

TEST EQUIPMENT :

SERIAL N°:

PROPOSED TEST DATE

TEST DETAILS TEST MEDIUM TEMP

ACTUAL TEST DATE

DURATION OF TEST

DESIGN PRESSURE

SEAT LIFT PRESSURE

TEST PRESSURE REQUIRED

RE-SEAT PRESSURE

TEST MEDIUM

BUBBLE LEAK RATE

COMMENTS:



SIGNATURE

DATE

ACCEPTED BY



Page 174/174

-

175



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 5

INSTRUMENT PRECOMMISSIONING TEST SHEET INSTRUMENT (ANALOGUE O/P ) TAG NUMBER :

SUBSYSTEM :

DESCRIPTION :

LOCATION :

EQUIPMENT N° :

SHEET :

1

of

PROJECT

1

DATA MODEL N° :

SERIAL N° :

VENDOR CALIBRATION MANUAL N° : CALIBRATION/TEST PROCEDURE N° : DATA SHEET N° :

Rev :

TEST EQUIPMENT :

SERIAL N° : TEST DETAILS

CALIBRATION FIGURES CALIBRATION POINTS INPUT

RISING

FALLING

UNITS

A

INPUT

B*

INPUT

C*

OUTPUT * NOTE : COMPLETE IF APPLICABLE COMMENTS:



SIGNATURE

DATE

ACCEPTED BY


FORM : T - JX -04


Page 175/175

-

176



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 5

INSTRUMENT PRECOMMISSIONING TEST SHEET INSTRUMENT (SWITCHED O/P ) TAG NUMBER :

SUBSYSTEM :

DESCRIPTION :

LOCATION :

EQUIPMENT N° :

SHEET :

1

of

PROJECT

1

DATA MODEL N° :

SERIAL N° :

VENDOR CALIBRATION MANUAL N° : CALIBRATION/TEST PROCEDURE N° : DATA SHEET N° :

Rev :

TEST EQUIPMENT :

SERIAL N° : TEST DETAILS

CALIBRATION FIGURES SWITCH POINTS INPUT

A

INPUT

B*

RISING

FALLING

UNITS

* NOTE : COMPLETE IF APPLICABLE COMMENTS:



SIGNATURE

DATE

ACCEPTED BY



Page 176/176

-

177



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 5

INSTRUMENT PRECOMMISSIONING TEST SHEET TUBE / PIPE TAG NUMBER :

SUBSYSTEM :

DESCRIPTION :

LOCATION :

EQUIPMENT N° :

SHEET :

1

PROJECT

of

1

DATA TEST SPECIFIED USED HYDRAULIC :

PNEUMATIC :

TEST FLUID :

IMPULSE : TEST PRESSURE BAR G :

TEST DURATION : TEST EQUIPMENT : TUBING FLUSHED CLEAN : TAG N°

SERIAL N° : YES

NO

TO

N/A

TUBING BLOWN CLEAN : FROM

YES

HOOK UP N°

NO

N/A

DIA. NB. /OD

1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, COMMENTS:



ACCEPTED BY

TESTED

SIGNATURE

DATE

BY

CONTRACTOR COMPANY COMMISSIONING CERTIFYING AUTORITY

FORM : T - JX -06


Page 177/177

-

178



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 5

INSTRUMENT PRECOMMISSIONING TEST SHEET FLOW ELEMENT TAG NUMBER :

SUBSYSTEM :

DESCRIPTION :

LOCATION :

EQUIPMENT N° :

SHEET :

1

of

PROJECT

1

DATA VENDOR CALIBRATION MANUAL N° : CALIBRATION / TEST PROCEDURE N° : DATA SHEET N° :

TAB STAMPED WITH CORRECT TAG N° ORIFICE SIZE & FLOW DIRECTION.

SPECIFIED OD :

ACTUAL OD ( c ) :

SPECIFIED ID :

ACTUAL ID ( a ) :

MATERIAL :

FLOW ELEMENT CORRECTLY STAMPED :

SPECIFIED PLATE THICKNESS :

Y

N

ACTUAL PLATE THICKNESS :

COMMENTS:



ACCEPTED BY

TESTED

SIGNATURE

DATE

BY


FORM : T - JX -07


Page 178/178

-

179



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 6

Appendix 6

Telecom “Check List” master forms

Detail of GS EXP 105 appendix 6 ICAPS item name


PA/GA Loudspeakers (25,8,6W) + JB

PA_LOUDSPEAKER_JB

CIX01

PA/GA Flashing Beacons + JB

PA_BEACON_JB

CIX02

P.A. Access Units

PA_ACCESS_UNIT

CIX03

PA/GA Central system and marshalling cabinet

PA_CENTRAL

CIX05

TELEPHONE HOODS Eex w/ TELEPHONE Beacon & Sounder

EEX_TELEPHONE

CIX07

System cabinet

SYSTEM_CABINET

CIX12

Indoor radio Equipment cabinet

RADIO_CABINET_INDOOR

CIX13

Meteorological sensors and cables

METEO_EQUIP

CIX14

Monitors

MONITORS

CIX18

CCTV Control units

CCTV_CONTROL_UNIT

CIX19

Type of equipment

Pictures


Page 179/179

-

180



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 6

Radio Base station – central units

RADIO_BASE

CIX20

Motorized antenna, feeder & lightning arrestor

ANTENNA_MTORIZED

CIX22

Entertainment distribution network

ENTERTAINMENT_DIST

CIX26

Survival Craft Radio and Beacon

CRAFT_RADIO

CIX27

Antenna, feeder & lightning arrestor

ANTENNA

CIX34

Radio remote control units

RADIO_RCU

CIX36

Radios Handheld, pagers & battery chargers

RADIO_HANDHELD

CIX39

Fibre optic patch panel

FOPP

CIX42

CCTV Camera and housing

CCTV_CAMERA

CIX45

CABLING RJ45

CABLING_RJ45

CIX46

CONNECTION BOX - PA/GA TANK COVERAGE

PA_TANK_JB

CIX48

MOBILE SET - PA/GA TANK COVERAGE

PA_MOBILE_UNIT

CIX49

GMDSS CIRCUIT BREAKER

GMDSS_CIRCUIT_BREAKER

CIX50

PC WORKSTATION

PC_WORKSTATION

CIX51

SERVER

TELECOM_SERVER

CIX52


Page 180/180

-

181



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 6

DATA NETWORK EQUIPMENT

DATA_NETWORK_EQUIPT

CIX53

PC SCREEN / KEYBOARD SWITCH

PC_SCREEN_KEY_SWITCH

CIX54

Outdoor Radio cabinet

RADIO_CABINET_OUTDOOR

CIX55

RADIO - INDOOR DISTRIBUTION

UHF_TRUNK_INDOOR

CIX56

RADIO - OUTDOOR NETWORK

UHF_TRUNK_OUTDOOR

CIX57

ATU

ATU

CIX58

REMOTE STATION / PORTABLE UNIT

RADIO_REMOTE_STATION

CIX59

GMDSS Console

GMDSS_CONSOLE

CIX60

Entertainment DVD player

ENTERT_DVD

CIX61

Oceano Sensors

OCEANO_SENSOR

CIX62

Gyrocompass : Central /Interface & power supply

GYROCOMPASS

CIX63

MDF / IDF CABINET

MDF_IDF_CABINET

CIX64

Clock unit

CLOCK_UNIT

CIX65


Page 181/181

-

182



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 6


PROJECT

TELECOMMUNICATIONS PA/GA LOUDSPEAKERS (25, 8, 6 W) + JB Sheet 1/1 CIX01 - PA/GA LOUDSPEAKERS (25, 8, 6 W) + JB

FORM :

-

V02-05

CHECKED

TASK LOCATION : SUB SYTEM :

1

Check preservation status.

2

Check that equipment is correctly tagged and located as indicated on layout drawings. Check nameplate details against data sheet.

3

Check cables tag numbers, including cable tail.

4

Record type and loop number:

5

Check that the equipment is in good condition, and that all gaskets, & bolts are present.

6

Check all cable entries are suitably plugged using certified blanking plugs or cable glands as applicable.

7

Check earthing & bonding of equipment to project Specs. (Equipment, armour and shield, and cable glands)

8

Check equipment is certified for the area in which It is located. (ingress protection rating, and equipment classification).

9

Check accessibility for maintenance.

10

Check direction of cone ( 25W and 8 W only).

11

Check audio power tapping against coverage Study

12

Check JB cabling as per interconnection and termination drawings

13

Check that all cores are properly terminated and tagged

14

Produce a list of detects for punch list issue.

TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

CHECK LIST

ITEM

TAG NUMBER

EXPENDED TIME (MH) :

TAG NUMBER

ESTIMATED TIME (MH) :

TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

EQUIPMENT N° :

PUNCH LIST ITEMS

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE

Carried out by Contractor Company


Page 182/182

-

183



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 6


PROJECT

TELECOMMUNICATIONS PA/GA FLASHING BEACONS + JB Sheet 1/1 FORM :

CIX02 - PA/GA FLASHING BEACONS + JB

-

V02-05

CHECKED


1


2

Check that equipment is correctly tagged and located as indicated on layout drawings. Check nameplate details against data sheet.

3

Check cabletag numbers, including cable tail.

4

Record line number:

5

Check that the equipment is in good condition, and that all gaskets, & bolts are present.

6


7

Check earthing & bonding of equipment to project Specs. (Equipment, Armour and shield, and cable glands)

8


9


10

Check color of the lens

11

Check that the beacon view is not obstructed

12

Check JB cabling as per interconnection and termination drawings

13

Check that all cores are properly terminated and tagged.

14


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

CHECK LIST

ITEM

TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

EQUIPMENT N° :

PUNCH LIST ITEMS

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE



Page 183/183

-

184



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 6


PROJECT

TELECOMMUNICATIONS PA/GA ACCESS UNIT CONTROL UNITS Sheet 1/1 FORM :

CIX03 - P.A. ACCESS UNIT

-

V02-05

CHECKED


1


2

Check that the equipment is correctly tagged and located as indicated on layout drawings.

3 4 5

TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

CHECK LIST

ITEM

TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

EQUIPMENT N° :

Check that the equipment is in good condition, and that all gaskets, & bolts are present. Check all cable entries are suitably plugged using certified blanking plugs or cable glands as applicable. Check earthing & bonding of equipment to project Specs. (Equipment, armour and shield, and cable glands)

6


7

Check type of access unit and note it (AU, CP)

8


9

Check all conductors are terminated & that cables are secured and tagged.

10

Check cabling as per interconnection and termination drawings

11

Verify the accessories : microphone, push-buttons, flaps.

12

Check type of cable used (IS) as applicable.

13

Produce a list of detects for punch list issue. PUNCH LIST ITEMS

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE



Page 184/184

-

185



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 6


PROJECT

TELECOMMUNICATIONS PA/GA P.A. CENTRAL CABINETS Sheet 1/1 FORM :

CIX05 - PA/GA Central system and marshalling cabinet

-

V02-05

CHECKED


1


2

Check that Cabinet is correctly tagged and located as indicated on layout drawings.

3

Check that equipment is in good condition, and that all bolts are present.

4

Check earthing of cabinet to project Specs.

5

Check earthing & bonding of equipment to project Specs.

6

Check equipment is correctly mounted and tagged in the cabinet as per arrangement drawings.

7

Check amplifier cards are correctly secured to amplifier rack.

8

Verify ventilation, air flow.

9

Check all cables are properly connected, labelled & secured.

10


11


12

Check that cabinet is correctly bolted to the floor, or support.

13

Check that all AC terminals are correctly covered

14

Check Precom. Check Lists for all cables connected to equipment.

15


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

CHECK LIST

ITEM

TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

EQUIPMENT N° :

PUNCH LIST ITEMS

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE



Page 185/185

-

186



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 6


PROJECT

TELECOMMUNICATIONS TELEPHONE HOODS EEx w/ TELEPHONE BEACON & SOUNDER Sheet 1/1 FORM :

CIX07 - TELEP. HOOD EEx w/ TELEP. BEACON & SOUNDER

-

V02-05

CHECKED


1

Check that Hood/beacon/sounder are installed as shown on layout drawing.

2

Check that Hood/beacon/sounder location is suitable.

3

Check that beacon/sounder is easily visible.

4

Check that Telephone/Hood/beacon/sounder and cables are correctly tagged and labeled.

5

Check security of fixings and fastenings.

6


7

From the project numbering plan copy the extension numbers onto the list and write the numbers on the telephone labels.

8

Check that the telephones are undamaged and mounted as shown on the general arrangement drawing.

9

Check that there are no missing parts.

10

Check that there is no mechanical damage.

11

Check paintwork/finish for cracks and scratches.

12 13

TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

CHECK LIST

ITEM

TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

EQUIPMENT N° :

Check earthing & bonding of equipment to project Specs. (Equipment, armour and shield, and cable glands) Check equipment is certified for the area in which It is located. (ingress protection rating, and equipment EEX classification).

14


15


16


REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE



Page 186/186

-

187



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 6


PROJECT

TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM CABINET

Sheet 1/1 FORM :

CIX12 - SYSTEM CABINET

-

V02-05

CHECKED


1


2

Check that cabinet is correctly bolted to the floor, or support.

3

Check that equipment and all cables are correctly tagged.

4

Check type, quantity and location of all racks / cards as per arrangement drawings.

5

Check cable installation / routing.

6

Check that all racks / cards are securely plugged.

7

Check correct interconnection of peripherals.

8


9


10

Verify ventilation and air flow.

11


12

Check that rack framework is correctly bonded to Chassis Earth.

13

Measure Chassis Earth value from equipment to main earth point.

14

Measure Telecom Earth value from equipment to main earth point.

15


16

Check Battery, battery charger and associated breaker check sheet, when applicable.

17


18


19


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

CHECK LIST

ITEM

TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

EQUIPMENT N° :

PUNCH LIST ITEMS

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE

Carried out by Contractor Company This document is the property of Total. It must not be stored, reproduced or disclosed to others without written authorisation from the Company.

Page 187/187

-

188



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 6


PROJECT

TELECOMMUNICATIONS INDOOR RADIO EQUIPMENT CABINET

Sheet 1/1 FORM :

CIX13 - INDOOR RADIO EQUIPMENT CABINET

-

V02-05

CHECKED


1


2

Check that cabinet is correctly bolted to the floor

3

Check that equipment and cables are correctly tagged

4

Check that all equipment are installed as shown on cabinet arrangement drawing.

5


6


7


8


9

Verify ventilation and air flow.

10

Check coaxial connector and all electrical connections as per interconnection & termination drawings.

11


12

Check that minimum bending radius of coaxial feeder is met in cabinet

13

Check that equipment is correctly bonded to Chassis Earth.

14


15

Measure Telecom Earth value from equipment to main earth point.

16

Check that Telecom Earth is insulated from Chassis earth (no earth loops).

17

Check main AC power supply voltage included cover for protection

18


19


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

CHECK LIST

ITEM

TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

EQUIPMENT N° :

PUNCH LIST ITEMS

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE



Page 188/188

-

189



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 6


PROJECT

TELECOMMUNICATIONS METEOROLOGICAL SENSORS AND CABLES EQUIPMENT AND DISPLAYS Sheet 1/1 CIX14 - METEOROLOGICAL SENSORS AND CABLES

FORM :

-

V02-05

CHECKED


1

Check that sensors are located as shown on layout drawings.

2

Check that sensors and cables are correctly tagged.

3


4


5


6


7

Check that sensors are fixed as shown on general arrangement drawings, particularly with regard to vertical mounting

8

Check that the windspeed and direction sensors are free to turn and as far from other structure causing wind drafts.

9

Check all cable connections shown on the interconnection diagrams

10

Check that all cables are supported.

11

Preserve the equipment to prevent damage.

12


13


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

CHECK LIST

ITEM

TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

EQUIPMENT N° :

PUNCH LIST ITEMS

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE



Page 189/189

-

190



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 6


PROJECT

TELECOMMUNICATIONS MONITORS

Sheet 1/1 FORM :

CIX18 - MONITORS

-

V02-05

CHECKED


1

Check that monitor is located as shown on layout drawings.

2

Check that monitor and cables are correctly tagged.

3


4


5


6


7

Check that monitor is fixed as shown on general arrangement drawings, particularly with regard to support when applicable.

8

Check that the monitor can be oriented

9


10


11


12


13


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

CHECK LIST

ITEM

TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

EQUIPMENT N° :

PUNCH LIST ITEMS

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE



Page 190/190

-

191



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 6


PROJECT

TELECOMMUNICATIONS CCTV CONTROL UNITS

Sheet 1/1 FORM :

CIX19 - CCTV CONTROL UNITS

-

V02-05

CHECKED


1

Check that access unit is located as shown on layout drawings or on rack arrangement.

2

Check that access unit and cables are correctly tagged.

3


4


5


6


7

Check that access unit is fixed as shown on general arrangement drawings.

8

Check that the joystick is free to rotate.

9


10


11


12


13


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

CHECK LIST

ITEM

TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

EQUIPMENT N° :

PUNCH LIST ITEMS

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE



Page 191/191

-

192



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 6


PROJECT

TELECOMMUNICATIONS RADIO - BASE STATION - CENTRAL UNITS

Sheet 1/1 FORM :

CIX20 - RADIO - BASE STATION - CENTRAL UNITS

-

V02-05

CHECKED


1

Check that Radio Base station or Central Unit, PSU and cables are correctly tagged/labeled.

2

Check that the equipment is installed as shown on drawings ( Layout or arrangement)

3


4


5


6


7

Check coaxial connector and all electrical connections as per interconnection and termination drawings.

8

Check that minimum bending radius of coaxial feeder is met depending on Feeder size.

9

Check presence of jumper flex cable as applicable

10

Check accessories as applicable ( PTT switch, microphone, handset, headset)

11


12

Check main AC power supply voltage.

13


14


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

CHECK LIST

ITEM

TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

EQUIPMENT N° :

PUNCH LIST ITEMS

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE



Page 192/192

-

193



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 6


PROJECT

TELECOMMUNICATIONS MOTORIZED ANTENNA, FEEDER & LIGHTNING ARRESTOR

Sheet 1/1 FORM :

CIX22 -MOTORIZED ANTENNA, FEEDER & LIGHTNING ARRESTOR

-

V02-05

CHECKED


1

TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

CHECK LIST

ITEM

TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

EQUIPMENT N° :

Check that antenna, feeders and arrester are correctly tagged/marked. Check that antenna is correctly and securely installed.

2

3 4 5

6

7

Check antenna elevation and location on tower as per drawings. Check that antenna is installed as per drawing (support) Inspect antenna and feeder for mechanical damage. Check for signs of corrosion on antenna. Check that transmission line is installed as per construction drawings. Check that feeder is securely fastened to vertical feeder ladder on tower.

8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

Check that stainless steel cable hangers are used (1m spacing max.). Check that minimum bending radius of feeder is respected depending on size. Check that a small loop of feeder is properly coiled at antenna end. Check that feeder is properly grounded at antenna level and at tower base. Check that grounding kits are properly sealed against water ingress. Check the free rotation of the antenna Check that the radome is properly sealed Check that antenna connector is properly sealed against water ingress. Check presence of shroud on antenna connector. Check security of all fixings and fastenings. Check that lightning arrestor is correctly bonded to Earth Check bearing of antenna if applicable Record all defects on Precommissioning Punchlist. PUNCH LIST ITEMS

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE



Page 193/193

-

194



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 6


PROJECT

TELECOMMUNICATIONS ENTERTAINMENT DISTRIBUTION NETWORK

Sheet 1/1 FORM :

CIX26 - ENTERTAINMENT DISTRIBUTION NETWORK

-

V02-05

CHECKED


1

Check that the equipment is correctly tagged and located as shown on the general arrangement or on the layout drawings ( sockest, amplifiers, etc)

2

Check available documents are at the latest revision

3

Check coaxial connector and all electrical connections as per interconnection and termination drawings.

4

Check that the equipment is undamaged..

5

Check if the rack arrangement is in accordance with drawings ( as applicable)

6


7


8


9

Check that the equipment is preserved correctly. (where applicable)

10

Check that the earthing system of the equipment is as per specification (where applicable)

11

Check if accessibility and maintenance are possible and safe (where applicable)

12

Check that the safety devices/protection are installed (where applicable)

13

Check that all of the commissioning spares and special tools are available in the stores. (where applicable)

14

Check power supply input as applicable

15

Review of the FAT punch list. Produce list of defects for punch list issue.

TAG NUMBER

CHECK LIST

TAG NUMBER

ITEM

TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

EQUIPMENT N° :

PUNCH LIST ITEMS

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE



Page 194/194

-

195



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 6


PROJECT

TELECOMMUNICATIONS GMDSS VHF, EPIRB, SART

Sheet 1/1 FORM :

CIX27 - GMDSS VHF, EPIRB, SART

-

V02-05

CHECKED


1

Check that the equipment is correctly tagged and located as shown on the general arrangement

2


3

Check that the equipment is connected as per drawings

4


5


6


7


8

TAG NUMBER

CHECK LIST

TAG NUMBER

ITEM

TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

EQUIPMENT N° :


9


10


11


12

Review of the FAT punch list. Produce list of defects for punch list issue. PUNCH LIST ITEMS

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE



Page 195/195

-

196



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 6


PROJECT

TELECOMMUNICATIONS ANTENNA, FEEDER & LIGHTNING ARRESTOR

Sheet 1/1 FORM :

CIX34 : ANTENNA, FEEDER & LIGHTNING ARRESTOR

-

V02-05

CHECKED


1

Check that antenna, feeders and arrester are correctly tagged/marked.

2

Check that antenna is correctly and securely installed.

3

Check antenna elevation and location on tower.

4

Check that antenna is installed as per drawings (support).

5

Inspect antenna and feeder for mechanical damage.

6

Check for signs of corrosion on antenna.

7

Check that transmission line is installed as per construction drawings.

8

Check that feeder is securely fastened to vertical feeder ladder on tower.

9

Check that stainless steel cable hangers are used (1m spacing max.).

10

Check that minimum bending radius of feeder is respected

11

Check that a small loop of feeder is properly coiled at antenna end.

12

Check that feeder is properly grounded at antenna level and at tower base.

13

Check that grounding kits are properly sealed against water ingress.

14

Check all coaxial connectors.

15

Check that antenna connector is properly sealed against water ingress.

16

Check presence of shroud on antenna connector.

17

Check security of all fixings and fastenings.

18

Check that lightning arrestor is correctly bonded to Earth.

19

Record all defects on Precommissioning Punchlist.

TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

CHECK LIST

ITEM

TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

EQUIPMENT N° :

PUNCH LIST ITEMS

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


Page 196/196

-

197



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 6


PROJECT

TELECOMMUNICATIONS RADIO REMOTE CONTROL UNITS

Sheet 1/1 FORM :

CIX36 - RADIO REMOTE CONTROL UNITS

-

V02-05

CHECKED


1

Check that all equipment and cables are correctly installed as indicated on layout drawing.

2

Check that the RCU location is suitable.

3

Check that all equipment and cables are correctly tagged.

4


5

Check ease of use and access for operation and maintenance.

6

Check that RCU is bonded to local protectice earth via screen and armour on control cable.

7

Check all connections as per interconnection and termination drawings.

8

Check screen continuity in all junction boxes.

9

Visual inspect equipment for missing parts and damage. Check paintwork / finish for cracks and scratches.

10

Check that all spare cable entries are plugged using suitable plugs.

11


12


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

CHECK LIST

ITEM

TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

EQUIPMENT N° :

PUNCH LIST ITEMS

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE



Page 197/197

-

198



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 6


PROJECT

TELECOMMUNICATIONS RADIO HANDHELD, PAGERS AND BATTERY CHARGERS Sheet 1/1 FORM :

CIX39 - RADIO HANDHELD, PAGERS & BATTERY CHARGER

-

V02-05

CHECKED


1

Check that the units are correctly tagged / labelled.

2

Check physical condition of casing for damage such as cracks, etc..

3

Check external electrical connections for integrity and cleanliness.

4

Check switches for signs of wear.

5

Inspect and clean battery contacts.

6

Check that all units are present complete with antenna.

7

Check that all units have cases and belts in good condition (if applicable).

8

Check that all units have correct accessories (microphone, clips, etc..) as applicable.

9

Ensure physical integrity of each charger.

10

Check that all charging slots are clean and free of debris.

11

Check all equipment for sign of corrosion.

12

Check all units are correctly certified and labelled as ATEX.

13 14

TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

CHECK LIST

ITEM

TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

EQUIPMENT N° :

Check that batteries are certified correctly. Record all defects on pre-commissioning punch list. PUNCH LIST ITEMS

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE



Page 198/198

-

199



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 6


PROJECT

TELECOMMUNICATIONS FIBRE OPTIC / PATCH PANEL

Sheet 1/1 FORM :

CIX42 - FIBRE OPTIC/ PATCH PANEL

-

V02-05

CHECKED


1

Check that Cabinet, Patch panels and fibre optic cables are correctly tagged.

2

Check all cables connections and installation.

3

Check that equipment is installed as shown on layout drawings.

4

Check that all equipment are installed as shown on cabinet arrangement drawing.

5

Check that there are no missing modules.

6

Check correct interconnection to peripherals.

7

Check fibres are terminated correctly and secured.

8


9

Check that minimum bending radius of fibre optic cables is met in cabinet/patch panel

10


11


TAG NUMBER

CHECK LIST

TAG NUMBER

ITEM

TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

EQUIPMENT N° :

PUNCH LIST ITEMS

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE



Page 199/199

-

200



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 6


PROJECT

TELECOMMUNICATIONS CCTV CAMERA AND HOUSING

Sheet 1/1 FORM :

CIX45 - CCTV CAMERA AND HOUSING

-

V02-05

CHECKED


1

Ensure equipment is securely mounted and is correctly tagged and labelled.

2

Check that cameras are installed as shown on layout drawings.

3

Check that cameras are unrestricted in azimuth and elevation movement.

4 5

TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

CHECK LIST

ITEM

TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

EQUIPMENT N° :

Check camera mounting and brackets does not allow excessive vibration / movement. Check cables are correctly terminated as per relevant interconnection diagram.

6

Check EEx certification label of camera and accessories.

7

Check that a special Eex barrier gland is used for cable entry.

8

Check that camera, pan & tilt units, wash tanks cables are correctly tagged and labelled.

9

Check power and coaxial cables are correctly glanded.

10

Check presence of shrouds on cable glands.

11

Check that camera, pan & tilt units cables are correctly earthed.

12


13


14

Check paintwork / finish for cracks and scratches.

15


16

Check washer nozzles and wiper blades.

17


18

Produce a list of defects for punch list issue. PUNCH LIST ITEMS

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


Page 200/200

-

201



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 6


PROJECT

TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING SYSTEM RJ-45

Sheet 1/1 FORM :

CIX46 - CABLING SYSTEM RJ-45

-

V02-05

CHECKED


1

Check cables are correctly tagged, and tag number entered on check list.

2

Check all cables connections and installation.

3

Check that cable is not pinched by tywraps or other tie downs.

4

Check installed is not streched or pinched at bends.

5

Check that spare lenght does exist at both ends of the cable.

6

Check cable installation conforms to drawings.

7

Confirm that all cables connected to equipment conform to cable schedule.

8

Check cable test result (TIX-01) is within specification..

9

Check that minimum bending radius of cables is met behind each socket.

10

Check that all sockets are correctly tagged.

11

Check that all sockets are installed as shown on the layout drawings.

12


13


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

CHECK LIST

ITEM

TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

EQUIPMENT N° :

PUNCH LIST ITEMS

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE



Page 201/201

-

202



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 6


PROJECT

TELECOMMUNICATIONS CONNECTION BOX - PA/GA TANK COVERAGE

Sheet 1/1 FORM :

CIX48 - CONNECTION BOX - PA/GA TANK COVERAGE

-

V02-05

CHECKED


1

Check that connection box is correctly tagged and located as indicated on layout drawings.

2

Check that connection box is correctly bolted to the support.

3

Check that cables are correctly tagged

4

Check that the EEx certification label is afixed on the connection box.

5

Check internal connections.

6

Check all gaskets.

7


8


9

Check that connector cover is present.

10

Check that the connection box is correctly bonded to earth plate..

11

Check termination of drain wire.

12


13


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

CHECK LIST

ITEM

TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

EQUIPMENT N° :

PUNCH LIST ITEMS

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE



Page 202/202

-

203



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 6


PROJECT

TELECOMMUNICATIONS MOBILE SET - PA/GA TANK COVERAGE

Sheet 1/1 FORM :

CIX49 - MOBILE SET - PA/GA TANK COVERAGE

-

V02-05

CHECKED


1

Check that mobile set is correctly tagged.

2

Check that connector fit with the connection box socket.

3

Check that cable is correctly tagged

4

Check that the EEx certification label is afixed on the equipment.

5

Check there is no missing part.

6

Check all gaskets.

7


8


9

Check that connector cover is present.

10

Check termination of drain wire.

11


12


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

CHECK LIST

ITEM

TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

EQUIPMENT N° :

PUNCH LIST ITEMS

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE



Page 203/203

-

204



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 6


PROJECT

TELECOMMUNICATIONS CIRCUIT BREAKER

Sheet 1/1 FORM :

CIX50 - CIRCUIT BREAKER

-

V02-05

CHECKED


1


2


3

Check that the equipment is connected as per drawings

4


5


6


7


8


9 10

TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

CHECK LIST

ITEM

TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

EQUIPMENT N° :

Check that the earthing system of the equipment is as per specification (where applicable) Check if accessibility and maintenance are possible and safe (where applicable)

11


12


13

Review of the FAT punch list. Produce list of defects for punch list issue. PUNCH LIST ITEMS

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE



Page 204/204

-

205



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 6


PROJECT

TELECOMMUNICATIONS PC WORKSTATION + ACCESSOIRIES

Sheet 1/1 FORM :

CIX51 - PC WORKSTATION + ACCESSOIRIES

-

V02-05

CHECKED


1

Check that work station is located as shown on layout drawings or cabinet GA.

2

Check that workstation and cables are correctly tagged.

3

Check that there are no missing parts, including specific cables when applicable.

4

Check the hardware configuration against requisition.

5


6


7


8

Check that workstation is fixed as shown on general arrangement drawings, particularly with regard to support when applicable.

9

Check that the workstation has a free rear acces.

10

Check power supply voltage

11

Check accessories ( attached printer, switch, etc) as applicable

12


13


14


15


16


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

CHECK LIST

ITEM

TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

EQUIPMENT N° :

PUNCH LIST ITEMS

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE



Page 205/205

-

206



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 6


PROJECT

TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVER

Sheet 1/1 FORM :

CIX52 - SERVER

-

V02-05

CHECKED


1

Check that server is located as shown on layout drawings or cabinet GA.

2

Check that server and cables are correctly tagged.

3


4


5

Check the server connections to the peripherals.

6


7


8


9

Check that workstation is fixed as shown on general arrangement drawings, particularly with regard to support when applicable.

10

Check that the server has a free rear acces.

11

Check all cable connections shown on the interconnection diagrams.

12


13


14


15


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

CHECK LIST

ITEM

TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

EQUIPMENT N° :

PUNCH LIST ITEMS

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE



Page 206/206

-

207



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 6


PROJECT

TELECOMMUNICATIONS DATA NETWORK EQUIPMENT

Sheet 1/1 FORM :

CIX53 : DATA NETWORK EQUIPMENT

-

V02-05

CHECKED


1

Check that unit is correctly tagged/labelled.

2

Check that the equipment is installed as shown on cabinet arrangement or layout drawings.

3

Check that there are no missing parts (including specific cables).

4


5


6


7


8

Check bending radius of optical patchcord when applicable

9

Check unit is correctly earthed, when applicable.

10

Check that Telecom Earth is insulated from Chassis earth (no earth loops).

11

Check power supply voltage.

12


13


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

CHECK LIST

ITEM

TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

EQUIPMENT N° :

PUNCH LIST ITEMS

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE



Page 207/207

-

208



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 6


PROJECT

TELECOMMUNICATIONS SCREEN / KEYBOARD SWITCH

Sheet 1/1 FORM :

CIX54 - SCREEN / KEYBOARD SWITCH

-

V02-05

CHECKED


1

Check that unit is correctly tagged/labelled.

2

Check that the equipment is installed as shown on cabinet arrangement drawing.

3


4

Check screen / keyboard connection cables.

5

Check screen / keyboard connectors.

6


7


8


9


10

Check unit is correctly earthed.

11

Check power supply voltage.

12


13


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

CHECK LIST

ITEM

TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

EQUIPMENT N° :

PUNCH LIST ITEMS

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE



Page 208/208

-

209



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 6


PROJECT

TELECOMMUNICATIONS OUTDOOR RADIO CABINET

Sheet 1/1 FORM :

CIX55 - OUTDOOR RADIO CABINET

-

V02-05

CHECKED


1


2


3


4

Check if the cabinet arrangement is in accordance with drawings

5

Check connection as per interconnection and termination drawings

6

Check the bending radius of the feeder

7


8


9


10


11


12


13


14

Check that the equipment is cerified for the zone it is installed in ( IP, EEX, etc)

15

Check presence of cable glands and correct mounting

16


TAG NUMBER

CHECK LIST

TAG NUMBER

ITEM

TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

EQUIPMENT N° :

PUNCH LIST ITEMS

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE



Page 209/209

-

210



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 6


PROJECT

TELECOMMUNICATIONS RADIO - INDOOR DISTRIBUTION

Sheet 1/1 FORM :

CIX56 - RADIO - INDOOR DISTRIBUTION

-

V02-05

CHECKED


1

Check that antenna, feeders and splitters are correctly tagged/marked.

2

Check that antenna, splitters are correctly and securely installed.

3

Check antenna elevation as per layout drawings.

4

Check that antenna is installed as per drawings (support).

5


6


7


8

Check that feeder is securely fastened.

9


10

Check that a small loop of feeder is properly coiled at antenna end.

11

Check that feeder is properly grounded at cabinet level.

12


13

Check presence of shroud on antenna connector.

14

Check security of all fixings and fastenings.

15

Check that splitters are correctly supported.

16

Record all defects on Precommissioning Punchlist.

TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

CHECK LIST

ITEM

TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

EQUIPMENT N° :

PUNCH LIST ITEMS

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE



Page 210/210

-

211



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 6


PROJECT

TELECOMMUNICATIONS RADIO - OUTDOOR NETWORK

Sheet 1/1 FORM :

CIX57 - RADIO - OUTDOOR NETWORK

-

V02-05

CHECKED


1

Check that antenna and feeders are correctly tagged/marked.

2

Check that antenna is correctly installed on the magnetic support..

3


4


5


6


7

Check that stainless steel cable hangers are used (1m spacing max.).

8

Check that feeder is properly grounded at connection box level.

9

Check that grounding kits are properly sealed against water ingress.

10


11

Check the connection boxes for mechanical damages.

12

Check equipment is certified for the area in which it is located (ingress protection rating and equipment classification).

TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

CHECK LIST

ITEM

TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

EQUIPMENT N° :

Check earthing & bonding of equipment to the project specs. Check that all gaskets, bolts are present. 13

Check that connection boxes are correctly supported.

14

Record all defects on Precommissioning Punchlist. PUNCH LIST ITEMS

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE



Page 211/211

-

212



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 6


PROJECT

TELECOMMUNICATIONS ATU

Sheet 1/1 FORM :

CIX58 - ATU

-

V02-05

CHECKED


1

Check that the equipment is correctly tagged and located as shown on the layout drawings,

2


3

Check that the equipment is connected as per interconnecting and termination drawings

4


5

Check if the arrangement is in accordance with drawings

6


7

Check equipment is certified for the area in which It is located. (ingress protection rating, and equipment EEX classification).

8


9


10


11


12


13


14


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

CHECK LIST

ITEM

TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

EQUIPMENT N° :

PUNCH LIST ITEMS

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE



Page 212/212

-

213



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 6


PROJECT

TELECOMMUNICATIONS RADIO REMOTE STATION

Sheet 1/1 CIX59 - RADIO REMOTE STATION

FORM :

-

V02-05

CHECKED


1

Check that remote station and cables are correctly tagged.

2

Check that there are no missing parts, including specific cables when applicable

3


4


5


6

Check all cables connections shown on the interconnection diagrams.

7


8

Produce list of defects for punch list issue.

TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

CHECK LIST

ITEM

TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

EQUIPMENT N° :

PUNCH LIST ITEMS

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE



Page 213/213

-

214



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 6


PROJECT

TELECOMMUNICATIONS GMDSS Console

Sheet 1/1 FORM :

CIX60 : GMDSS Console

-

V02-05

CHECKED


1

Check that units, antenna,cables are correctly tagged/labelled.

2

Check that the equipment is installed as shown on layout drawings (or rack G.A.).

3 4 5

Check VHF/DSC transceivers are installed in the console, correctly tagged, connected as per dwgs.

7

Check HF SSB control unit is installed in the console, correctly tagged, connected as per dwgs.

8

Check battery charger is installed in the console, correctly tagged, connected as per dwgs.

10 11

TAG NUMBER

check Inmarsat-C data terminals are installed in the console, correctly tagged, connected as per dwgs. check Inmarsat-C printers are iinstalled in the console, correctly tagged, connected as per dwgs. check Inmarsat-C transceivers are installed in the console, correctly tagged, connected as per dwgs.

6

9

TAG NUMBER

CHECK LIST

ITEM

TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

EQUIPMENT N° :

Check HF transmitter unit is installed in the console, correctly tagged, connected as per dwgs. Check fuse boxes are installed in the console, correctly tagged, connected as per dwgs. Check DC power supply unit are installed in the console, correctly tagged, connected as per dwgs.

12


13

Check paintwork/finish for cracks and scratches, no mechnical damage.

14

Check that personnal protection is provided at all antenna locations.

15


REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE



Page 214/214

-

215



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 6


PROJECT

TELECOMMUNICATIONS DVD player / VCR

Sheet 1/1 FORM :

CIX61 : DVD player/ VCR

-

V02-05

CHECKED


1

Check that DVD / VCR Player is located as shown on layout drawings.

2

Check that DVD/ VCR Player and cables are correctly tagged.

3


4


5


6


7

Check that DVD/VCR Player is fixed as shown on general arrangement drawings, particularly with regard to support when applicable.

8


9


10


11


12


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

CHECK LIST

ITEM

TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

EQUIPMENT N° :

PUNCH LIST ITEMS

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE



Page 215/215

-

216



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 6


PROJECT

TELECOMMUNICATIONS Oceano sensors

Sheet 1/1 CIX62 - Oceano sensors

FORM :

-

V02-05

CHECKED


1

Check that sensors and cables are correctly tagged.

2


3


4


5


6

Check IP rating of each equipment.

7

Check all cable connections shown on the interconnection diagrams.

8

Check that equipment is accessible for maintenance in particular for the equipment installed on the buoy.

9


10


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

CHECK LIST

ITEM

TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

EQUIPMENT N° :

PUNCH LIST ITEMS

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE



Page 216/216

-

217



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 6


PROJECT

TELECOMMUNICATIONS Gyrocompass Central, Interface and Power supply Unit

Sheet 1/1 FORM :

CIX63 - Gyrocompass Central, Interface & Power supply Unit

-

V02-05

CHECKED


1

Check that all equipment is correctly tagged and located as indicated on layout drawings.

2

Check that all equipment are correctly bolted.

3

Check orientation of the Gyro unit

4

Check that gyro unit, supports are correctly secured to Hull to avoid false measurements

5

Check that all cables are correctly tagged.

6


7

Check correct interconnection of peripherals ( Display unit, etc).

8


9


10


11

Check earthing and bonding as per project specification

12


13


14


15


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

CHECK LIST

ITEM

TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

EQUIPMENT N° :

PUNCH LIST ITEMS

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE



Page 217/217

-

218



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 6


PROJECT

TELECOMMUNICATIONS Voice and data / MDF /IDF CABINET

Sheet 1/1 FORM :

CIX64 : Voice and data MDF / IDF CABINET

-

V02-05

CHECKED


1

Check that cabinet and panels are correctly tagged.

2

Check that field cables are correctly tagged.

3

Check that cabinet is installed as shown on layout drawing.

4

Check cabinet equipment against cabinet arrangement drawing.

5

Check that earth bar (IE, IPE, ISE) are correctly connected to earthing network.

6

Check earthing and bonding as per Project specifications

7

Check segregation of cables (signal vs power supply).

8

Verify that cables are supported.

9

Check the RJ45 sockets type (UTP, FTP) are in accordance with specification.

10

Check protection (perplex) of power supply terminals.

11


12

Check that there is no mechanical damage and that all bolts are present.

13

Check paintwork / finish for cracks and scratches.

14

Ensure that the lock is working and check the key number.

15


16

Check that the cabinet is correctly bolted to the floor.

17

Check cabling as per interconnection and termination drawings.

18


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

CHECK LIST

ITEM

TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

EQUIPMENT N° :

PUNCH LIST ITEMS

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE



Page 218/218

-

219



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 6


PROJECT

TELECOMMUNICATIONS Clock units

Sheet 1/1 CIX65 : Clock units

FORM :

-

V02-05

CHECKED


1

Check that Clock Unit, PSU and cables are correctly tagged/labeled.

2

Check that the equipment is installed as shown on drawings ( Layout or arrangement)

3


4


5


6


7

Check all electrical connections as per interconnection and termination drawings.

8


9

Check main AC power supply voltage.

10


11


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

CHECK LIST

ITEM

TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER


TAG NUMBER

TAG NUMBER

EQUIPMENT N° :

PUNCH LIST ITEMS

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE



Page 219/219

-

220



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 7

Appendix 7

Telecom “Test Sheet” Masters forms


Page 220/220

-

221



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 7

PRECOMMISSIONING TEST SHEET

PROJECT

TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING RJ45

Sheet 1/1 FORM :

-

V02-05

TIX01- CABLING RJ45

TASK LOCATION : SUB SYTEM : EQUIPMENT N° : ESTIMATED TIME (MH) : EXPENDED TIME (MH) : TEST LIST

ITEM

MEASUREMENTS

1

To roll up that attenuation complies with specification.

2

To roll up that measured lenght complies with pulled lenght.

3

To roll up the cable complies with Cat. 5E performance requirements (250 Mhz).

4

To roll up the link maximum performance (>250 Mhz).

5

Attach LAN tester print out to this test sheet.

6

Produce a list of non compliance for punch list issue.

REMARKS:

PUNCH LIST ITEMS

LAN TESTER MANUFACTURER & MODEL: SERIAL NUMBER:

LAST CALIBRATION:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE



Page 221/221

-

222



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 7

PRECOMMISSIONING TEST SHEET

PROJECT

TELECOMMUNICATIONS OPTICAL FIBER

Sheet 1/1 FORM :

-

V02-05

TIX02- OPTICAL FIBER

TASK LOCATION : SUB SYTEM : EQUIPMENT N° : ESTIMATED TIME (MH) : EXPENDED TIME (MH) : TEST LIST

ITEM

Measurements

1

Check optical fiber type, color code, fibers number, slipcover

2

Attach supplier inspection protocol on reception

3

Attach reflectometry report for each fibers before installation ( nude fiber ). OTDR . Optical Time Domain Reflectometer

4

Check handling optical fibers

5

Attach reflectometry report for each fibers after handling installation ( without fiber connectors and splicing )

6

Check fiber fusion, splicing and cleavers

7

Attach reflectometry report for each fibers after installation ( with fiber connectors )

8

Check that measured lenght complies with pulled lenght.

9

Check visual installation complete

10

Check power meters and light sources

11

Check that variable attenuation complies with specification described in ITU G650.

12

Check the fibers scopes complies 10 gigabit Ethernet performance requirements.

13

Attach LAN tester print out to this test sheet.

14

Produce a list of non compliance for punch list issue. PUNCH LIST ITEMS

REMARKS:

LAN TESTER MANUFACTURER & MODEL: SERIAL NUMBER:

LAST CALIBRATION:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE



Page 222/222

-

223



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8

Appendix 8

Mechanical “Check List” master forms


Page 223/223

-

224



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8

MECHANICAL PRECOMMISSIONING CHECK LIST

PROJECT

CRANE AND PEDESTAL SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS

EQUIPMENT N°: LOCATION:

CHECK LIST

ITEM

1

Check that the nameplate details are correct.

2

Check both the location and elevation are correct and that the crane is level.

3

Check for the correct welding of the stub-pedestal and that the slewing ring is torqued to the correct value.

4 5 6

Check for any damage incurred during the installation. Check that the crane has been installed in accordance with the specifications and the approved drawings. Check the crane for cleanliness.

7

Check that preservation has been carried out in accordance with an approved procedure.

8

Check that all the ladders and platfoming have been installed in accordance with the approved drawings.

9

Check the painting visually for any damage

10

Check that the earthing and bonding of the units is in accordance with the drawings and specifications.

11

Check that the large items in the crane can be withdrawn using suitable lifting equipment.

12 13

Check that all of the ropes of the crane are serviceable. Check that the crane bolting is suitably lubricated.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE

CARRIED OUT BY CONTRACTOR

FORM C-AX-01


Page 224/224

-

225



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

CRANE AND PEDESTAL SHEET 2

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

14 15

Check that the load/radius diagram is clearly displayed in the drivers control cabin. Check that the hydraulic system is filled and vented.

16

Check with the Vendor that he is satisfied that the crane is ready for commissioning.

17

Check that all the recommended commissioning spares are available in the stores or on site.

18

Check that bolting, gaskets and lubricants plus any special tools atre available in the stores.

19

Produce a set of marked-up drawings in accordance with the installation.

20

Produce a defects list for issue in the Punch List.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-AX-01


Page 225/225

-

226



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

LIFT SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS

EQUIPMENT N°: LOCATION: ITEM

CHECK LIST

1

Check that the nameplate details are correct and that the S.W.L. is clearly displayed.

2

Check that the location of the tower is correct and that it is level.

3

Make a dimentional check of the tower against the approved drawings.

4

Check that the fixing arrangement of the lift is correct and also the mounting in the tower.

5 6 7

Check for any installation damage. Check that the lift, rack and tower are installed in accordance with approved drawings and specifications. Check the lift and rack for cleanliness.

8

Check that preservation has been carried out in accordance with approved procedures.

9

Check that the shafts are free to rotate in the correct direction.

10

Check that the pinion wheels are correctly engaged on the rack.

11 12 13

Check that the doors of the car operate freely. Check the free operation of the station doors. Check the maintenance access at the lift stations. Also check the trapdoor operation in the car roof.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-AX-02


Page 226/226

-

227



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

LIFT SHEET 2

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

14

Check that the ladder in the tower is in accordance with the approved drawings.

15 16 17 18 19 20

Check the painting visually for damage. Check the alignment between the rack, cab and shaft. Check that there is adequate space available to withdraw all large items with suitable lifting equipment. Check that the bolting is suitably lubricated. Check that the stops are installed at the top and bottom of the complete shaft. Check the operation of the pit-prop.

21

Check that all the commissioning spares, bolting, gaskets and any special tools are available in the stores.

22

Check that the Vendor is satisfied that the lift is ready for commissioning.

23 24 25

Seal up the lift as required. Produce marked-up drawings in accordance with the installation. Produce a defect list for inclusion in the issued Punch List.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-AX-02


Page 227/227

-

228



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

AIR WINCHES SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 1

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

Check that the nameplate details are complete and correct. Check the location, the elevation, orientation and that the unit is level. Check the holding down arrangements. Check for any installation damage. Check that preservation has been carried out in accordance with the approved procedures. Check the painting visually for damage. Check that earthing and bonding has been carried out in accordance with the approved procedure. Check the free rotation of the drum. Check brake linkage and clevis pins. Check the filter element, lubricator level and the regulator settings. Check the condition of the wire ropes. Check the coupling alignment. Produce marked-up drawings in accordance with the installation. Also produce a defects list for issue in the Punch List.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-AX-03


Page 228/228

-

229



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

PEDESTAL CRANE SYSTEMS SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 1

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

A B B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 C C1 C2 C3

Hydraulic Circuit. ( refer to C-GX-07 ) Pneumatic Circuit. Air Receiver. ( refer to C-CX-01 ) Air Compressor. ( refer to C-KX-06 ) Hydraulic Tank. ( refer to C-DX-01 ) Air Filter. ( refer to C-HX-01 ) Air Drier. ( refer to C-HX-09 ) Emergency Slewing System. Check the location, the elevation, orientation and that the unit is level. Check for any installation damage. Check that the suction and the discharge piping are adequately supported.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-AX-04


Page 229/229

-

230



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8

MECHANICAL PRECOMMISSIONING CHECK LIST GANTRY CRANE

PROJECT

( ELECTRICAL ) SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

1

Check that the name plate details are correct and that it includes the Authority stamp.

2

Check that the S.W.L. is clearly displayed on the gantry.

3

Check that the gantry location is correct. Also check the elevation, orientation and that the gantry is level.

4

Check that the gantry is correctly installed on the "downshop beams" and that the end stops are installed.

5

Check for any installation damage and also the condition of the ropes.

6

Check that the gantry crane is installed in accordance with both the specifications and the approved drawings.

7

Check the general cleanliness of the unit.

8

Check that the preservation of the unit has been carried out in accordance with an approved procedure.

9

Check that any maintenance ladders or platforms are installed in accordance with the approved drawings.

10

11

12

Check that the painting is sound and without damage. Check that the gantry is correctly aligned on the runway beams over the full operating length. Also check that the gantry contacts squarely on both sets of end-stops. Check that the trolley is correctly aligned on the gantry over its full operating length.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-AX-05


Page 230/230

-

231



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

GANTRY CRANE (ELECTRICAL) SHEET 2

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

13 14 15 16

Check the mechanical operation of the gantry interlocks. Check that the bearings are correctly lubricated. Check that all of the components can be withdrawn with suitable lifting gear. Check that the bolting is suitably lubricated.

17

Check that all of the commissioning spares,the boltings, gaskets and special tools are available in the stores.

18

Check that the preservation fluids have been removed and that flushing has been carried out. Control that the systems have been charged with the recommended lubricants.

19 20 21 22 23

Check that the operational zone is clear. Check that the Vendor is satisfied that the unit is ready for commissioning. Seal up the unit as required. Produce a set of marked-up drawings in accordance with the installation. Produce a defects list to be issued in the Punch List.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-AX-05


Page 231/231

-

232



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

TROLLEY HOIST SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

1

Check that the nameplate details are correct and that the S.W.L. is correctly displayed.

2 3 4 5 6

Check that the hoist is installed on the correct runway beams. Check that the hoist is installed correctly on its beam and that the end-stops are installed. Check that there is no installation damage. Check that the hoist is installed in accordance with the specifications. Check the general cleanliness of the hoist and chain.

7

Check that the preservation has been carried out in accordance with the approved procedure.

8

Check that any maintenance ladders or platforms are installed in accordance with the approved drawings.

9 10 11

Check the condition of the painting for damage. Check the alignment of the trolley on the runway beam over its operating length. Check that the bolting is suitably lubricated.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-AX-06


Page 232/232

-

233



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

TROLLEY HOIST SHEET 2

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

12 13 14 15

Check that the operation zone is clear. Pack the handchain into its bag. Produce marked-up drawings in accordance with the installation. Produce a defects list for inclusion in the Punch List.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-AX-06


Page 233/233

-

234



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

AIR TRASPORTER SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 1

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1 2 3 4 5 6

Check that the nameplate details are correct. Check that the air transporter is installed in accordance with the specifications and the approved drawings. Check the general cleanliness of the unit. Check the freedom of movement of the handlebar and that the axel is greased. Check that the air outlet pads are suitably protected. Check the correct functioning of the air outlet valve.

7

Check that the S.W.L. is displayed on both the front and rear of the transporter.

8

Check that the warning sign, "Do Not Lift with Load via Padeyes", is displayed on each side of the unit.

9

Check that the stores contain the commissioning spares, the bolting, gaskets and the special tools.

10

Produce a defect list for issue in the Punch List.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-AX-07


Page 234/234

-

235



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8

MECHANICAL PRECOMMISSIONING CHECK LIST FLARE TIP CHANGE OUT / HANDLING UNIT SUB-SYSTEM:

PROJECT

SHEET 1

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

1

Check the nameplate details are correct and has the Certification Authority Stamp and also S.W.L. is displayed

2

Check that the crane is installed at the correct elevation and that the rails are installed parallel and in accordance with the approved drawings.

3

Check for any installation damage.

4

Check that the crane is inaccordance with specifications and the approved drawings.

5

Check that the rope is reeved and anchored to the drum in accordance with the approved drawings. Also it must be undamaged and lubricated as per specifications.

6

Check that the air hose is sufficiently long to allow the crane to be operated at the limit of its travel.

7

Check that all the hose couplings are compatible.

8

Check the general cleanliness of the crane and that the rails are not obstructed.

9

Check that preservation has been carried out in accordance with the approved procedure.

10

Check that the painting is sound and undamaged.

11

Check that all the commissioning spares, the lubricants, bolting and any special tools are available in the stores.

12

Check that the preservation fluids have been removed and the systems have been flushed out. Also check that the recommended lubricants have been used to fill the system.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-AX-08 This document is the property of Total. It must not be stored, reproduced or disclosed to others without written authorisation from the Company.

Page 235/235

-

236



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8

MECHANICAL PRECOMMISSIONING CHECK LIST FLARE TIP CHANGE OUT / HANDLING UNIT SUB-SYSTEM:

PROJECT

SHEET 2

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

13


14

Produce a defects list to be included and issued in the Punch List.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-AX-08


Page 236/236

-

237



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

PRESSURE VESSEL SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

1

Check that the nameplate details are both correct and complete.

2

Check location, elevation, orientation and that the vessel is level.

3 4

Check that the holding arrangements are correct. Check for any installation damage.

5

Check that the nozzles are suitably isolated to enable a safe internal examination.

6

Check that the vessel and its internals are in accordance with the approved drawings.

7 8

Check the vessel internally for cleanliness. Check that all the internal bolting is correctly tightened.

9


10

Check that all the platforming and ladders are installed in accordance with the approved drawings. Also check that the manways are accessible and suitable for use.

11 12

Check all painting / insulation / internal linings for damage. Check that the earthing and bonding is in accordance with the project specification.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-CX-01


Page 237/237

-

238



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

PRESSURE VESSEL SHEET 2

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

13

Check that the vessel pipe supports are in accordance with the design.

14

Check that with disconnected pipework that the pipe flanges correctly align with the nozzle flanges.

15

Check that the internal components can be withdrawn with the aid of suitably installed lifting equipment.

16 17 18

Check that the bolting is suitably lubricated. Produce a set of marked-up drawings in accordance with the installation. Produce a defects list for inclusion in the issued Punch List.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-CX-01


Page 238/238

-

239



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

PIG LAUNCHER SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 1

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Check that the nameplate details are correct. Check the location the elevation, orientation and that the pig launcher is level. Check that the holding down arrangements are correct. Check for any installation damage. Check the launcher internally for cleanliness. Check that the pig launcher is installed in accordance with the specifications and the approved drawings. Check that all the nozzlels not in use are suitably sealed. Check that preservation has been carried out in accordance with the approved procedure. Check visually all painting and insulation for damage.

10

Check that all earthing and bonding are in accordance with the Project Specifications.

11

Check that the launcher piping supports are in accordance with the approved design.

12

Check that with disconnected pipwork flanges, that the nozzle flanges are in correct alignment.

13

Check the operation of the loading hatch.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-CX-02


Page 239/239

-

240



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

VESSEL FINAL CLOSURE SHEET 1

of 1

SUB-SYSTEM: EQUIPMENT N°: LOCATION: ITEM

CHECK LIST

1

Check that attached C-CX-01 and C-CX-04 if required have been issued.

2

Check that major PUNCH LIST items are cleared (no necessary to re-open the vessel).

3 4

Check that the holding arrangements are correct. Check the manhole final closure is carried out according specification.

5 6 7 8 9

10

11 12

REMARKS: DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE

CONTRACTOR CPY INSPECTION CPY COMMISSION. CPY OPERATION

FORM: C-CX-03


Page 240/240

-

241



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

STORAGE TANK SHEET

SUB-SYSTEM:

1

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

1


2

Check the location, elevation, orientation and that the vessel is level.

3 4

Check that the holding arrangments are correct. Check for any installation damage.

5

Check that the nozzles are suitably isolated to enable a safe internal examination to be made.

6

Check that the vessel internals are in accordance with the approved drawings; ( incuding any heating devices.)

7 8

Check the vessel internally for cleanliness. Check that all the internal bolting has been tightened.

9


10

Check that all platforming and ladders are installed in accordance with the approved drawings. Also that manways are accessible and suitable for operation.

11 12

Check out the painting, insulation and the lining for damage. Check that the earthing and bonding are in accordance with the Project Specifications.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-DX-01


Page 241/241

-

242



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

STORAGE TANK SHEET 2

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

13

Check that the pipe supports are in accordance with the appoved design.

14

Check the disconnected pipework flanges against the nozzle flanges for correct alignment.

15

Check that the internals can be withdrawn with the use of suitable lifting gear.

16

For floating roofs: check internally the roof pontoons. Verify the seal installation and its integrity. Check the roof support position and roof drain installation.

17 18 19

Check that the bolting is suitably lubricated. Produce a set of marked-up drawings in accordance with the installation. Produce a defects list for inclusion in the Punch List issue.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-DX-01


Page 242/242

-

243



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8

MECHANICAL PRECOMMISSIONING CHECK LIST HEAT EXCHANGER ( SHELL AND TUBE ) SUB-SYSTEM:

PROJECT

SHEET 1

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

1

Check that the nameplate details are both correct and compete.

2

Check the location, elevation, orientation and that the exchanger is level.

3

Check that the holding arrarngements are correct. (eg., the sliding end.)

4 5 6 7

Check for any installation damage. Check that the exchanger is installed in accordance with the approved drawings. Remove the transport bolts from the bellows ( if applicable). Check the painting visually for any damage.

8

Check that the exchanger is bonded in accordance with the approved drawings and specifications.

9

Check that the exchanger pipe supports are in accordance with the approved design.

10

Check that with disconnected pipework flanges that the relative nozzle flanges are correctly aligned.

11 12 13

Check that the channel cover can be removed. Check that it is possible to withdraw the tube-bundle (if applicable) Check that the bolting is suitably lubricated.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-EX-01


Page 243/243

-

244



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8

MECHANICAL PRECOMMISSIONING CHECK LIST HEAT EXCHANGER ( SHELL AND TUBE ) SUB-SYSTEM:

PROJECT

SHEET 2

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

14


15


16

Produce a defects list to be included in the Punch List issue.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-EX-01


Page 244/244

-

245



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

PLATE HEAT EXCHANGER SHEET

SUB-SYSTEM:

1

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

1


2

Check location, elevation, orientation and that the exchanger is level.

3 4 5 6 7 8

Check that the holding down arrangements are correct. Check for any installation damage. Check that the exchanger is installed in accordance with the approved drawings. Check the general cleanliness of the unit. Check that all the platforming and ladders are installed in accordance with the approved drawings. Check the painting visually for damage.

9

Check that the earthing and bonding is in accordance with the the Project Specifications.

10

Check that the exchanger pipe supports are in accordance with the drawings and specifications.

11

Check that the disconnected pipework flangers are in correct alignment with the nozzle flanges.

12

Check the detailed plate sequence using the platage specifications.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-EX-02


Page 245/245

-

246



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

PLATE HEAT EXCHANGER SHEET 2

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

13

Check that the plates can be withdrawn with suitable lifting gear.

14

Check that the plates are undamaged and in accordance with the approved drawings and specifications.

15

Check that the bolting is suitably lubricated.

16

Check that the correct number of plates are installed and the exchanger sealed up.

17


18

Produce a defects list for inclusion in the Punch List issue.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-EX-02


Page 246/246

-

247



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

HVAC HEATER COIL SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 1

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1 2

Check that the nameplate data is both correct and complete. Ensure that the equipment "Tag Number" is correct.

3

Check that both the location and orientation of the heater are correct.

4

Check the mounting arrangement of the connecting duct-work and also the installation of its supports and gaskets.

5

Check that the access door adjacent to the heater has been installed.

6

Check that the heater is internally clean and that there is no damage to the heating elements.

7 8 9 10

Ensure that there in adequate space to perform maintenance. Check that the earthing and bonding are in accordance with the Project Specifications. Check that the equipment is preserved correctly. Produce a defects list for inclusion in the Punch List issue.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-EX-03


Page 247/247

-

248



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

HVAC COOLER SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1 2 3

Check that the nameplate data is both correct and complete. Ensure that the equipment "Tag Number" is correct. Check for the correct location and orientation of the cooler.

4

Check the mounting arrangement of the connecting ductwork and also that its supports and gaskets are installed.

5

Check that the access door adjacent to the cooler has been installed.

6

Check the internal cleanliness of the cooler and also, if installed, the eliminator plates.

7

Check that the cooler element and the eliminator plates are undamaged.

8

Check that the materiel and finish are undamaged and conform to the specifications.

9

Check that the drains and water trap are correctly installed (where applicable)

10

Check that the connecting pipework is adequately supported and that no load is imparted to the cooler.

11

Ensure that there is adequate space available to remove the cooler.

12

Check that the earthing and bonding are in accordance with the Project Specifications.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-EX-04


Page 248/248

-

249



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

HVAC COOLER SHEET 2

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

13 14

Check that the equipment has been correctly preserved. Produce a defect list to be included in the Punch List issue.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-EX-04


Page 249/249

-

250



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

HEAT EXCHANGER ( AIRFIN ) SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1 2 3 4

Check that the nameplate data is both correct and complete. Check the structure for line, level and bolting. Check the platforms and ladders; (where applicable). Check for any installation damage.

5

Check that the exchanger is installed in accordance with the approved drawings.

6

Check that the equipment is bonded in accordance with the drawings and specifications.

7

Check that the disconnected pipework flanges correctly align with the nozzle flanges.

8 9 10 11 12 13

Check that the bolting is suitably lubricated. Remove the transport clips and bolts. Check that the fan shaft is both centered and plumb. Check the belt-sheave alignment. Check the installation and alignment of the fan blades. Check the blade-tip clearances

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-EX-05


Page 250/250

-

251



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

HEAT EXCHANGER ( AIRFIN ) SHEET 2

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

14 15 16 17 18

Check the fan for freedom of rotation. Check that the fan bearings are correctly lubricated. Check that the drive belts are correctly installed. Check that the fan and belt guards are in place and secure. Check that the louvres and actuators are correctly installed.

19

Check that the positioners are set correctly and that they are operable.

20


21


22


REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-EX-05


Page 251/251

-

252



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

RECIPROCATING PUMP SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1

Check that the nameplate data is both correct and complete.

2

Check the location, elevation and orientation of the pump and that it is level.

3

Check that the holding down arrangements, for the reciprocating pump plus motor and baseplate, are correct.

4


5

Check that the installation of the pump, gearbox, coupling and baseplate is in accordance with the approved drawings and specifications.

6

Check that all the nozzles which are not in use are suitably sealed.

7

Check the pump, gearbox, coupling and the baseplate for cleanliness.

8


9

Check for the general accessibility of the unit and for the possibility of its eventual removal for maintenance.

10

Check visually the painted surfaces for damage.

11


12

Check that the suction and discharge pipe supports are in accordance with the design.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-GX-01


Page 252/252

-

253



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

RECIPROCATING PUMP SHEET 2

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

13

Check that the coupling alignment has been carried out and record the figures. (where applicable)

14

Check that both the temporary fine mesh filter and the job strainer have not been damaged.

15

Check that the stuffing-box packing is undamaged and is in accordance with its specification.

16

Check for the free rotation of the shaft.

17

Check that all of the bearings, incuding the motor bearings, are correctly lubricated.

18

Check that the pulsation damper is in accordance with the specifications.

19

Check that both the coupling and its coupling guard have been installed.

20

Check that the nozzles are blanked-off if their piping has not been installed.

21

Produce a set of marked-up drawings which are in accordance with the installation.

22 23

Produce a defects list. Consolidate the above list for the Punch List issue.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-GX-01


Page 253/253

-

254



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

VERTICAL CENTRIFUGAL PUMP SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 1

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1 2 3 4

Check that the nameplate data is both complete and correct. Check that the caisson has been installed within the limits recomended for its vertical positioning Check the free rotation of the pump shaft. Check that the motor shaft rotates freely

5

Check that the inlet strainer is correctly installed and that it is clean and undamaged.

6

Check that all of the rising main sections have been installed using the correct bolting and gaskets.

7

Check that the centering brackets have been correctly installed.

8 9 10

Check that the discharge head is correctly bolted. Produce a set of marked-up drawings in accordance with the installation. Produce a defects list for inclusion in the Punch List issue.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-GX-02


Page 254/254

-

255



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

CENTRIFUGAL PUMP (HOIZONTAL / VERTICAL IN LINE / CAN) SUB-SYSTEM:

SHEET 1

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1

Check that the nameplate data is both complete and corrrect.

2

Check the location, elevation and the orientation and also that the pump is level.

3

Check the pump, the motor and the baseplate holding down arrangements are correct and secure.

4


5

Check that the pump, coupling, baseplate and the auxiliary piping are installed in accordance with the specifications and the approved drawings.

6

Check the pump, driver, coupling and baseplate for cleanliness.

7


8

Where applicable, check that installation of the platforming and ladders is in accordance with the approved drawings.

9

Check both the painting and insulation for damage.

10


11

Check that the suction and discharge pipe-supports are in accordance with the design drawings.

12

Check that there is correct alignment between flanges when the suction and discharge pipework is unbolted.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-GX-03


Page 255/255

-

256



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

CENTRIFUGAL PUMP (HORIZONTAL / VERTICAL IN LINE / CAN) SUB-SYSTEM:

SHEET 2

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

13 14

Check that the strainer with the finer-mesh is installed. Check the free rotation of the shaft line.

15

Check that there is adequate space around the unit to withdraw the internals with suitable lifting equipment.

16

Check that the coupling and the coupling guards have been installed.

17


18


REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-GX-03


Page 256/256

-

257



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

ELECTRO-SUBMERSIBLE PUMP SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 1

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

1

Check that the caisson has been insalled within the limits of the design verticality.

2

Check that the hypochIorite piping has been installed. (where applicable).

3 4 5

Check the free rotation of the pump shaft. Check for the correct installation of the inlet strainer, also that it was clean and undamaged prior to being installed. Check that the head-tank has been installed correctly.

6

Check that, on the motor, the motor coolant supply and vent piping have been correctly installed.

7

Check that all the rising-main sections have been installed with the correct bolts and gaskets. Also that motor coolant piping, the electric power and instrument cables are correctly secured at each flange.

8

Check that the centering rings have been installed at the correct elevations.

9

Check that the seawater discharge elbow is correctly bolted and oriented on the mounting plate at the caisson top.

10

Check that, the chlorination seawater pipe, hypochlorite pipe and the motor coolant supply and vent pipes are terminated correctly, above the mounting plate.

11 12

Produce marked-up drawings in accordance with installation Produce a defects list for issue in the Punch List.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-GX-05


Page 257/257

-

258



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

METERING PUMP SHEET

SUB-SYSTEM:

1

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

1

Check that the nameplate details are all correct and complete.

2

Check the location, elevation, orientation of the pump and also that it is level.

3

Check the metering pump, motor and baseplate holding down arrangements

4


5

Check that the installation, of the pump, gearbox, coupling and baseplate, complies and is in accordance with the specifications and the approved drawings.

6

Check that all of the nozzles not in use have been suitably sealed.

7

Check the pump, driver, gearbox coupling and the baseplate for cleanliness.

8


9 10

Check the general accessability of the unit. Check the painting visually for damage.

11


12

Check that the suction and the discharge piping are adequately supported.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-GX-06


Page 258/258

-

259



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

METERING PUMP SHEET 2

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

13

Check that the temporary fine mesh strainer is installed. (The normal job strainer is made with a coarser mesh)

14

Check that the stuffing box packing is undamaged and that it complies with the specifications.

15

Check that there is adequate space around the unit to withdraw its internals

16

Check the availability in the stores of the commissioning spares. Also of the motor bearings, lubricants bolting and gaskets plus any special tools.

17

Check the free rotation of the shaft.

18

Check that the coupling and the coupling guard have both been installed.

19

Produce a set of marked up drawings in accordance with the installation.

20


REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-GX-06


Page 259/259

-

260



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

ROTARY PUMP SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1

Check that the nameplate data is correct and complete.

2

Check the location, elevetion and orientation of the pump and also that it is level.

3

Check that the holding arrangement, of the rotary pump, motor and baseplate, is secure and correct.

4 5 6 7 8 9

Check for any installation damage. Check the installation of the pump, coupling and baseplate is in accordance with specifications and approved drawings Check the pump, coupling and baseplate for cleanliness. Check that preservation has been carried out in accordance with the approved procedure. Check the general accessibility of the unit. Check the painting visualy for damage.

10

Check that the earthing and bonding are in compliance with the Project Specifications.

11

Check that the supports of the suction and discharge pipes are in accordance with the design.

12

Check that the temporary strainer has been installed. Note that it has a finer mesh than the normal job strainer.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-GX-08


Page 260/260

-

261



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

ROTARY PUMP SHEET 2

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

13

Check for the free rotation of the shaft.

14

Check that there is adequate space around the unit to be able to withdraw the internals.

15

Check that both the coupling and coupling guard have been installed.

16


17


REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-GX-08


Page 261/261

-

262



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

GEARBOX SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Check that the nameplate data is complete and correct. Check the location, elevation, orientation and that the gearbox is level. Check that the holding down arrangements are correct. Check for any installation damage. Check that the gearbox is installed in accordance with the specifications and approved drawings. Check the gearbox for cleanliness. Check that the preservation has been carried out in accordance with the approved procedue. Check the painting visually for damage.

9


10

Check the lubrication piping for damage and that the oil-filters are servicable.

11

Check that all the bearings are correctly lubricated.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-GX-09


Page 262/262

-

263



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

GEARBOX SHEET 2

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

12

Check that there is adequate space available to withdraw the internals with suitable lifting equipment.

13 14 15 16

Check for freedom of movement. Check that the input and output shaft couplings and their guards have been installed. Check that the gearbox is reassembled after inspection. Produce a defects list for inclusion in the Punch List issue.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-GX-09


Page 263/263

-

264



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

HYDRAULIC COUPLING SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Check that the nameplate details are correct and complete Check that the coupling is level. Check that the holding down arrangements are correct. Check for any installation damage. Check that the coupling is installed in accordance with specifications and the approved drawings. Check the coupling for cleanliness. Check that preservation has been carried out in accordance with the approved procedure. Check the painted surfaces visualy for any damage.

9


10

Check that the lube and control piping are not damaged and that the oil filters are serviceable for further use.

11

Check that there is adequate space available to remove the coupling from position using suitable lifting gear.

12

Check that available in the stores are the commissioning spares, lubricants, bolting, gaskets and any special tools.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-GX-10


Page 264/264

-

265



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

HYDRAULIC COUPLING SHEET 2

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

13

Check that the input and output shaft couplings have been installed and also that their guards are in position.

14

Check that all bolts have been re-tightened after the inspection.

15


16


REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-GX-10


Page 265/265

-

266



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

STRAINER / FILTER SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1 2 3 4 5 6

7

8 9 10

Check that the nameplate data is complete and correct. Check the location, elevation, orientation and that the filter is level. Check that the holding down arrangements are correct. Check that the pipe-supports are in accordance with tha design. Check that the bolting is suitably lubricated. Check that there has been no installation damage. Check that the installation of the filter and cartridge is in accordance with the specifications and approved dawings. Also check that they can be removed when required. Check the filter casing internally for cleanliness. Check the accessibility of the unit for maintenance. Check the painting visualy for any damage.

11

Check that the earthing and bonding are inaccordance with the Project Specifications.

12

Check that when the pipework flanges have been disconnected, that the pipe flanges correctly align with their corresponding filter nozzle flanges.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-HX-01


Page 266/266

-

267



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

STRAINER / FILTER SHEET 2

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

13

Produce a set of marked- up drawings which are in accordance with the installation.

14


REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-HX-01


Page 267/267

-

268



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

HVAC. FILTER SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 1

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1 2 3

Check that the nameplate data is complete and correct. Check that the "Tag Number" is correct. Check that the location and orientation of the filter is correct.

4

Check the mounting arrangements to the connecting ductwork and that the duct supports and gaskets are installed.

5


6

Ensure that there is adequate space maintenance and to remove the filters.

7 8 9 10 11 12 13

available

for

Check that the filter is internally clean. Check that the drains are installed. (where applicable) Check that heat tracing is installed. (where applicable) Ensure that the maintenance access doors, leading to the filter elements, are correctly replaced. Check that the HVAC. material is undamaged. Check that the equipment has been correctly preserved. Produce a defects list for issue in the Punch List.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-HX-02


Page 268/268

-

269



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

AGITATOR SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Check that the nameplate details are correct and complete. Check the location, elevation, orientation and that the shaft is vertical. Check that the holding down arrangements are correct. Check that there is not any installation damage. Check that the equipment has been installed in accordance with both the specifications and approved drawings. Check the equipment for cleanliness. Check that preservation has been carried out in accordance with the approved procedure. Check the painted surfaces visualy for any damage.

9

Check that the equipment is bonded in accordance with the specifications and drawings.

10

Check for free rotation of the shaft in the correct direction. Also check the rotor for concentricity and that it does not foul the tank internals.

11

Check that there is adequate space around the unit to withdraw the agitator using suitable lifting gear.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-HX-04


Page 269/269

-

270



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

AGITATOR SHEET 2 OF 2

SUB-SYSTEM:

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

12 13 14

Check that the bolting has been suitably lubricated. Produce a set of marked-up drawings which are in accordance with the installation. Produce a defects list for incusion in the Punch List.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-HX-04


Page 270/270

-

271



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8

MECHANICAL PRECOMMISSIONING CHECK LIST COARSE FILTER ( ROTATING ELEMENT FILTER ) SUB-SYSTEM:

PROJECT

SHEET 1

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1

Check that the nameplate details are complete and correct.

2

Check the location, elevation, orientation and that the filter is level.

3

Check that the holding down arrangement of the filter is correct.

4


5

Check that any nozzles that are not to be used are suitably sealed.

6

Check that the filter including its internals and gearboxes, are installed in accordance with the specifications and the approved drawings. Also check for general cleanliness.

7

Check that preservation has been carried out in accordance with the Project Specifications.

8

Check visualy the painting and internal lining for damage.

9

Check that the eathing and the bonding are in accordance with the Project Specifications.

10

Check that the piping supports to each filter are in accordance with the design drawing.

11

Check that when the pipework is disconnected from the filters that the pipe flanges align correctly with their corresponding filter nozzle flanges.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-HX-05


Page 271/271

-

272



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8

MECHANICAL PRECOMMISSIONING CHECK LIST COARSE FILTER ( ROTATING ELEMENT FILTER ) SUB-SYSTEM:

PROJECT

SHEET 2

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

12

Check that the filter internals can be withdrawn with the use of suitable lifting gear.

13

Check that the bearings of the rotor, motor and gearbox are correctly lubricated.

14 15

Check that the bolting is suitably lubricated. Check for the free movement of the rotating element.

16

Check that, after inspection the filters are sealed up and all the external bolts are correctly tightened.

17


18

Produce a defects list for inclusion in the Punch List.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-HX-05


Page 272/272

-

273



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

SAND FILTER PACKAGES SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1

Check that the nameplate details are correct and complete

2

Check the filter vessel for location, elevation, orientation and also that its level.

3

Check that the holding down arrangement of the filter vessel is correct.

4


5

Check that any of the nozzles that are not in use have been suitably sealed.

6

Check that the nozzles are suitably isolated to enable a safe internal examination to be carried out.

7

Check that each individual filter vessel is in accordance with the date sheets and with the approved drawings.

8

Check that the manway covers can be removed using their davits enabling clear access to the interior of the vessel.

9

Check the package and the interior of each vessel for cleanliness.

10

Check the painting and the internal lining visually for damage.

11


12

Check that the ladder and handrail installation on the package are in accordance with the approved drawings. Also check that they are suitably robust for the intended use

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-HX-06


Page 273/273

-

274



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

SAND FILTER PACKAGES SHEET 2

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

13


14

Check that the pipe supports for all of the piping connected to the package are in accodance with the design.

15

Check that when the piping connected to the package is unbolted at the flanges, that the pipe flanges align correctly with their corresponding flanges mounted on the package.

16 17

Check that the bolting is suitably lubricated. Check that all of the preservation coating has been removed.

18


19


REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-HX-06


Page 274/274

-

275



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

GT. AIR INLET FILTER SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1

Check for the correct identification of each individual item or component of the unit.

2

Check the location, elevation, orientation and that the skid is level.

3

Check that each individual element is correctly installed; a). the coarse inlet filter. -- b). weather louvres.-- c).ducting. d).high efficiency cell filters. - e).expansion joint. - f).silencer

4

Check that the holding down arrangements of the skid are correct.

5


6

Check that the filter access door opens freely and that there is admission for internal inspection and maintenance.

7

Check that the installation of ladders and platforming are suitable and in accordance with the approved drawings.

8

Check both internally and externally for damage.

9

Check out the painting visually for any damage.

10

Check that the equipment has been bonded in accordance with the drawings and specifications.

11

Check that the spool-piece, which connects the combustion air plenum to the turbine enclosure, is correctly installed and aligned as per the drawing.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-HX-08


Page 275/275

-

276



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

GT. AIR INLET FILTER SHEET 2

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

12

Check that any motorised damper linkage installed is correctly aligned and is in accordance with the drawings.

13

Check that the pre-filters and final filters can be replaced easily when required and that there is working space.

14


15

Check that all bolting is tightened and internal bolts suitably tab-locked. The access door must close correctly

16


17


REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-AX-08


Page 276/276

-

277



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

RECIPROCATING COMPRESSOR SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Check that the nameplate details are correct and complete. Check the location, elevation, orientation and that the unit has been installed level. Check that the holding down arrangements are correct. Check for any installation damage. Check that the reciprocating compressor has been installed in accordance with the approved data sheets and drawings Check the unit for cleanliness. Check that the suction strainers have been installed. (cooling water and air) Check the general accessibility of the unit. Check the painting visually for damage.

10


11

Check that the supports, of the suction and discharge pipes, are in accordance with the design drawings.

12

Check that with the flanges of the suction, discharge and utility pipes unbolted that the flanges align correctly.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-KX-01


Page 277/277

-

278



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

RECIPROCATING COMPRESSOR SHEET 2

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

13 14 15

Check that there is adequate space to withdraw the unit. Check that the bolting is suitably lubricated. Check that the coupling guard has been installed.

16


17


18


REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-KX-01


Page 278/278

-

279



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

HVAC. FAN SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Check that the nameplate data is correct and complete. Check that the equipment "Tag Number" is correct. Check that the location elevation and orientation are correct and that the fan is level. Check that the fan and motor are correctly mounted. Check that the anti-vibration mountings are installed and are adjusted correctly. Check the painting or insulation for damage. Check that the access doors are installed. Check that all of the transport/shipping brackets have been removed. Check that the fan is internally clean.

10

Check that all the lubrication points and grease nipples are easily accessible.

11

Remove the fan drive belt guards to check that the alignment and tension of the belts are correct.

12

Check the free rotation of the fan motor and impeller.

13

Check that there is adequate space available to withdraw the impeller and motor for any required future maintenance.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-KX-02


Page 279/279

-

280



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

HVAC. FAN SHEET 2

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

14

At the time of removal of the fan drive belt guards, verify that the guards are internally lined with non-ferrous material.

15

Check that the fan inlet guards are securely installed. ( where applicable )

16

Check the connecting ductwork has its gaskets installed.

17


18

Check that the equipment is preserved correctly.

19


20


REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-KX-02


Page 280/280

-

281



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

HVAC. REFRIGERATION UNIT SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1


2

Check that the equipment "Tag Number" is correct.

3


4

Check that the holding down arragement is correct and that all the anti-vibration mountings are correctly adjusted.

5


6

Remove the compressor coupling guards and the coupling spacer.

7

Check that the compressor motor rotates freely.

8

Replace both the coupling spacer and guards.

9

Check that there is sufficient access to remove both the condencer and chiller tube bundles.

10

Check that the chillers are correctly insulated as per the design.

11

Check that the skid pipework is securely mounted and that it is insulated as per the design.

12

Check the pipework connections to the skid are correctly supported and that they impart no load onto the refrigeration unit.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-KX-03


Page 281/281

-

282



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

HVAC. REFRIGERATION UNIT SHEET 2

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

13

Ensure that all the equipment drains and overflows are piped to a suitable drain line.

14

Check that the water expansion tank is internally lined with an acceptable coating and that it is clean.

15

Check that the ball-valve operates correctly.

16

Check that the freon charge pressure at the skid is being maintained at the vendors recommended level.

17

Check that the equipment is preserved in accordance with the approved procedure.

18


19


REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-KX-03


Page 282/282

-

283



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

GAS TURBINE DRIVE SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1


2

Check that all of the auxillary items have been supplied and that they are correctly installed.

3

Check the location, elevation, orientation and that the turbine is level.

4

Check that the turbine holding down arrangements are correct.

5


6

Check the turbine and its auxillaries for cleanliness.

7


8

Check that the insulation on the power turbine, including that which is for the protection of the personell, has not been damaged.

9

Check that the acoustic enclosure is complete and undamaged.

10

Check that the fuel sytems are complete. Where applicable both gas and liquid fuel systems.

11


12

Check that all of the utility pipe-supports are in accordance with the design.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-KX-05


Page 283/283

-

284



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

GAS TURBINE DRIVE. SHEET 2

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

13

Check that when the utility pipe flanges are disconnected, that they align correctly with their relative skid pipe flanges.

14

Check that there is adequate space available and provision for the removal of the turbine using suitable lifting gear.

15

Check that the coupling and the coupling guard have been installed.

16


17


REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-KX-05


Page 284/284

-

285



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

CENTRIFUGAL COMPRESSOR SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1


2

Check the location, elevation, orientation and that the compressor is level.

3

Check that the compressor holding down arrangements are correct.

4


5

Check the compressor and the auxillaries for cleanliness.

6

Check that all the platforming and ladders are installed in accordance with the approved drawings.

7

Check that all of the auxillary items have been supplied and that they have been correctly installed.

8

Check that the suction strainers have been installed.

9

Check the painting visually for damage.

10


11

Check that with unbolted flanges on the suction and discharge piping, that the corresponding pipe flanges on the package align with them correctly.

12

Check that the suction, discharge and utility pipe-supports are in accordance with the design drawings.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-KX-06


Page 285/285

-

286



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

CENTRIFUGAL COMPRESSOR SHEET 2

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

13

Check that there is adequate space available to be able to withdraw the internals using suitable lifting gear.

14

Check that both the coupling and coupling guards have been installed.

15

Check that preservation has been carried out in accordance with an approved procedure.

16


17

Produce a defects list to be issued in the Punch List.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-KX-06


Page 286/286

-

287



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

P.S.A. INERT GAS GENERATOR SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1

Check that the nameplate details are correct and complete.

2


3

Check that the holding down arrangements are correct.

4


5

Check that the package is installed in accordance with the specifiations and the approved drawings.

6

Check that all the nozzles that are not to be used are suitably sealed.

7

Check the package throughout for cleanliness.

8


9


10


11

Check that the skid piping-supports are in accordance with the design.

12

Check that after unbolting the pipework flanges that they align correctly with their respective skid flanges.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-KX-07


Page 287/287

-

288



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

P.S.A. INERT GAS GENERATOR SHEET 2

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

13

Check that the items can be withdrawn when using suitable lifting gear.

14

Check that the temporary fine mesh strainer has been installed. (The strainer for normal use is of a coaser mesh.)

15

Check that the two pre-filters and two after- filters are serviceable. ( for Y- type stainers.)

16


17


18


REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-KX-07


Page 288/288

-

289



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

TURBO EXPANDER COMPRESSOR. SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1


2

Check that all of the auxillary items have been supplied and also that they have been correctly installed.

3

Check the location, elevation, orientation are correct and that the unit is level.

4


5


6

Check the unit for cleanliness.

7

Check that the inlet strainers have been installed.

8

Check that the seal-gas system is complete.

9

Check that the equipment is bonded in accordance with drawings and specifications.

10

Check that the utility piping-supports are constructed in accordance with the design drawings

11

Check that the unbolted flanges of the inlet, outlet and utility piping align correctly with the pipe flanges on the package.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-KX-08


Page 289/289

-

290



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

TURBO EXPANDER COMPRESSOR SHEET 2

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

12

Check that there is adequate space available to remove the rotors when using suitable lifting gear.

13


14


15


REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-KX-08


Page 290/290

-

291



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

HEATER SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1

Check that the equipment nameplate is correct.

2

Check the location, elevation, orientation and that the heater is level.

3


4


5

Check heater refractory work for quality and conformity.

6

Check the installation of the burners for conformity, level and orientation. Check operation of the combustion-air louvres.

7

Check the operation and the position of the stack-damper.

8

Verify that the vacuum indicators and their piping are correct and that they are not obstructed from view.

9

Verify the flue gas sampling installation.

10

Check for the free operation of the overpressure openings.

11

Check the heater for cleanliness.

12

Check that the heater is bonded according to the specifications.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-KX-09


Page 291/291

-

292



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

HEATER SHEET 2

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

13 14

Check that the internal tubes-support is in accordance with the design. Check that the access ladders and the gangway provide easy access and that they conform to the design drawings.

15

Check that the observation doors, situated on the combustion chamber, operate quite freely.

16

Check the valving arrangement of the combustible fuel.

17

Check the combustion ductwork where applicable.

18

Check that the stack conforms to the project drawings. Also where possible carry out an internal inspection.

19

Produced a set of marked-up drawings which are in accordance with the installation.

20


REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-KX-09


Page 292/292

-

293



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8

PIPING PRECOMMISSIONING TEST PACK STATUS INDEX TASK NUMBER:

SUBSYSTEM:

TEST PACK NUMBER:

SHEET:

1 of

1

ACTIVITIES:

Flushing

S/SYSTEM

Hydro testing

LINE IDENTIFICATION

NAME

Draining & Drying

ISO

SIGNATURE

Pickling

R E V

R E V

PID

NDT CLEARANCE REINSTATMENT

PROJECT

DATE

ACCEPTED

CREATED BY CONTRACTOR COMPANY COMMISSIONING CERTIFYING AUTORITY

FORM : C LX 01 This document is the property of Total. It must not be stored, reproduced or disclosed to others without written authorisation from the Company.

Page 293/293

-

294



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8

PIPING PRECOMMISSIONING CHECK LIST

PROJECT

PIPEWORK BEFORE TEST SHEET 1

TEST PACK NUMBER :

OF 1

TASK NUMBER:

SUB-SYSTEM: LOCATION: LINE IDENTIFICATION:

CHECK LIST

ITEM

1

Check that all of the materiel conforms to the specifications

2

Check the installation of all pipe-supports are in accordance with the specifications and drawings. Also that springs have shipping-stops fitted and that the piping sits on

3

Check the location of the pipe anchors.

4

Check the alignment of the pipe guides.

5

Check that the pipe flanges have been mounted square to each other. Also that the bolting and gaskets are correct.

6

Check that the pipework does not in any way load and stress the equipment it is serving.

7

Check that the flow direction of the valves and ckeck-valve is in the correct sense/direction.

8

Check that there is a suitble access, both to operate and to maintain the valves.

9

Check the list of removed equipment

10 Check the Blind list 11 Check that all of the materiel to perform the test conforms to the procedure

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE

CARRIED OUT BY CONTRACTOR COMPANY FORM: C LX 02 A This document is the property of Total. It must not be stored, reproduced or disclosed to others without written authorisation from the Company.

Page 294/294

-

295



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8

PIPING PRECOMMISSIONING CHECK LIST

PROJECT

PIPEWORK AFTER TEST SHEET 1

TEST PACK NUMBER :

OF 1

TASK NUMBER:

SUB-SYSTEM: LOCATION: LINE IDENTIFICATION:

CHECK LIST

ITEM

1

Check that the pipework and equipment are drained as per procedure

2

Check that the pipework and equipment (re)installation conforms to the specifications, drawings and to the P&ID's

3

Check that new gasket have been installed after pipework and equipment reinstallation

4

Check that the pipework, valves, check valves are undamaged. Also check the ancillaries and any other components.

5

After the (re)installation of a valve check that it operates freely.

6

Check that the flow direction of the valves and ckeck-valve is in the correct sense/direction.

7

Check that the valves have been correctly lubricated and that they have the correct spindle packing

8

Check that all the bolts and fasteners are suitably lubricated.

9

Check that after pre-commissioning is finished that the painting of piping systems and of the equipment is "touched up" to conform to the specifications

10 Check for the correct tagging, labelling and colour coding of pipework and equipment. 11 Produce a set of marked-up drawings in accordance with the installation. 12 Produce a defects list for issue in the Punch List.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE

CARRIED OUT BY CONTRACTOR COMPANY

CLX02B


Page 295/295

-

296



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

PIPEWORK. SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1

Check that all of the materiel conforms to the specifications.

2

Check that the pipework installation conforms to the specifications, drawings and to the P&ID's

3

Check that the pipework and valves are undamaged. Also check the ancillaries and any other components.

4

Check the installation of all pipe-supports are in accordance with the specifications and drawings. Also that springs have shipping-stops fitted and that the piping sits on its supports.

5

Check the location of the pipe anchors.

6

Check the alignment of the pipe guides.

7

Check that the check-valves operate freely before they are installed into position.

8

Check that the flow direction of the valves is in the correct sense/direction.

9

After the installation of a valve check that it operates freely.

10

Check that the valves have been correctly lubricated and that they have the correct spindle packing.

11

Check that there is a suitble access, both to operate and to maintain the valves.

12

Check that the pipework does not in any way load and stress the equipment it is serving.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-LX-02


Page 296/296

-

297



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

PIPEWORK SHEET 2

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

13 14

Check that the pipe flanges have been mounted square to each other. Also that the bolting and gaskets are correct. Check that all the bolts and fasteners are suitably lubricated.

15

Check that the painting, the insulation and the trace-heating conform to the specifications.

16

Check that the equipment has been bonded in accordance with the drawings and specifications.

17

Check for the correct tagging, labelling and colour coding of pipework and equipment.

18


19


REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-LX-02


Page 297/297

-

298



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

TURBINE EXHAUST DUCT SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1 2 3

Check the installation for damage. Check that the location, elevation and the orientation of the exhaust system is correct Check that the ducting is mounted and supported correctly.

4

Check that each joint in the ducting has the correct type of gasket material is installed.

5

Check that the flexible expansion bellows is located at its correct position and that the shipping brackets are removed.

6

Check that the silencer is located at its correct position and that it is adequately supported.

7

Check that the expansion supports are located in their correct position.

8

Check that there are access doors installed or another method of gaining entry into the exhaust duct.

9

Check the interior of the exhaust system to verify that it's clean of debrit.

10

Check that the equipment is bonded in accordance with the specifications and the drawings.

11

Check that the heat insulation is in place and complete.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-LX-03


Page 298/298

-

299



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

TURBINE EXHAUST DUCT SHEET 2

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

12

Check that the painting is suitable for its intended use and that it is in acceptable condition. (high ducting temperature)

13


14


REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-LX-03


Page 299/299

-

300



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

AIR FILTERS / FLAME TRAPS SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 1

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1 2 3 4 5 6 5

Check that the nameplate details are complete and correct Check for any installation damage. Check that the items installed are in accordance with the approved drawings. Check items for cleanliness Check the painting visually for damage. Check that the replaceable items can removed when required. Produce a defects list for issue in the Punch List.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-LX-04


Page 300/300

-

301



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8

FORM: C-LX-05

MECHANICAL. PRECOMMISSIONING CHECK LIST

PROJECT

DERRICK SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 1

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1

Check that all Derrick bolts have been tightened in accordance with the Derrick manufacturers tightening procedures.

3

Check that the crown is directly over the centre line of the Rotary Table. If it is not then use jacks and the shims id d b th V d t l l th D i k Check that the Derrick is square from the drill floor to the water table beams.

4

Check that the Derrick hold-down bolts ( typically 4 off per leg) are fully torqued up.

2

7

Check that the guide rails for the Top Drive are correctly spaced from the Rotary and are parallel and vertical to the F il t l f t V d d i Generally check the Derrick for signes of structual damage or defects. Also check installation of all platforms, access ways, handrails pipe supports service loops and cable rack supports Check the Top Drive Parking support beams and hydraulic rams that they have been installed as per Vendors drawings

8

Check that the earthing and bonding are in accordance with the drawings and specifications.

5 6

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-LX-05 This document is the property of Total. It must not be stored, reproduced or disclosed to others without written authorisation from the Company.

Page 301/301

-

302



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

CROWN BLOCK SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 1

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1

Check that the Crown Block assembly is correctly installed. That's to say that the fast-line sheave is on the Draw-works side of the Derrick.

2

Check that all bolts have been tightened and that all the handrails are in position and are secure.

3

Generally check the assembly for defects and structual damage.

4

Ensure that all sheaves are well greased and run smoothly. Check that all bolt wire-locking is done and that the centralised greasing system is in place.

5

Check that "tugger sheaves" have been greased and that they rotate freely.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-LX-06


Page 302/302

-

303



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

TRAVELLING BLOCK AND HOOK SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 1

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1 2 3 4

Check that the Block and Hook are undamaged. Inspect the sheave grooves for damage. Ensure that the sheaves are greased and running free. Check that the Hook locks are working and that the Hook can rotate.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-LX-07


Page 303/303

-

304



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

TOP DRIVE PACKAGE. SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 1

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1

Assemble and install the top drive following closely the Vendors rig-up and test procedure.

2

Check that the Top Drive service loop support brackets have been installed in the Derrick.

3

Ensure the fluid service-loop water-lines, have been flushed. Ensure also that the air lines have been blown through with air. Also that the hydraulic lines have been flushed through.

4

Ensure the correct installation of electrical equipment service loops.

5

Install the Rotary Hose complete with safety clamps.

6

Ensure that the Top Drive is lubricated in accordance with the Vendor's schedule.

7

Ensure that the Top Drive guide trolley is correctly installed. Also the clearance tolerances and the guide wheel function.

8

Ensure that all Top Drive bolted items are secure and where necessary wire-locked.

9

Ensure that the Top Drive hangs over the Rotary Table centre and that it's vertically aligned to within +/- 0.25°

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-LX-08


Page 304/304

-

305



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

ROTARY TABLE 37.5" PACKAGE. SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 1

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1

Ensure that the Rotary Table is installed in accordance with the Vendors insructions and that it is centred correctly.

2

Ensure that the table is level and also the table edge is flush with the top of the rig floor.

3

Check that the location blocks have been installed correctly.

4

Install hydraulic drive unit for the Rotary Table. Do not fully tighten holding-down bolts until drive couplings are aligned.

5

Complete the mechanical alignment check list for coupling. Check bolts are torqued to the Vendors recommendation.

6

Ensure the correct mounting of the Rotary Table control manifold.

7

Ensure the correct mounting of the Rotary controls.

8

Check the security of all connections. Ensure that the pilot lines between the Rotary Table control panel assembly and control manifold are tested and flushed out. Comply with the standard demanded in "onshore flushing of drilling hydraulic systems".

9

Lubricate the table and coupling in accordance with the Vendors schedule.

10

Record the table backlash. (typical tolerance is 0.02" / 0.03")

11

Ensure that the Rotary Table is free to rotate.

12

Bleed and fill the hydraulic system.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-LX-09


Page 305/305

-

306



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

DRAW-WORKS PACKAGE SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 1

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1

Install both sections of the Draw-works. To be supported and level as per the Vendors instructions.

2

The centre lines must coincide between the front Draw-works c/l. and the centre line of the Rotary Table

3

Check the drum centre line distance from the centre of the Rotary Table.

4 5

Check the installation and alignment of the D.C. drives. Check the installation and alignment of eddy current brake.

6

Check the brake control hydraulic system.

7

Check security of all connections between the draw-works, driller's control panel and the hydraulic brake control system. Ensure that the lines have been tested and flushed. Comply with the standard demanded in the "onshore flushing and cleaning of air and hydraulic lines".

8

Fill and lubricate the draw-works system in accordance with the Vendors lubrication schedule.

9

Using the Vendor provided pre-charge kit, fill and precharge the brake hydraulic system. Note: DO NOT start the motor or pump unless the accumulators have been charged.

10

Check that the brake cooling system package is installed, its levelled and pump/motor alignment checks are made.

11

Fill brake cooling system with potable water and inhibitor.

12

Check that the eathing and bonding are in accordance with the specifications.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-LX-10


Page 306/306

-

307



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

PIPE HANDLING SYSTEM SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 1

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

1

Install diving board in the Derrick. Ensure that the board is square and level. Check the height of the board above the drill floor datum. Refere to the Derrick Vendors drawings.

2

Install finger boards into the Derrick. Ensure that the finger boards are square and level to the Derrick.

3

Install the upper drive assembly to the diving board, complete with service loops, junction boxes etc.

4

Install the track kit on the drill floor as per Vendors drawings.

5

Install between the roughneck and diving board assembly; the intergrated roughneck and the lower and upper carriage assemblies. Ensure that the system is square to the drill- floor and in the centre of the set-back area.

6

Install the hydraulic interface panel in the Derrick.

7

Install the pipe handlers control cabin in the Derrick.

8

Install the derrickman's control station in the derrick. ( monkey board level )

9

Install all pipehandler termination kits in the derrick. ie; interface junctionboxes, cable loops etc.

10

Check the installation braket for the pipe handling machine camera.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-LX-11


Page 307/307

-

308



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8

MECHANICAL PRECOMMISSIONING CHECK LIST HYDRAULIC POWER UNIT RIG SKIDDING SUB-SYSTEM:

PROJECT

SHEET 1

OF 1

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

The Hydraulic Power unit provides the necessary fluid-power to the rig skidding gripper jack also to the hydraulic rig clamps. The control Panel enables the operator to skid the rig unit to the desired location via the gripper jack. The rig is locked into position via the locking clamps.

1 2

Complete the check list ( C-GX-07 ) for the Hydraulic unit. Ensure that the control panel is correctly installed.

3

Check the integrity and security of all the hydraulic lines. These are between the Control Panel, the Hydraulic unit, the Gipper Jacks and the Locking Clamps. Ensure that all lines are flushed and tested in accordance with the standard required in the onshore,"flushing of drilling hydraulic systems"

4

Ensure that all flexible jumper hoses have been correctly installed and are free from defects.

5

Lubricate the systems in accordance with the vendors requirements.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-LX-12


Page 308/308

-

309



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

RIG SKIDDING GRIPPER JACKS SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 1

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1

Install Grippers and Jacks onto the correct skidding beams.

2

Install the Grippers to skid beams as per the Vendors drawings.

3

Ensure that the skid beams are free of weld splatter, of rust and other defects. Check that Grippers can freely traverse the full length of the beam.

4 5 6 7

Install the Hydraulic rams to the skid beams. Attatch the Grippers th the hydraulic rams. Ensure that the clevis pins are fully greased. Leave the rams in the closed position.

8

Ensure that all of the bolt connections and locking pins are installed and that they are fully torqued as recommended.

9

Check the security of all hydraulic connections. Also all lines between Grippers / Rams and the Hydraulic Power unit have been tested and flushed-out. The required standard for this operation is to be found in the onshore guide, "flushing of the drilling hydraulic systems".

10

Fill and bleed the system with hydraulic fluid as per the Vendors reqirements.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-LX-13


Page 309/309

-

310



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8

MECHANICAL PRECOMMISSIONING CHECK LIST HYDRAULIC POWER UNIT DERRICK EQUIPMENT SUB-SYSTEM:

PROJECT

SHEET 1

OF 1

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

The Hydraulic Power Unit for the Derrick equipment provides all the hydraulic fluid power for the following:The Top Drive, The Pipe Handling Machine, Hydraulic Cat-head, The Mud Bucket, Drill Line Spool, Top Drive Parking The Rig Floor Distributuon Manifold. 1

Complete the check list, ref; C-GX-07 for the Hydraulic unit.

2

Ensure that all the lines between the unit and the listed above equipment are correctly run and secure. Refer to the project P&ID to ensure all lines are complete.

3

Ensure that all hydraulic lines have been flushed-out and tested in accordance with project procedure for flushing.

4

Install and check the flexible jumper hoses where shown on the vendors and project P&ID.

5

Lubricate the system in accordance with the Vendors schedule.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-LX-14


Page 310/310

-

311



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8

MECHANICAL PRECOMMISSIONING CHECK LIST DRAW-WORKS BRAKE COOLING PACKAGE SUB-SYSTEM:

PROJECT

SHEET 1

OF 1

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1

Check that the Brake Cooling Package Skid is correctly installed as per the structual requirements and is also level.

2

Check that the pump drives are correctly aligned and that they are free to rotate.

3

Check all flow and return pipework between the package and the draw-works are correctly installed, tested & flushed

4

Lubricate all components on the package in accordance with the vendors schedule.

5

Inspect the cooling storage tank for damage and internal debris.

6

Fill the tank with a coolant mix of;- 70% potable water, 30% Glycol and a suitable corrosion inhibitor to correct Ph.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-LX-15


Page 311/311

-

312



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

DEADLINE ANCHOR SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 1

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1

Install the Deadline anchor and locate it on the Drill Floor as per the project layout drawing.

2

Ensure that the Anchor bolts are correctly installed and fully torqued to the correct value.

3

Fully grease the Anchor in accordance with the Vendors requirements and insure that the pivot system is functional.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-LX-16


Page 312/312

-

313



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

DRILL LINE DRUM SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 1

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1 2 3 4 5

Install the Drill Line Drum in accordance with structual requirements. Ensure that the Drum is free to rotate on its bearing blocks. Inspect the outer wraps on the drum for damage and report on its condition. Check for the alignment of the hydraulic drive mechanism. Install the Drum Control Station.

6

Ensure that the hold down bolts for the system are installed and that they are fully torqued.

7

Check the security of all hydraulic connections between the Control Station, Drum and Rig Floor distribution manifold. Also they have been flushed and tested to the standard re-quired in the onshore "flushing of drilling hydraulic systems"

8

Lubricate the equipment in accordance with the Vendors schedule.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-lX-17


Page 313/313

-

314



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

HYDRAULIC MUD BUCKET SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 1

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1

Install the Mud Bucket into its operational position on the Rig Floor.

2

Install flexible hoses to the manifold on the rig floor. Check that the hoses are of adequate length and free from defects.

3

Check that the Mud Bucket Control Station has been correctly installed.

4

Lubricate the system in accordance with the Vendors requirements.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-LX-18


Page 314/314

-

315



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

HYDRAULIC CATHEAD SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 1

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1

Ensure that the Hydraulic Cathead is installed on thre Drill Floor as per project layout requirements.

2

Ensure that the hold-down bolts are correctly installed and fully torqued.

3

Lubricate the Cathead in accordance with the Vendors requirements.

4

Chech that the head of the Cathead is free to rotate in the same plane as the line of load.

5

Check the security of all the hydraulic connections between the Cathead, Control Station (in drillers cabin) and the Rig Floor distribution manifold. Check that all lines have been tested and flushed to the standard demanded in the onshore "flushing of drilling hydraulic systems".

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-LX-19


Page 315/315

-

316



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

SHALE SHAKERS PACKAGE SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 1

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

1

Check out that all the Shaker Units and the link sections have been installed and have been leveled.

2

Check that the Header Box is correctly installed and bolted to the shakers.

3

Ensure that the flexible connection between the header box and mud return flow line has been correctly installed and there is sufficient movement. ie. check that the flow line does not rest on the Header Box.

4

Check that the Shakers have been fully seal welded around the sumps.

5

Check the security of the air line to the Shaker by-pass control valve system. Also the lines are tested and flushed.

6

Check the security of the pipework to the Shaker spray bar system. Also that the lines have been tested and flushed.

7

Lubricate the system in accordance with the Vendors Schedule.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-LX-20


Page 316/316

-

317



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

CUTTING SCREW CONVEYORS. SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 1

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

1

Check that the large Screw Conveyor has been correctly installed. Also that all screw flights are bolted together and that the mechanism rotates freely.

2

Check that the small Screw Conveyer has been correctly installed and that the mechanism rotates freely.

3

Check the pivot mechanism of the small conveyor and that the conveyor can move freely between the skip positioners

4

Install the positioner cylinder of small conveyor and check security of connections. Cylinder should be finally installed in the retracted position.

5

Ensure the Screw Conveyor wear plates have been correctly installed.

6

Check the security of the hydraulic connections between the screw conveyors, the Hydraulic Power Pack and the skip positioners. Check that these lines have been tested and flushed to the standard required in the onshore " flushing of hydraulic systems".

7

Check that the Hydraulic Rams for the Skip Positioners are left in the closed position.

8


REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-LX-21


Page 317/317

-

318



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8

MECHANICAL PRECOMMISSIONING CHECK LIST HYDRAULIC POWER PACK CUTTING TRANSFER. SUB-SYSTEM:

PROJECT

SHEET 1

OF 1

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

The Hydraulic Power Pack for the Cutting Transfer, supplies power to the Screw Conveyors and to the Skip Positioners.

1

Complete the check list "C-GX-07" for the Hydraulic Power Pack.

2

Check the security and integrity of all hydraulic lines between the equipment mentioned in the above heading.

3

Install and check all jumper hoses.

4

Ensure that all hydraulic lines have been flushed and tested in accordance with the accepted project procedures.

5


REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-LX-22


Page 318/318

-

319



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

MUD STANDPIPE MANIFOLD SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 1

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

The Mud Standpipe Manifold is a one-piece all welded manifold. It comes complete with hammer lug unions for attachment to the project pipework. 1

Install the Manifold onto the Drill Floor to comply with the relative drawing from the projecr layout.

2

Ensure that the manifold is securely attached to structual supports.

3

4

5

6

7

Check for the correct function of all the valves on the Manifold. Before connecting the project mud lines up to and from the mud manifold ensure thay have been fully flushed out. The flushing should be in accordance with project procedure. Install the instruments and transmitters. Check the integrity of the instrument lines between the manifold and the driller cabin. Flush and test these lines in accordance with the project specifications. Fill and blead the lines with hydraulic fluid.

8

Hydrotest the manifold and the adjoining pipework in accordance with the project procedures. All the valves are to be open during the test.

9

Lubricate the manifold in accordance with the Vendors requirements.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-LX-23


Page 319/319

-

320



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

CHOKE MANIFOLD PACKAGE SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1

Install the Poorboy section of the manifold on the Drill Floor, level and square to comply with structual requirements

2

Install the components that have been shipped loose by the Vendor. ie; the chokes, buffer chambers and erosion spools. NOTE: new correct type ring gaskets must be used.

3

Install the downstream section of the manifold onto the drill floor and square & shim this section. It must mate and align with the flanges on the Poorboy section of the manifold. NOTE: new and correct type ring gaskets must be used.

4

Install all the choke and kill lines to and from the manifold. Installation to be in accordance with project P&ID. Ensure that all the lines have been flushed.

5

Hydrotest the system in accordance with the Vendors and the project procedure. NOTE: Poorboy Separator should not be tested to the same rating as choke manifolds or lines Check against the accepted procedures.

6

Install the Choke Control Consul in the Driller Cabin

7

Test run to check the integrity and security of the pneumatic and hydraulic lines between the instruments, the choke valves and the choke consul.

8

Ensure that these instrument lines have been flushed in accordance with the project procedures. NOTE: Before item 8 is started the Vendor should be invited to run the pneu-matic and hydraulic lines to a bulkhead terminal plate at the edge of the skid. Plate position to be determined on site.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-LX-24


Page 320/320

-

321



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

CHOKE MANIFOLD PACKAGE SHEET 2

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

9

Check inside the Poorboy Separator to be certain that it is clear of foreign debrit.

10

Check the security and the connection between the Poorboy Separator and Derrick vent line.

11

Check the Manifold grating is in place and fixed securely

12

Check the accessibility of the manifold valves and where appropriate install handwheels and function check valves.

13

Grease all valve stems in accordance with the Vendors requirements.

14

Blank off unused connections where applicable.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-LX-24


Page 321/321

-

322



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8

MECHANICAL PRECOMMISSIONING CHECK LIST KILL UNIT AND THE MIXING SKID SUB-SYSTEM:

PROJECT

SHEET 1

OF 1

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1

Install Kill Unit Skid in accordance with the project structual requirement. Ensure package level and supported correctly

2

Check the alignments of both DC. motors and HP. pumps mounted on the unit and ensure they are free to rotate.

3

Install the Mixing Unit and ensure that it is correctly supported and level.

4

Ensure correct alignment and free rotation for all AC. motors, pump, cooling fan and lube oil system pumps on both units.

5

Ensure that all project supply piping to and from the unit is installed as per P&ID.

6

Check that all the pipework to the units have been tested and flushed prior to connecting the unit.

7

Check that all interconnecting pipework and hoses between units are correctly installed. Also free from damage.

8 9 10 11

Check that the DisplacementtTanks are free of foreign debris. Check the function of all the valves on all units. Check the fluid ends of the pumps for corrosion; check both internally and externally. Lubricate the units in accordance with vendors requirements.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-LX-25


Page 322/322

-

323



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

CEMENT STANDPIPE MANIFOLD SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 1

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

NOTE: The cement manifold is comprised of loose valves, tees and fittings which are fixed together using hammer lugg type unions. 1

Assemble the manifolds and ensure that the hammer unions are tight.

2

Install the manifold on the Rig Floor in accordance with the project drawings "Drill Floor Layout".

3

4

5

Check that the Manifold is secured to the support structure. Connect and check the integrity of the project lines to and from the manifold. Ensure that prior to connection that the lines have been flushed in accordance with the project requirements. Check the function of all the valves in the manifold.

6

Install the pressure transmitter and check the security of the transmission lines between the Manifold and the Drillers Cabin. Ensure that the flushing of the transmission lines is in accordance with the requirements of the project.

7

Hydrotest the Manifold in accordance with the Vendors and the project requirements.

8

Grease all the valves in accordance with the Vendors recommendations.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-LX-26


Page 323/323

-

324



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

BOP. CONTROL PACKAGE SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 1

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

The BOP Control Package frovides hydraulic power to the BOP Stacks during drilling operations. The system comp-rises hydraulic pumps ( can be air and AC. motor driven ) and accumulator banks for back-up fluid power. 1 2 3

Complete the check list "C-GX-07" for the BOP Control Unit. Install all the hydraulic lines and hoses as per project P&ID. Check the security of the hose and line fittings.

4

Test and flush hoses and lines in accordance with the project procedures.

5

Lubricate the system in accordance with the Vendors approved procedures.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-LX-27


Page 324/324

-

325



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

DRAG CHAINS SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 1

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

1

Check the installation of the Drag Chains against the Vendors drawing.

2

Check for the correct installation of hoses within the Drag Chain assemblies.

3

Ensure that Drag Chains are connected to the tow bars and that they are properly supported.

4 5

Check the Drag Chains for installation damage etc. Check the roller assemblies.

6

Check that the chains are installed parallel to the skidding beams as per the project layout drawing.

7

Lubricate the Chains in accordance with the Vendors schedule.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-LX-28


Page 325/325

-

326



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

SHEET

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-?X-?


Page 326/326

-

327



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

HVAC. DUCTING SHEET

SUB-SYSTEM:

1

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1

2

Ensure that the ducting system is clearly identified. Check that the location, elevation and orientation are correct. Ensure also that the ductwork system is installed to the P&ID layout drawings and specifications.

3

Once the layout drawing has been checked out it should be attached to this check list.

4

The correct installation, of the following equipment, shall be verified: a) Flexible connections. b) Inspection doors. c) Access doors. d) External louvres. e) Supply grilles/supply diffuers. f) Extract/transfer grilles. g) Insulation - thermal/sound or fire rated. h) The Surface coating.

5

Check that all the ductwork and equipment is correctly mounted and supported.

6

Check that for chilled ductwork that it is well insulated from its supporting structure.

7

Check that the connections to the associated equipment are correct. Also that no load or stress is imparted to this equipment by the ducting.

8

Ensure that the ductwork is clean internally and that there is no internal damage.

9

Check that all ductwork joints have their gaskets installed.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-NX-01


Page 327/327

-

328



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8

MECHANICAL. PRECOMMISSIONING CHECK LIST

PROJECT

HVAC. DUCTING SHEET 2

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

Check that the equipment is bonded in accordance with the 10 drawings and specifications. 11

Check that the test holes have been drilled and plugged.

12

Ensure that the material/finish of the ducting/equipment is undamaged and conforms to the specifcations.

13

In positions, where there are access doors installed in the ductwork, above a false ceiling, ensure that there is access in this ceiling.

14


15


REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-NX-01


Page 328/328

-

329



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

HVAC. MANUAL DAMPER SHEET

SUB-SYSTEM:

1

OF 1

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1 2

Check that the nameplate data is correct. Check that the equipment "Tag Number is correct

3

Check that the damper is located and orientated correctly. Also check that it is undamaged.

4

Check that the mounting arrangement is correct and that the supports and gaskets to connecting ductwork are installed.

5


6 7

Check that the access door adjacent to the damper is installed. (where applicable.) Check that the damper is internally clean.

8

Ensure that the damper mechanism is lubricated. (where applicable.)

9

Check the free movement of the blade mechanism. Also check that the internal sealing of the blade is correct.

10

Check that the locking-arm device operates correctly. Also that the indicator arm is installed in the correct position.

11 12

Check that the equipment is preserved correctly. Produce a defects list for inclusion in the Punch List issue.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-NX-02


Page 329/329

-

330



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

HVAC. AUTOMATIC DAMPER SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1 2

Check that the nameplate data is correct. Check that the equipment "Tag Number" is correct.

3

Check the location, elevation and orientation of the damper is correct. Also that the equipment is undamaged.

4

Check that the mounting arrangements are correct and that the damper is adequately supported. Also check that the gaskets to the connecting ductwork are installed.

5

Check that the equipment is bonded in accordance with the drawings and the specifications.

6

Check that the access door, adjacent to the damper, is installed.

7

Check that the damper is internally clean.

8

Ensure that the damper mechanism has been lubricated. (where applicable.)

9

Check the free movement of the blade mechanism. Also check for the correct internal sealing of the damper blades.

10

Check that there is adequate space available to do maintenance on the pneumatic actuator and its controls.

11

Check that the pneumatic pipework has been correctly installed.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-NX-03


Page 330/330

-

331



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

HVAC. AUTOMATIC DAMPER SHEET 2

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

12

Check that when the damper is mechanically stroked that the limit switches operate "to make and break".

13

Ensure that the access door to the controles has been correctly replaced.

14

Check that the indicator arm is installed in the correct position.

15 16

Check that the equipment is preserved correctly. Produce a defects list for issue in the Punch List.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-NX-03


Page 331/331

-

332



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

HVAC. SOUND ATTENUATOR. SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 1

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1 2

Check that the details on the nameplate are correct. Check that the equipment "Tag Number" is correct

3

Check that the location and orientation are correct of the sound attenuator.

4

Check that the mounting arrangements are correct and that the supports and gaskets to the ducting are installed.

5


6

Check that the sound attenuator is internally clean and that no moisture has entered.

7

Check that the material is to the specification and that it is undamaged.

8


REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-NX-04


Page 332/332

-

333



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

HVAC. HUMIDIFIER SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1 2

Check that the nameplate details are complete and correct. Check that the equipment "Tag Number" is correct.

3

Check that the location and orientation of the humidifier are correct.

4

Check that the mounting arrangement supports adequately the humidifier and steam injection duct

5

Check that the steam-injection duct has been installed to the manufacturers recommendations. Also check that it drains back to the humidifier.

6

Check that all of the ductwork connections have had their gaskets installed.

7

Check that the balance-pipe, from the humidifier to the ductwork, is installed.

8

Check that the insulation to the steam duct is installed correctly.

9

Check that all pipework connections are correct and that they are adequately supported.

10

Check for the correct action of the water valve.

11

Ensure that both the drain and overflow are piped to a suitable drain system.

12


REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-NX-05


Page 333/333

-

334



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

HVAC. HUMIDIFIER. SHEET 2

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

13

Check that the humidifier is internally clean.

14

Ensure that there is adequate space to be able to carry out maintenance on the humidifier internals. (i.e. water storage- tank/steam chamber.)

15 16

Check that the material is undamaged. Check that the preservation of the equipment is correct.

17


18


REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-NX-05


Page 334/334

-

335



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

HVAC. AIR HANDLING UNIT SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 1

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1 2

Check that the nameplate details are correct. Check that the "Tag Number" is correct.

3

Check that location, orientation and also that the air-handling unit is level.

4

Check that the base plate/frame holding down arrangement is correct.

5

Check that the material and finish is to the specifications and that it is undamaged.

6

Check that all the ductwork connections have gaskets installed.

7


8 9 10

Check that the handling unit is internally clean. Produce a set of marked-up drawings in accordance with the installation. Produce a defects list for issue in the Punch List.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-NX-06


Page 335/335

-

336



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

HVAC CONSTANT VOLUME BOX SHEET 1 OF 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1 2

Check that the nameplate details are correct and complete. Check that the equipment "Tag Number" is correct.

3

Check that the location and orientation of the equipment is correct.

4

Check that the correct mounting arrangements are installed plus the supports and gaskets to the connecting ductwork.

5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Check that the access doors are installed. Where applicable check that the heater, attenuator and constant volume valve are clean and undamaged. Ensure that the valve mechanisms are lubricated. Check for the free movement of the constant volume valve. Check that the equipment is preserved correctly. Check that earthing and bonding are in accordance with the drawings and specifications. Produce a defects list for issue in the Punch List.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-NX-07


Page 336/336

-

337



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

HVAC GALLEY HOOD SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 1

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1 2 3

Check that the nameplate details are correct and complete. Check that the equipment "Tag Number" is correct. Check that the location and the orientation are correct.

4

Check that the location is correct for the carbon di-oxide nozzles and that they are in accordance with the drawing.

5

Check that both rating and location of the fusible-link is correct and is in accordance with the drawings and specifications.

6

Check that the mounting arrangements are correct and that the supports and gaskets are installed.

7 8 9 10

Where applicable check that the drains are fitted. Check that the equipment is preserved correctly. Check that the earthing and bonding are in accordance with the drawings and specifications. Produce a defects list for issue in the Punch List.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-NX-08


Page 337/337

-

338



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

HVAC SPRAY WASHER SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 1

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1 2

Check that the nameplate details are correct and complete. Check that the "Tag Number" is correct.

3

Check that the location and the orientation of the equipment is correct.

4

Check that the correct mounting arrangements, supports and gaskets to the connecting ductwork are installed.

5

Check that the spray washer is internally clean and undamaged.

6 7 8 9 10

Check that the drains are correctly fitted. Check that all of the pipework is installed in accordance with the drawing and that its undamaged. Check that the equipment is preserved correctly. Check that the earthing and bonding are in accordance with the drawings and specifications. Produce a defects list for issue in the Punch List.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-NX-09


Page 338/338

-

339



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8

MECHANICAL PRECOMMISSIONING CHECK LIST HVAC FIRE DAMPER CONTROL PANEL SUB-SYSTEM:

PROJECT

SHEET 1

OF 1

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1 2

Check that the nameplate details are correct and complete. Check that the "Tag Number" is correct.

3

Check that the location and the orientation of the panel is correct.

4

Check that the mimic-panel is correct and is in accordance with the drawings.

5

Check that the pneumatic pipework, the manifolds and valves are correctly installed in accordance with the drawings.

6

Check for the correct operation of the pneumatic handswitches.

7

Check that the equipment is preserved correctly.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-NX-10


Page 339/339

-

340



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

HVAC WEATHER LOUVRE SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 1

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1 2

Check that the nameplate details are correct and complete. Check that the equipment "Tag Number" is correct.

3

Check that both location and orientation of the equipment are correct.

4

Check that the correct mounting arrangements, the supports and gaskets are installed to the connecting ductwork.

5 6 7 8 9

Where applicable check that the drains have been installed. Check tha the equipment is undamaged. Check that the equipment is preserved correctly. Check that the earthing and bonding are in accordance with the drawings and specifications. Produce a defects list for issue in the Punch List.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-NX-11


Page 340/340

-

341



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

STRUCTURE SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 1

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1

Check that the grating, floor plating, the stair-tread installation and fixing conform to the specification

2

Check that the handrailing conforms to the approved drawings and specifications.

3

Check that ladders,safety hoops and the safety bars conform to the specifications.

4

Check that the runway beams are level and that they have the end stops fitted.

5

Carry out a dimensional survey to verify that they are within the accepted tolerances called-up on the specifications.

6

Check that the installation of the padeyes are in accordance with the contract drawing and specifications.

7

Check that the painting conforms to that identified on the structure specification.

8

Check that the fireproofing conforms to the contract drawings and specifiation.

9


10


REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-QX-01


Page 341/341

-

342



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

BUILDING SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 1

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1

Check that the building conforms to the drawings and specifications.

2

Check the quality and conformity of the pressure and of safety protection: fire walls, fire doors, insulation etc..

3

Check throughout the building for cleanliness.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-QX-02


Page 342/342

-

343



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8

L


PROJECT

DIESEL ENGINE SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Check that the nameplate details are complete and correct. Check that the location, elevation, orientation are correct and that the engine is level. Check that the holding down arrangements are correct Check for any insulation damage Check that the equipment is installed in accordance with the specificartions and the approved drawings. Check that any nozzles not in use are suitably sealed. Check the engine and its ancillaries for cleanliness.

8


9

Check that all ladders and platforming have been installed in accordance with the approved drawings.

10


11


12

Check that when the bolts are removed from the piping flanges that they align correctly with the skid nozzle flanges.

13

Check, that for piping routed to the skid, that the pipe supports are in accordance with the approved design.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-TX-01


Page 343/343

-

344



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

DIESEL ENGINE SHEET 2

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

14

Check that the temporary strainer has been installed in the fuel line.

15

Check that there is adequate space around the engine to withdraw the internals using suitable lifting gear.

16

Check that the stores contains the commissioning spares and also any special tools that may be required.

17

Check that the filters for, combustion air, fuel and lube oil are in accordance with specifications and are also serviceable.

18

Check that the preservation fluids are removed and that the systems have been flushed out as per recomendations.

19

Check that the cooling system is filled with approved antifreeze or inhibitor to the correct Ph. value.

20

Check the hydraulic and pneumatic start systems and their accumulators.

21

Check that, where applicable, the elecrtic batteries are connected.

22

Produce a set of marked up drawings which are in agreement with the installation.

23


REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-TX-01


Page 344/344

-

345



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

SANITARY FITTINGS SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 1

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1

Check that the location and the orientation of the equipment is correct.

2

Check that the mounting arrangements, the supports and the gaskets are installed.

3

Check that all the fittings are aligned and connected to their respective services.

4 5 6 7 8

Check that the drains have been correctly fitted. Check that all piping has been fitted that it is undamaged and that it's in accordance with the specification. Check all surfaces for cracks, blemishes, etc. Check the operation of all the fittings and of the valve arrangements. Produce a defects list for issue in the Punch List.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-VX-01


Page 345/345

-

346



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

MACERATOR. SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1 2 3 4

Check that the nameplate details are complete and correct. Check the location, elevation, orientation and also that the sump-tank is level. Check that the holding down arrargments are correct. Check for any installation damage.

5

Check that the nozzles have been suitably isolated to allow safe entry for an internal examination.

6

Check that the macerator and sump-tank are installed in accordance with the specifications and approved drawings.

7

Check that any nozzles not in use are suitably sealed/isolated.

8

Check both the macerator and sump-tank internally for cleanliness.

9


10

Check that the installation of the ladders and platforming are in accordance with the approved drawings. Also that the manways are accessible and suitable for operation.

11 12

Check the painting visually for damage. Check that the equipment has been bonded in accordance with the drawings and specifications.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-VX-03


Page 346/346

-

347



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

MACERATOR SHEET 2

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

13

Check that the tank piping supports are in accordance with the design.

14

Check that when the flanges are unbolted, that the nozzle flanges align correctly with the pipework flanges.

15 16 17

Check that the temporary strainer has been fitted. Check that the faces of the mechanical seal are undamaged and that the seal complies with the type specified. Check the free rotation of the shaft in both directions.

18

Check that the macerator unit can be withdrawn from the sump-tank.

19

Check that the preservation fluids have been removed and that the systems have been flushed out sufficiently.

20 21 22 23

Check that the bolts are correctly tightened and lubricated. Check that both coupling and coupling guards have been installed. Produce a set of marked up drawings which are in accordance with the installation. Produce a defects list for issue in the Punch List.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-VX-03


Page 347/347

-

348



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

LUBE OIL PACKAGE SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Check that the nameplate details are correct and complete. Check for any installation damage. Check that the package has been installed in accordance with the approved drawings and specifications. Check the package for cleanliness. Check that preservation has been carried out in accordance with the approved procedure. Check the painting visually for damage. Check that the items in the package can be withdrawn using suitable lifting gear. Check the storage tank is as per drawing and clean.

9

Check that the pipe-supports, for the piping connected to the skid, are in accordance with the design.

10

Check after unbolting the skid flanges that the corresponding pipework flanges align correctly.

11 12

Check the integrity of the package. Check that the bolting is suitably lubricated.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-VX-04


Page 348/348

-

349



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

LUB OIL PACKAGE SHEET 2

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

13

Check that earthing and bonding are in accordance with the drawings and specifications.

14


15


REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-VX-04


Page 349/349

-

350



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

FLARE TIP PACKAGE SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

1

Check that all the equipment documentation and certification is completed. Check that there are no outstanding items of work and also for the correct and complete nameplate data.

2

Check the location, orientation and the elevation of the Flare Tip assemblies.

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Check that the bolting down arrangemens are correct. Check for any installation damage. Check that the Flare Tips are installed in accordance with the the approved drawings. Check the Flare Tips for cleanliness. Check that the installation of all ladders and platforming are in accordance with the approved drawings. Check the protective coating visually for any damage. Check after unbolting the Flare Tips that the pipe flanges align correctly with the nozzles on the Flare Tips. Check that the bolting is suitably lubricated.

11

Arrange a joint visit by both the Commissioning Dept. and the Certification Authority for the final check.

12

Check that all of the bolting at the Flare Tips has been correctly tightened.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-VX-06


Page 350/350

-

351



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

FLATE TIP PACKAGE SHEET 2

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

13

Check that all earthing and bonding is in accordance with the drawings and specifications.

14


15 16

Produce a list of any defects. Consolidate the above list for issue in the Punch List.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-VX-06


Page 351/351

-

352



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8

MECHANICAL PRECOMMISSIONING CHECK LIST IGNITION AND SNUFFING PACKAGES SUB-SYSTEM:

PROJECT

SHEET 1

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

1

Check that the equipment documentation and the certification have been completed. Check that there are no outstanding items of work also for correct and complete nameplate data.

2

Check the location, elevation, orientation and that the equipment is level.

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Check that the holding down arrangements are correct. Check for any installation damage. Check that the installation of the packages is in accordance with the approved drawings. Check the packages for cleanliness. Check that preservation has been carried out acceptably Check that the access to the packages is acceptable. Check the painting visually for damage. Check for correct operation of the snuffing package cylinder weighing device.

11

Ensure the stores contain spare snuffing package nitrogen pilot and main cylinders complete with compatible valves.

12

Ensure the stores has replacements for the snuffing package carbon dioxide cylinders complete with compatible valves.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-VX-07


Page 352/352

-

353



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8

MECHANICAL PRECOMMISSIONING CHECK LIST IGNITION AND SNUFFING PACKAGES SUB-SYSTEM:

PROJECT

SHEET 2

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

13

Ensure that for the ignition package, the stores have replacement propane cylinders complete with compatible valves.

14

Check that earthing and bonding are in accordance with the drawings and specifications.

15


16 17

Produce a defects list of the installation. Consolidate the above list for issue in the Punch List.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-VX-07


Page 353/353

-

354



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8

T


PROJECT

INSULATION FOR PIPING SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 1

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

1

Check that the insulation and cladding materials conform to the specifications.

2

Check that the Vendor's information and recommendations are available to view.

3

Check that the insulation is compatible with the heat tracing system.

4

Check the method of application for the various materials.

5

Check that all testing has been completed and that the results are accepted by the Company prior to insulation application.

6

Check that the heat tracing system has been accepted by the Company prior to the application of insulation material.

7

Check the surface preparation prior to the application of the insulation.

8

Check that the insulation is in accordance with the specifications, the line list and the P&ID during the insulation work.

9

Check the installation of wire mesh.

10

Check the overlap of the metal cladding. Also that each joint is sealed with a suitable sealant specified for weather proofing

11

Check the staggering of the metal cladding joints and verify that they have been applied as per the specifications.

12


REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-XX-01


Page 354/354

-

355



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

PAINTING SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 1

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1

Check that the completed painting is in accordance with the specifications covering quality and thickness.

2

Check that the marking (identification coating) and the colour coding conforms to the specifications.

3

Check that after pre-commissioning is finished that the painting of piping systems and of the equipment is "touched up" to conform to the specifications

4


REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-XX-02


Page 355/355

-

356



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

FIRE PROTECTION INSULATION SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 1

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1

Check that the materials and the installation conforms to the specifications.

2

Check and make a record of the various thicknesses of the insulation material.

3

Check that the sealed joints conform to the specifications and also agree with the suppliers recommendations and specs.

4

Check that any damaged areas are repaired in accordance with the repair procedures and to the specifications.

5

Produce a defects list for issue in the Punch list.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-XX-03


Page 356/356

-

357



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

LIFE RAFTS SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 1

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1

Check that both the life raft and scramble net have current certification. Also check that they are clearly identified

2

Check the location of the scramble net, the life raft and the cradle fixation. Also check the length of the painter rope.

3

Check that the life raft is correctly installed in its cradle and check the operation of the cradle.

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

Check the cradle holding down arrangements. Check for any installation damage. Check that the scramble net is of the correct length. Check both the life raft and scramble net for cleanliness. Check that the scramble net is correctly installed. Also check that the life raft painter is securely tied to the base of the net. Check the painted surface of the life raft casing for damage. Check that the last inspection date is clearly indicated. Also that the next inspection is not overdue. Check that the life raft casing is correctly fastened-up. Produce a set of marked-up drawings which are in accordance with the installation. Produce a defects list for issue in the Punch List.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-YX-01


Page 357/357

-

358



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

LIFEBOAT AND CRADLE SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 4

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1

Check that certification is complete. Check also that the nameplate details are correct and complete.

2

Check the location and elevation of the cradle supports and also that they are level.

3 4 5

Check that the lifeboat is correctly orientated. Check that the davit holding arrangement is correct. Check for any installation damage.

6

Check the cradle supports and the lifeboat installation is in accordance with the approved drawings.

7

Check that the cradle supports and the lifeboat both internally and externally for cleanliness.

8

Check that the preservation of the lifeboat and of the cradle supports has been carried out in accordance with the approved drawings.

9

Check against the supplier's check list that all of the items mentioned have been installed in the lifeboat.

10

Check that the cradle-support operation instructions are clearly displayed in the lifeboat interior.

11

Check the accessiblity to the lifeboat installation. Also check that the handrailing and walkways have been completed in accordance with the approved drawings.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-YX-02


Page 358/358

-

359



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

LIFEBOAT AND CRADLES. SHEET 2

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 4

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

12

Check the painted surfaces of the hydraulic power unit and the cradle for damage. Also damage to the lifeboat surface finish.

13

Check that the engine cover is secured.

14

Check that the Davits are reeved correctly and that the wire ropes are serviceable.

15

Check that the manual operation of the winch gear is as per specifications.

16

Check that the grabrails and the grablines are secured and in good condition.

17 18 19 20

Check that the reflective strips are attached. Check the operation of the lifeboat access doors for ease of use and correct installation. Check that the seawater spray nozzels (deluge) are secured. Check that the canopy vents are clear.

21

Check the propeller and rudder assemblies for freedom of movement. Also the operation of the helmsman's wheel.

22

Check that the exhaust pipe clack valve (non-return) is installed.

23

Check that the outlet from the bilge pump is clear of obstruction.

24

Check that all the reqired seat belts are installed and that they are functional.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-YX-02


Page 359/359

-

360



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

LIFEBOAT AND CRADLES. SHEET 3

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 4

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35

Check that the seawater pump inlet is clear of obstruction. Check that the valve spanner is securely attached. Check that the wet chamber is installed in the exhaust piping. Check that the equipment is correctly preserved. Check that the bolting is suitably lubricated. Check that the cradle heat protection shielding is complete and secured. Check the cradle rotation system. Check out the cradle "simuldrop" system. Check the hydraulic power-pack. Check the diesel engine. Visualy check that the lights function.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-YX-02


Page 360/360

-

361



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8

MECHANICAL PRECOMMISSIONING CHECK LIST CARBON DIOXIDE DELUGE SYSTEM SUB-SYSTEM:

PROJECT

SHEET 1

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Check that the nameplate details are complete and correct. Check that the location of the equipment is correct. Check the holding down arrangements. Check for any installation damage. Check that the carbon dioxide cylinders, their valves and piping are installed in accordance with the approved drawings Check all items for cleanliness. Check visually the paining and surface finish for damage.

8

Check for correct alignment between the external pipework and the equipment nozzles. Disconnect the pipework to check

9

Check that each carbon dioxide cylinder is charged to the correct level. Verify that the charge pressure is within the acceptable range.

10

Check that the installation of the nitrogen cylinders, their valves and piping is in accordance with the approved drawings.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-YX-03


Page 361/361

-

362



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8

MECHANICAL PRECOMMISSIONING CHECK LIST CARBON DIOXIDE DELUGE SYSTEM SUB-SYSTEM:

PROJECT

SHEET 2

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

11

Check that each of the nitrogen cylinders is charged to the correct level. Also check that the pressure is within the acceptable range.

12

Check that the earthing and bonding are in accordance with the drawings and the specifications.

13


14


REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-YX-03


Page 362/362

-

363



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

WATER DELUGE SYSTEM. SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 1

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Check that the nameplate details are correct and complete Check the location and the arrangement of the equipment is correct. Also that it conforms to isometric and P&ID drawings. Check the holding down arrangements. Check for any installation damage. Check that the installation is in accordance with the specifications. Check the general accessibility for operation. Check for cleanliness. Check the painting visually for damage.

9

Check that after disconnection of the pipework flanges that the pipe flanges align correctly with their relative equipment.

10

Check that the earthing and bonding is in accordance with the drawings and specifications.

11

Produce a set of marked-up drawings which are in accordance with the deluge installation.

12

Produce a defects list for issue in the Punch List. NOTE: USE CHECK LIST C-LX-02. FOR PIPING INCLUDED IN THE DELUGE SYSTEM.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-YX-04


Page 363/363

-

364



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

FIREWATER MONITOR. SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 1

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1 2 3 4 5 6

Check that the namplate details are correct and complete. Check the location, the elevation, orientation and that the monitor is level. Check for any installation damage. Check that the monitor installation is in accordance with the approved drawings and specifiations. Check the monitor for cleanliness. Check the surface finish for damage.

7

Check that lubrication of the unit has been carried out and that it was done in accordance with the approved procedure.

8

Check that the monitor moves freely in its planes of operation (vertical and horizontal). Also that it is easily accessible.

9


10

Check that the earthing and bonding of the unit is in accordance with the drawings and specifiations.

11


12

Produce a defecs list for issue in the Punch List.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-YX-05


Page 364/364

-

365



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

HOSE REELS. SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 1

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

Check the location and elevation of the hose reel. Check that the mounting arrangements are correct and that there is easy access. Check for any installation damage. Check that the piping up to the hose reel is complete. Check for the free rotation of the reel. Check that the hose unwinds freely from the reel. Check that the nozzle is installed in the hose and that its fastening is correct. Check that the hose is undamaged. Check the hose and the reel for clealiness. Check the painting of the reel visually for damage. Check that the hose has been correctly wound onto the reel. Initiate a set of marked-up drawings for modification. Produce a defects list for issue in the Punch List.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-YX-06


Page 365/365

-

366



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8

MECHANICAL PRECOMMISSIONING CHECK LIST HYDRANTS, CABINETS AND THE FIREMANS EQUIPMENT CABINETS SUB-SYSTEM:

PROJECT

SHEET 1

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1


2

Check the location, elevation, orientation are correct. Also that the hydrant and fireman's equipment cabinets are level.

3

Check the holding down arrangements and the accessibility for the hydrant and the fireman's equipment cabinets.

4


5

Check that the following equipment is installed in accordance with the approved drawings and P&ID's:- hydrant & cabinet, hoses and nozzles, fireman's cabinet, miscellaneous items.

6

Check that the items in the fireman's cabinet are in accordance with the Vendors equipment check list.

7 8 9 10 11

Check the operation of the cabinet doors. Check the cabinet internally for cleanliness. Check the painting visually for damage. Check that the hoses connect into the hydrant correctly. Check that the nozzles connect into the hose correctly.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-YX-07


Page 366/366

-

367



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8

MECHANICAL PRECOMMISSIONING CHECK LIST HYDRANTS, CABINETS AND THE FIREMAN'S EQUIPMENT CABINETS SUB-SYSTEM:

PROJECT

SHEET 2

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

12

Check that the earthing and bonding are in accordance with the drawings and specifications.

13


14


REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-YX-07


Page 367/367

-

368



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8

MECHANICAL PRECOMMISSIONING CHECK LIST PORTABLE FIRE FIGHTING EQUIPMENT SUB-SYSTEM:

PROJECT

SHEET 1

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1 2 3 4

Check that the nameplate data is complete and correct. Check that the equipment "Tag Number" is correct. Check that the location is correct. Check that the mounting is correct

5

Check that the various types of extinguishers are corrctly colour coded.

6

The following equipment shall be checked and listed on sheet number 2. together with a marked-up layout drawing of the area

6a 6b 6c 6d 6e 7

Portable water extinguisher. Portable dry powder extinguisher. Portable BCF extinguisher. Portable foam extinguisher. Fire blankets. Produce a defects list for issue in the Punch List.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-YX-08


Page 368/368

-

369



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8

MECHANICAL PRECOMMISSIONING CHECK LIST PORTABLE FIRE FIGHTING EQUIPMENT ( continuation sheet )

PROJECT

SHEET 2

OF 2

SUB-SYSTEM: EQUIPMENT N°: LOCATION: TAG N°

TYPE

CHECKED BY

DATE

SIGN.

COMMENTS

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-YX-08 (cont.)


Page 369/369

-

370



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

SURVIVAL EQUIPMENT SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 2

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1 2 3 4

Check that the equipment certication is complete and that the nameplate data is correct. Check that the equipment "Tag Number" is correct. Check that the location is correct. Check that the mounting arrangements are correct.

5

The following equipment shall be checked and listed on sheet N°.2 together with a marked-up layout drawing indicating the items checked.

5a

Lifebuoys.

5b

Smoke and Light units ( for man overboard )

5c 5d 5e 6

Lifejackets. Survival suits Scramble nets ( where applicable ) Produce a defects list for issue in the Punch List.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-YX-09


Page 370/370

-

371



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

SURVIVAL EQUIPMENT ( CONTINUATION SHEET )

SHEET 2 OF 2

SUB-SYSTEM: EQUIPMENT N°: LOCATION: TAG N°

TYPE

CHECKED BY

DATE

SIGN.

COMMENTS

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-YX-09 (cont.)


Page 371/371

-

372



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

FIRST AID EQUIPMENT SHEET 1

SUB-SYSTEM:

OF 1

TAG NUMBERS


CHECK LIST

ITEM

1 2 3 4

Check that certification is complete and that the nameplate details are complete and correct. Check that the equipment "Tag Number" is correct. Check that both the location and the orientation are correct. Check that the mounting arrangements are correct.

5

Check that the pipework supply and drains to the eyewash/ shower unit are installed correctly. (where applicable)

6

The following equipment shall be checked together with including a marked up layout drawing indicating the area checked.

6a 6b

Eye wash container. Eye wash with potable water connected.

6c

Eye wash and shower unit.

6d

Stretcher.

6e 6f 7

A fixed first-aid cabinet and its contents. Portable first-aid boxes Produce a defects list for issue in the Punch List.

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-YX-10


Page 372/372

-

373



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

PACKAGES SHEET 1

OF 4

SUB-SYSTEM: EQUIPMENT N°: LOCATION:

CHECK LIST

ITEM

MECHANICAL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Check that the nameplate details are complete and correct. Check that the Package Mechanical equipment is complete and not damaged. Check that preservation has been carried out in accordance with the approved procedure. Check all the equipment for correct lubrication, for oil leaks and cleanliness Check for the free rotation of the rotating equipment. Check the insulation, painting, for correct tagging and identification. Produce a defects list for issue in the Punch List. YES

NO

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-ZX-01 M


Page 373/373

-

374



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

PACKAGES SHEET 2

OF 4


CHECK LIST

ITEM

INSTRUMENTS 1 2 3 4 5

Check the Package Instrument equipment for damage and for missing equipment. Check that preservation has been carried out in accordance with the approved procedure. Check all equipment including the small bore piping and fittings have been correctly installed. Check that they conform to the area requirements. Check the insulation, the painting, the tagging and identification. Produce a defects list for issue in the Punch List. YES

NO

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-ZX-01 I


Page 374/374

-

375



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

PACKAGES SHEET 3

OF 4


CHECK LIST

ITEM

PIPING 1 2 3 4 5

Check the Package Piping for any damaged or missing items/equipment. Check that preservation has been carried out in accordance with the approved procedure. Check the insulation, painting, tagging and identification. Check for the correct operation of all manual valves. Produce a defects list for issue in the Punch List. YES

NO

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-ZX-01 P


Page 375/375

-

376



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 8


PROJECT

PACKAGES SHEET 4

OF 4


CHECK LIST

ITEM

ELECTRICAL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Check the Package Electrical equipment for damage and missing equipment. Check that preservation has been carried out in accordance with the approved procedure. Check that the cables are adequately supported and protected. Check the insulation, painting, tagging and the identification. Check that the equipment including cables and glands have been correctly installed. Also check that they conform to the area requirements. Check that all equipment has been earthed and bonded. Produce a defects list for issue in the Punch List. YES

NO

REMARKS:

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


FORM: C-ZX-01 E


Page 376/376

-

377



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 9

Appendix 9

Mechanical “Test Sheet” master forms


Page 377/377

-

378



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 9

MECHANICAL PRECOMMISSIONING TEST SHEET

PROJECT

GENERAL PURPOSE TAG NUMBER :

SUBSYSTEM :

DESCRIPTION :

LOCATION :

EQUIPMENT N° :

SHEET :

of

DATA

TEST RESULTS

SKETCHES / NOTES

REMARKS

NAME

SIGNATURE

DATE

ACCEPTED BY


FORM : T - MX -00


Page 378/378

-

379



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 9


PROJECT

VESSELS AND TANKS TAG NUMBER :

SUBSYSTEM :

DESCRIPTION :

LOCATION :

EQUIPMENT N° :

SHEET :

1 of

1

DATA

DESIGN PRESSURE

Barg

TEST PRESSURE

Barg

TEST MEDIUM STATIC HEAD

m TEST RESULTS

DURATION OF TEST

mins

TEST PRESSURE - START

Barg

TEST PRESSURE - FINISH

Barg

TEST MEDIUM TEMPERATURE

°C

REMARKS

NAME

SIGNATURE

DATE

ACCEPTED BY


FORM : T - MX -01


Page 379/379

-

380



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 9


PROJECT

HEAT EXCHANGERS TAG NUMBER :

SUBSYSTEM :

DESCRIPTION :

LOCATION :

EQUIPMENT N° :

SHEET :

1

of

1

DATA DESIGN PRESSURE

Barg

TEST PRESSURE

Barg

TUBE BUNDLE

SHELL

TEST MEDIUM TEST RESULTS TUBE BUNDLE DURATION OF TEST

SHELL

mins

TEST PRESSURE - START

Barg

TEST PRESSURE - FINISH

Barg

TEST MEDIUM TEMPERATURE

°C

REMARKS

NAME

SIGNATURE

DATE

ACCEPTED BY


FORM : T - MX -02


Page 380/380

-

381



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 9

PIPING PRECOMMISSIONING TEST SHEET PIPEWORK PRESSURE TEST TASK NUMBER:

SUBSYSTEM:

TEST PACK NUMBER:

LOCATION:

PROCEDURE N°:

SHEET:

1 of

PROJECT

1

LINE IDENTIFICATION:

TEST PREPARATION Weight control (for gas line supports):

NO

YES

Water quality

NO

YES

Inhibitor: Filtration:

Equipment removed:

NO

YES

Conformity PID's*

REQUEST TO PRESSURE TEST DATE: PERMISSION TO TEST

WITNESSING:

NAME

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

DATE

DATA DESIGN PRESSURE:

TEST PRESSURE:

CALIBRATION CERTIFICATE:

TEST MEDIUM

BLIND LIST

TEST RESULTS TEST DATE:

TEST DURATION:

W ITNESSING BY:

TEST PRESS-START:

TEST PRESS- FINISH:

TEST MEDIUM TEMP:

REMARKS * Excepted removed equipments, pipework installation is conform to the specification & PID's ,

NAME

SIGNATURE

DATE

ACCEPTED


FORM : T MX 03


Page 381/381

-

382



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 9

PIPING PRECOMMISSIONING TEST SHEET PIPEWORK CHEMICAL CLEANING / PICKLING TASK NUMBER:

SUBSYSTEM:

TEST PACK NUMBER:

LOCATION:

PROCEDURE N°:

SHEET:

1 of

PROJECT

1


TEST PREPARATION REQUEST DATE: PERMISSION TO

Type of Chemical:

NO

WITNESSING: NAME

YES

DATE

Product

Quantity

Proportion

OPERATION DESCRIPTION: Effluent disposal: Temporary equipment: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS:

RESULTS AND COMMENTS:

NAME

SIGNATURE

DATE

ACCEPTED


FORM : T MX 04 This document is the property of Total. It must not be stored, reproduced or disclosed to others without written authorisation from the Company.

Page 382/382

-

383



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 9

PIPING PRECOMMISSIONING TEST SHEET PIPEWORK FLUSHING/CLEANING TASK NUMBER:

SUBSYSTEM:

TEST PACK NUMBER:

LOCATION:

PROCEDURE N°:

SHEET:

1 of

PROJECT

1


TEST PREPARATION W eight control (for gas line supports):

NO

YES

W ater quality

Inhibitor:

NO

YES

Filtration:

NO

YES

W ater disposal: Equipment removed:

NO

YES

REQUEST TO FLUSH DATE: PERMISSION TO FLUSH

NO

YES

Conformity PID's*

NO

YES

W ITNESSING:

NO

YES

NAME

DATE

DATA FLUSHING MEDIUM:

FLUSHING FLOW :

FLUSHING MEDIUM T°:

FLUSH DATE:

FLUSH DURATION:

W ITNESSING BY:

REMARKS * Excepted removed equipments, pipework installation is conform to the specification & PID's ,

NAME

SIGNATURE

DATE

ACCEPTED


FORM : T MX 05


Page 383/383

-

384



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 9


PROJECT

VALVE PRESSURE TEST TAG NUMBER :

SUBSYSTEM :

DESCRIPTION :

LOCATION :

EQUIPMENT N° :

SHEET :

PIPEWORK DATA LINE SIZE N°

SPOOL N°

1

of

1

INSPECTION ISO N°

VISUAL INSPECTION

NDT

POST W ELD HT

REMARKS

NAME

SIGNATURE

DATE

ACCEPTED BY


FORM : T - MX -06


Page 384/384

-

385



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 9


PROJECT

MACHINERY ALIGNMENT TAG NUMBER :

SUBSYSTEM :

DESCRIPTION :

LOCATION :

EQUIPMENT N° :

SHEET :

of

DATA DRIVEN EQUIPMENT

EQIPMENT N°

DRIVER EQUIPMENT

EQIPMENT N°

COUPLING TYPE

SIZE

COUPLING MANUFACTURER

MACHINE CONDITIONS BASEPLATE HOLDING DOWN BOLTS

LOOSE

TIGHT

PIPING FLANGE BOLTS

LOOSE

TIGHT

ALIGNMENT RESULTS COLD ALIGNMENT

RECORDED VALUES 2

PERMISSABLE 1

ANGLE

0°

90°

180°

270°

RUNOUT CONCENTRIC

u or

R1

PARALLEL

u or

A1

3

NOTES : 1

R2

CHECK VENDORS OPER. MANUAL,

2

VIEWED FROM DRIVER,

ROTATION OF BOTH COUPLINGS

3

R1

0°

DRIVEN

DRIVER

A1 270° R2

180° ORIENT AT ION FROM VIEWER

GAUGES POSIT IONS

REMARKS

NAME

90°

SIGNATURE

DATE

ACCEPTED BY


FORM : T - MX -08 This document is the property of Total. It must not be stored, reproduced or disclosed to others without written authorisation from the Company.

Page 385/385

-

386



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 9


PROJECT

DUCKWORK LEAKAGE TAG NUMBER :

SUBSYSTEM :

DESCRIPTION :

LOCATION :

EQUIPMENT N° :

SHEET :

1

of

1

DATA DUCTING SECTION TO BE TESTED * DUCTING SECTION SIZE

mm m2

SURFACE AREA OF DUCT UNDER TEST TEST STATIC PRESSURE

Barg x

LEAKAGE FACTOR

Litre/sec

MAXIMUM LEAKAGE FACTOR ( 2 x LEAKAGE FACTOR )

-

Litre/sec

TEST RESULTS DUCT STATIC PRESSURE READING

Barg x

-

TYPE OF FLOW MEASURING DEVICE MEASURING DEVICE MEASUREMENT RANGE INTERPRETED AIR FLOW LEAKAGE RATE AT START OF TEST

Litre/sec

INTERPRETED AIR FLOW LEAKAGE RATE AFTER 15 MINUTES Litre/sec INTERPRETED AIR FLOW LEAKAGE RATE AFTER

Litre/sec

RE-APPLICATION OF TEST PRESSURE

NOTES : * ATTACH MARKED UP DUCTING & INSTRUMENT DIAGRAM ( D & ID ) .

REMARKS

NAME

SIGNATURE

DATE

ACCEPTED BY


FORM : T - MX -09


Page 386/386

-

387



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 9


PROJECT

LIFEBOATS AND CRADLES TAG NUMBER :

SUBSYSTEM :

DESCRIPTION :

LOCATION :

EQUIPMENT N° :

SHEET :

1

of

1

DATA SAFE W ORKING LOAD

kg

TEST LOAD = 2.2 x S.W .L.

kg

TEST RESULTS CRADLE STATIC LOAD TEST

REM ARKS

NAME

SIGNATURE

DATE

ACCEPTED BY


FORM : T - MX -10


Page 387/387

-

388



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 9


PROJECT

RUNWAY BEAMS TAG NUMBER :

SUBSYSTEM :

DESCRIPTION :

LOCATION :

EQUIPMENT N° :

SHEET :

1

of

1

TEST RESULTS HOIST

TYPE OF EQUIPMENT

A

LOAD LOCATION POINT TEST LOAD

1

mm

DURATION OF TEST

mins

PERMANENT DEFLECTIONS

mm

1

SW L+25%

B

C

D

GANTRY E

F

3 G

H

Tonnes

DEFLECTIONS

NOTES :

MONORAIL

2

ATTACH CERT OF TEST (IFF APPLICABLE ) 3

USE TW O SHT'S ONE FOR EACH BEAM

SKETCH OF TEST LOAD POSITIONS AND DEFLECTION POINTS

VENDOR FABRICATOR DRAW ING REFERENCE

REMARKS

NAME

SIGNATURE

DATE

ACCEPTED BY


FORM : T - MX -11


Page 388/388

-

389



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 9


PROJECT

PLATFORM CRANE TAG NUMBER :

SUBSYSTEM :

DESCRIPTION :

LOCATION :

EQUIPMENT N° :

SHEET :

1

of

1

DATA VENDOR MODEL EQUIPMENT N° TEST RESULT RADIUS m

DESIGN LOAD Tonnes

TEST LOAD Tonnes

REEVES

TEST DATE

DURATION OF TEST minutes

LIFTING SPEED m/s

LUFFING SLEW ING SPEED SPEED m/s m/s

ULTIMATE PROTECTION SYSTEM OPERATION

ACCEPTABLE

EMERGENCY LOAD LOW ERING SYSTEM

ACCEPTABLE

LIMIT SW ITCHES OPERATION

ACCEPTABLE

HYDRAULIC LOOP PRESSURE Barg

HYDRAULIC LOOP TEMP. °C

TEST START TIME / DATE

TEST FINISH TIME / DATE

REMARKS

NAME

SIGNATURE

DATE

ACCEPTED BY


FORM : T - MX -12


Page 389/389

-

390



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 9

MECHANICAL PRECOMMISSIONING TEST SHEET PADEYES TAG NUMBER :

SUBSYSTEM :

DESCRIPTION :

LOCATION :

EQUIPMENT N° :

SHEET :

1

of

1

TEST RESULTS TEST LOAD

tonnes

1

DEFLECTION

mm

DURATION OF TEST

mn

PERMANENT DEFLECTION

mm

NOTE:

1

SW L + 50%

2

ATTACH CERTIFICATE OF TEST ( IF APPLICABLE )

VENDOR / FABRICATOR DRAW ING REFERENCE :

REMARKS

NAME

SIGNATURE

DATE

ACCEPTED BY


FORM : T - MX -13


Page 390/390

-

391



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 9


PROJECT

DUCKW ORK LEAKAGE TEST- INDEX TAG NUMBER :

SUBSYSTEM :

DESCRIPTION :

LOCATION :

EQUIPMENT N° :

TEST N°

SHEET :

MODULE / AREA

LINE SIZE & NUMBER ( 1 )

1

TEST DATE

of

1

REMARKS

( 1 ) ATTACHED MARKED-UP DRAW INGS ( 2 ) ATTACHED T-MX-09 TEST SHEETS NAME

ACCEPTED BY

TESTED

SIGNATURE

DATE

BY


FORM : T - MX -24


Page 391/391

-

392



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 9

PIPING PRECOMMISSIONING TEST SHEET GROSS LEAK TEST TASK NUMBER:

PROJECT

SUBSYSTEM:

GROSS LEAK TEST NUMBER:

LOCATION:

PROCEDURE N°:

SHEET:

1 of

1

PIPEWORK INDEX ISO N°

P & ID N°

TEST DRG N°

REMARKS

TEST PREPARATION Equipment reinstated:

NO

YES

Conformity PID's

REQUEST TO PRESSURE TEST DATE: PERMISSION TO TEST

W ITNESSING:

NAME

NO

YES

NO

YES

DATE

DATA DESIGN PRESSURE:

COMPLETED

TEST PRESSURE:

TEST MEDIUM

AIR

DATE

TEST RESULTS TEST DATE:

TEST DURATION:

TEST PRESS-START:

TEST PRESS- FINISH:

W ITNESSING BY:

REMARKS

NAME

SIGNATURE

DATE

ACCEPTED


FORM : T MX 25


Page 392/392

-

393


General Specification GS EP EXP 105


Appendix 10 Subsea “Check List” master forms


Page 393/393

-

394



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 10

PRECOMMISSIONING CHECK LIST SUBSEA EQUIPMENT SKID FORM : C-SX-01

EQUIPENT SKID

SUB-SYSTEM : TASK LOCATION : ESTIMATED TIME (MH) : EXPENDED TIME (MH) : CHECK LIST

ITEM 1

Dataplate complies with data sheet.

2

Pressure test complete.

3

Equipment alignment checks.

4

Nozzle connections. On skid bolt tensioning and/or torqueing.

5 6 7

NDE carried out and documented Material certificates

8

On skid enclosures

9

Shipping requirements completed

10

Painting completed. ROV marking complete.

11 12

Correct shims installed. Correct size, length, type of bolts. Position of skid.

13

Welding down complete

14

Maintenance evaluation according to contract.

15

Check CE marking.

REMARKS:

PUNCH LIST ITEMS

Accepted by

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE

Carried out by Contractor Company Commissioning Certifying Authority This Form is property of TOTAL Company (OPERCOM rev. 01)

SHEET 1 of 1


Page 394/394

-

395



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 10

PRECOMMISSIONING CHECK LIST SUBSEA XMAS TREE (1) FORM : C-SX-03

XMAS TREE (1)


ITEM 1

Item numbers and marking according to data sheet.

2

Assembled according to assembly procedure.

3

Pressure testing of pipework, tubing and tree assembly.

4

Hot oil flushing. Fluid cleanliness checked. Give result. Valve installation including function test of valves.

5 6 7

SCM installed correctly and documented. Surface protection. Check for correct application. Thermal insulation complete.

8

Cathodic protection - Electrical continuity.

9

Check certification of the lifting pad eyes.

10

All weight reports are complete and available. Shipping documentation completed.

11

ROV marking complete.

12

Final installation on production base accepted.

13

Hydraulic piping and cable support.

14

All associated check sheets complete.

15

FAT (and integration) testing complete. Maintenance evaluation.

16

Preservation complete. Check CE marking.

PUNCH LIST ITEMS

REMARKS:

Accepted by

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


SHEET 1 of 1


Page 395/395

-

396



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 10

PRECOMMISSIONING CHECK LIST SUBSEA SUBSEA PRODUCTION MANIFOLD FORM : C-SX-04

SUBSEA PRODUCTION MANIFOLD


ITEM 1


2


3

Pressure testing of pipework, tubing and manifold assembly.

4

Hot oil flushing. Fluid cleanliness checked. Give result. Valve installation including function test of valves.

5 6 7

SCM installed correctly and documented. Surface protection. Check for correct application. Thermal insulation complete.

8

Cathodic protection - Electrical continuity.

9

Check certification of the lifting pad eyes.

10

All weight reports are complete and available. Shipping documentation completed.

11


12

Final installation on production base accepted.

13

Hydraulic piping and cable support.

14

All associated check sheets complete.

15

FAT (and integration) testing complete. Maintenance evaluation.

16

Preservation complete. Check CE marking.

17 18 19 20 REMARKS:

PUNCH LIST ITEMS

Accepted by

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


SHEET 1 of 1


Page 396/396

-

397



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 10

PRECOMMISSIONING CHECK LIST SUBSEA SUBSEA CONTROL MODULE FORM : C-SX-05 SUBSEA CONTROL MODULE SUB-SYSTEM : TASK LOCATION : ESTIMATED TIME (MH) : EXPENDED TIME (MH) : CHECK LIST

ITEM 1


2


3

Fluid cleanlines checked. Give result.

4

Paintwork completed. Thermal insulation complete.

5

Pressure tests completed.

6

Oil filling checked. Connector interfaces checked for cleanliness.

7 8

Envelope, interface dimension checked.

9

Installation check of internals.

10

Pressure testing carried out.

11

Flushing carried out and documented. Record results.

12

Cable installation assembly correct.

13

Internal cleanliness documented.

14 15 16

Check calibration certificates. Software data sheets completed.

17

Protective covers fitted.

18

Load test certificate. Load data plate checked.

19


Connector interface checked for correct connections.

20

Volume compensation system checked.

21

Locking device checked.

22

FAT complete.

23

Preservation complete.

24

Shipping documentation complete.

REMARKS:

PUNCH LIST ITEMS

Accepted by

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


SHEET 1 of 1


Page 397/397

-

398



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 10

PRECOMMISSIONING CHECK LIST SUBSEA MISCEALLENOUS EQUIPMENT FORM : C-SX-06 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT SUB-SYSTEM : TASK LOCATION : ESTIMATED TIME (MH) : EXPENDED TIME (MH) : CHECK LIST

ITEM 1


2


3

Pressure test completed

4

Electrical test completed. Lifting certificate.

5 6 7

Hazardous area certification correct. Painting complete.

8

Connector interfaces checked.

9

NDE caried out.

10

Material certificate checked.

11

Fluid cleanliness checked.

12


13

Preservation complete. Protective covers fitted.

14 15 16

FAT complete. Check CE marking. Shipping documentation completed.

17 18 19 20 PUNCH LIST ITEMS

REMARKS:

Accepted by

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


SHEET 1 of 1


Page 398/398

-

399



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 10

PRECOMMISSIONING CHECK LIST SUBSEA SUBSEA JUMPER/CONNECTION ASSEMBLY FORM : C-SX-07 SUBSEA JUMPER/CONNECTION ASSEMBLY SUB-SYSTEM : TASK LOCATION : ESTIMATED TIME (MH) : EXPENDED TIME (MH) : CHECK LIST

ITEM 1

Check item numbers and marking/tagging according to data sheet.

2

Check assembly against drawings and specifications.

3

Pressure test completed and documented

4

Electrical tests completed and documented. Check external water pressure testing is completed and documented.

5 6 7

Fluid cleanliness checked. Record results. Jumper length checked.

8

Check non return Valves in correct direction of flow for installation and removal.

9

Termination heads painting. Thermal insulation complete.

10

Check mechanical intégrity of jumper

11

Ensure all protection covers and plugs are removed

12

Check parking positions if used.

13

Check protection covers are removed on subsea installed receiving equipment

14

Connector interfaces checked.

15

ROV marking checked. Check assembly for mechanical damage.

16 17

Check for correct installation of assembly from POD to park position (flying leads only).

18

Check mechanical connection (Jumper)

19

Fluid filling, leak testing and dye additives according to procedure

20

Leak testing completed.

21

Check final installation. PUNCH LIST ITEMS

REMARKS:

Accepted by

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


SHEET 1 of 1


Page 399/399

-

400



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 10

PRECOMMISSIONING CHECK LIST SUBSEA UMBILICAL FORM : C-SX-08 UMBILICAL SUB-SYSTEM : TASK LOCATION : ESTIMATED TIME (MH) : EXPENDED TIME (MH) : CHECK LIST

ITEM 1


2

Pressure testing complete and documented.

3

Hot oil flushing complete and documented. Record results.

4

Electrical testing complete and documented. Outer sheathing and protection.

5 6 7

Sealing after testing. Check termination heads. Tagging.

8

Marking of electrical and hydraulic lines.

9

Painting.

10

ROV marking completed.

11

Final installation according to procedures.

12

NDE of tubing and pipe welds in terminations.

13

Verification of hydraulic line numbers and positions.

14 15 16

Bolt tensioning completed and documented. NDE of welds at termination heads / hang off.

17

Leak testing completed.

FAT completed. Shipping documentation completed.

18

Fluid filling and leak test termination head at topsides.

19

Pre load out test.

20

Service line filling and dye additives according to procedure.

21

Post load out test.

22

As built length.

23

Weight certificate available.

24

Check CE marking. PUNCH LIST ITEMS

REMARKS:

Accepted by

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


SHEET 1 of 1


Page 400/400

-

401



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 10

PRECOMMISSIONING CHECK LIST SUBSEA XMAS TREE (2) FORM : C-SX-09 XMAS TREE (2) SUB-SYSTEM : TASK LOCATION : ESTIMATED TIME (MH) : EXPENDED TIME (MH) : CHECK LIST

ITEM 1


2


3

Pressure testing completed.

4

Electrical testing completed. Lifting certificate available.

5 6 7

Painting completed. Connector interface checked.

8

NDT carried out.

9

Material certificates checked.

10

Fluid cleanliness checked. Record results.

11

ROV marking completed.

12


13

FAT completed.

14


15

All dimensions relevant to interfaces are confirmed according to design. Dimension sheet to be atached.

16

Check CE marking.

17

Shipping documentation complete

18 19 20 PUNCH LIST ITEMS

REMARKS:

Accepted by

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


SHEET 1 of 1


Page 401/401

-

402



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 10

PRECOMMISSIONING CHECK LIST SUBSEA SUBSEA STRUCTURE FORM : C-SX-10 : SUBSEA STRUCTURE SUB-SYSTEM : TASK LOCATION : ESTIMATED TIME (MH) : EXPENDED TIME (MH) : CHECK LIST

ITEM 1

Main structural members checked to relevant drawings.

2

Deck structure.

3

Outer protection structure.

4

Module structure. Protection covers.

5 6 7

Skirts / mud mats. Pipe supports.

8

Control module supports

9

Levelling systems.

10

Pad eyes certified.

11

Pull in assemblies.

12

Material certification available and checked.

13

Dimensional control reports completed and accepted.

14 15 16

NDE documentation completed. Weight reports complete and available.

17

Surface protection application and condition.

18


Cathodic protection system. Electrical continuity.

19

Check CE marking.

20

Shipping documentation completed. PUNCH LIST ITEMS

REMARKS:

Accepted by

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


SHEET 1 of 1


Page 402/402

-

403



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 10

PRECOMMISSIONING CHECK LIST SUBSEA XMAS TREE VALVE ACTUATOR FORM : C-SX-11 : XMAS TREE VALVE ACTUATOR SUB-SYSTEM : TASK LOCATION : ESTIMATED TIME (MH) : EXPENDED TIME (MH) : CHECK LIST

ITEM 1


2

All sand blasting operations carried out prior to assembly.

3

Mechanical cleaning and washing of parts.

4

Visual inspection of parts prior to assembly. Internal check with boroscope.

5 6 7

Internal visual check. Stroking of actuator during hot oil flushing.

8

Final cleanliness acording to specification and requirements.

9

Assembly correct and complete. Functions verified.

10

Painting according to specification.

11

FAT complete.

12


13

Check CE marking.

14 15 16

Shipping documentation completed.

17 18 19 20 PUNCH LIST ITEMS

REMARKS:

Accepted by

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


SHEET 1 of 1


Page 403/403

-

404



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 10

PRECOMMISSIONING CHECK LIST SUBSEA SENSOR ASSEMBLY FORM : C-SX-14 : SENSOR ASSEMBLY SUB-SYSTEM : TASK LOCATION : ESTIMATED TIME (MH) : EXPENDED TIME (MH) : CHECK LIST

ITEM 1


2

Calibration certificate valid and available.

3

Assembed correctly.

4

Connector orientation correct. Fluid filling completed and cleanliness verified.

5 6 7

Cable length correct. Connector interfaces checked.

8


9

FAT completed.

10


11


12


13

Check CE marking.

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 PUNCH LIST ITEMS

REMARKS:

Accepted by

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


SHEET 1 of 1


Page 404/404

-

405



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 10

PRECOMMISSIONING CHECK LIST SUBSEA SUBSEA CONTROL SYSTEM FORM : C-SX-15 : SUBSEA CONTROL SYSTEM SUB-SYSTEM : TASK LOCATION : ESTIMATED TIME (MH) : EXPENDED TIME (MH) : CHECK LIST

ITEM 1

Item numbers and marking according to data sheet. Labelling correct.

2


3

Gland plates secured.

4

Components and cabling secure. Supplied correctly according to GA drawing.

5 6 7

Envelope interface dimensions correct. Weight certificate checked.

8

Paintwork undamaged.

9

FAT completed.

10

Shipping documentation complete.

11


12

Check CE marking

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 PUNCH LIST ITEMS

REMARKS:

Accepted by

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


SHEET 1 of 1


Page 405/405

-

406



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 10

PRECOMMISSIONING CHECK LIST SUBSEA ROV PANEL FORM : C-SX-17 : ROV PANEL SUB-SYSTEM : TASK LOCATION : ESTIMATED TIME (MH) : EXPENDED TIME (MH) : CHECK LIST

ITEM 1

ROV interface tooling checked and operational.

2

ROV interface tooling checked at Shallow Water Test.

3

All valves operable from ROV panel.

4 5

All valve position indicators functioning correctly. ROV marking correct and visible.

6

Multi quick connector removable and replaceable by ROV tooling.

7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 PUNCH LIST ITEMS

REMARKS:

Accepted by

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


SHEET 1 of 1


Page 406/406

-

407



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 10

PRECOMMISSIONING CHECK LIST SUBSEA SUBSEA FLOW METER FORM : C-SX-18 : SUBSEA FLOW METER SUB-SYSTEM : TASK LOCATION : ESTIMATED TIME (MH) : EXPENDED TIME (MH) : CHECK LIST

ITEM 1


2

Calibration certificate valid and available.

3

Assembed correctly.

4

Connector orientation correct. Fluid filling completed and cleanliness verified.

5 6 7

Cable length correct. Connector interfaces checked.

8


9

FAT completed.

10


11


12


13

Check CE marking.

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 PUNCH LIST ITEMS

REMARKS:

Accepted by

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE


SHEET 1 of 1


Page 407/407

-

408


General Specification GS EP EXP 105


Appendix 11 Subsea “Test Sheet” master forms


Page 408/408

-

409



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 11

PRECOMMISSIONING TEST SHEET SUBSEA BOLT TENSIONING & TORQUEING INDEX FORM : T-SX-02 : BOLT TENSIONING & TORQUEING

TASK NUMBER :

TASK LOCATION :


EXPENDED TIME (MH) : tests/result to be checked in the QC/installation documentation

1 Initial tension. 2 Final tension. 3 Final torque. 4 Flanges identified and marked. Greased bolt protection caps fitted after tensioning. 5 Insulation re-installed. 6 Trace heating re-installed 7 Surface protection. 8

Marked up test isometric attached. Marked up with sub-system number, joint number and bolt tensioning values applied. LIST / FLANGE

RESULTS / COMMENTS

Remarks : Ensure installation documents are available

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE

Accepted by



Page 409/409

-

410



Date: 09/05

GS EP EXP 105

Rev: 03 Appendix 11

PRECOMMISSIONING TEST SHEET SUBSEA PIGING OPERATION (gauging) FORM : T-SX-16 : PIGING OPERATION (gauging)

TASK NUMBER :

TASK LOCATION :


EXPENDED TIME (MH) : tests/result to be checked in the QC/installation documentation

1 Pig train defined and inspected. 2 Liquid slugs defined. 3 Pigging operations completed according to pigging procedures. All pigs returned. 4 Gauging pigs examined, measured and documented. 5 Intelligent pigging completed. Data retrieved. 6 Pipeline preserved as required and according to pigging procedure. 7 8 LIST / PIGGING

RESULTS / COMMENTS

Remarks : Ensure installation documents are available

DATE

NAME

SIGNATURE

Accepted by



Page 410/410

GS_EP_EXP_105_03

Recommend Documents